Catalogue of Coptic and Arabic Manuscripts in Dayr Al-Suryan. Volume 2: Arabic Commentaries and Canons 9789042940154, 9789042940161, 9042940158

Citation preview

CORPUS S C R I P T O R U M C H R I S T I A N O R U M O R I E N TA L I U M EDITUM CONSILIO

UNIVERSITATIS CATHOLICAE AMERICAE ET UNIVERSITATIS CATHOLICAE LOVANIENSIS Vol. 678

SUBSIDIA TOMUS 140

CATALOGUE OF COPTIC AND ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS IN DAYR AL-SURYĂN EDITORS-IN-CHIEF STEPHEN J. DAVIS AND FATHER BIGOUL AL-SURYĂNĪ

VOLUME 2 ARABIC COMMENTARIES AND CANONS BY

STEPHEN J. DAVIS

LOVANII IN AEDIBUS PEETERS 2021

CATALOGUE OF COPTIC AND ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS IN DAYR AL-SURYĂN VOLUME 2

CORPUS S C R I P T O R U M C H R I S T I A N O R U M O R I E N TA L I U M EDITUM CONSILIO

UNIVERSITATIS CATHOLICAE AMERICAE ET UNIVERSITATIS CATHOLICAE LOVANIENSIS Vol. 678

SUBSIDIA 140

CATALOGUE OF COPTIC AND ARABIC MANUSCRIPTS IN DAYR AL-SURYĂN EDITORS-IN-CHIEF STEPHEN J. DAVIS AND FATHER BIGOUL AL-SURYĂNĪ

VOLUME 2 ARABIC COMMENTARIES AND CANONS BY

STEPHEN J. DAVIS WITH CONTRIBUTIONS BY

RAMY NAIR MARCOS, SAMUEL MOAWAD, T.C. SCHMIDT, and CYRIL V. UY II

LOVANII IN AEDIBUS PEETERS 2021

A catalogue record for this book is available from the Library of Congress.

© 2021 by Corpus Scriptorum Christianorum Orientalium Tous droits de reproduction, de traduction ou d’adaptation, y compris les microfilms, de ce volume ou d’un autre de cette collection, réservés pour tous pays. ISSN 0070-0444 ISBN 978-90-429-4015-4 eISBN 978-90-429-4016-1 D/2021/0602/36 Éditions Peeters, Bondgenotenlaan 153, B-3000 Louvain

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME TWO Stephen J. DAVIS

This introduction to Volume Two of the Catalogue of Coptic and Arabic Manuscripts in Dayr al-Suryān (CCAMDS) will follow the organizational schema established in Volume One. First, after reviewing the history of the project, I once again summarize our cataloguing methodology. Second, I introduce the textual contents of the manuscripts catalogued here. While Volume One catalogued Coptic and Arabic Biblical manuscripts, along with Coptic Language Resources, the contents of Volume Two principally fall under two genre categories, Arabic Commentaries and Arabic Canons, although there are other, assorted genres represented in the manuscripts classified under these rubrics. Third, I present a case study designed to give a more textured sense of what our holistic cataloguing approach yields for researching and writing a material history of Dayr al-Suryān and its library. Fourth, I provide a note on the appendices included at the end of the volume. Finally, as in Volume One, this introduction is followed by a Catalogue Key for the reader’s reference. 1. HISTORY AND METHODOLOGY As indicated in Volume One, the CCAMDS project was initiated in 2013 in partnership with Bishop Mataeos and the past and present librarians at Dayr al-Suryān, Father Bigoul, Father Azer (Lazarus), and Father Amoun. I am particularly indebted to Father Bigoul, the former head librarian, who is serving as my co-editor-in-chief for this catalogue series and without whose hospitality and expertise this work would not have been possible. Funded by the William K. and Marilyn M. Simpson Endowment for Egyptology at Yale University, it has involved the work of eight textual experts and one photographer over the course of thirteen on-site seasons (through December 2019). During our first six plus years of work we have logged upwards of 3300 person-hours in the library and have produced entries for over 680 of the approximately 1000 total Coptic and Arabic manuscripts in the Dayr al-Suryān collection. This volume has benefited from the contributions of four other colleagues, who each dedicated one or two weeks to the project. Samuel Moawad of the University of Mūnster joined me for one week during our second season (March 2014) and recorded information related to around half of the manuscripts in the Canons section. In 2014, graduate students Ramy Nair Marcos, T. C. Schmidt, and Cyril V. Uy II also assisted me in cataloguing the Commentaries section. Marcos and Schmidt joined me for one

VI

S.J. DAVIS

and two weeks, respectively, during season two (March 2014). Uy joined me for two weeks during season three (December 2014). Since then, I have completed the rest of the manuscripts in these classification sections, and I have revised and edited all of the entries for inclusion in this catalogue volume. In pursuing this work, I have followed the same methodology that I established in Volume One. Once again, our collection of data was organized according to nine fields of entry. These are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

MS number(s) and genre Summary of MS contents Date, language, script, and material Scribe, patron/owner, restorer Tables of contents, colophons, and endowments (waqf-statements) Foliation and numbering systems Dimensions, area of writing, lines per page Cover and condition of MS Scribal practice and readers’ insertions

The Catalogue Key below is meant as an aid to the reader. It provides a more detailed description of the specific information included in each of these categories. These categories were designed to collect data not only on the textual contents of each manuscript, but also about the material transmission and use of the collection in Dayr al-Suryān, including the role of scribes (nussākh), owners and patrons (muhtammūn), readers (qurā’), and restorers (murammimūn). I am hopeful that by attending to such contextual information, we may gain a clearer glimpse of the persons and social practices that helped preserve the Coptic and Copto-Arabic biblical, literary, and theological heritage at Dayr al-Suryān. 2. CONTENTS Commentaries The Commentary section in the library at Dayr al-Suryān comprises forty-eight (48) manuscripts in total. These consist of sixteen (16) volumes containing commentaries on books from the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament, one (1) containing a commentary on a book from the Pseudepigrapha, nineteen (19) containing commentaries on books from the New Testament, and seven (7) containing commentaries on New Testament lectionary readings. The majority of commentaries on the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament focus on the books of the Pentateuch. Eight volumes contain commentaries on Genesis and/or

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME TWO

VII

the story/stories of creation narrated in that book.1 One of these eight also includes a commentary on Leviticus.2 Indeed, alongside Genesis, Leviticus seems to have been the subject of special interpretive attention. Four manuscripts in the collection contain commentaries on all five books of the Pentateuch,3 but three out of these four include two separate commentaries on the book of Leviticus.4 Each of these three manuscripts contains one commentary on Leviticus placed in the normal sequence (between Exodus and Numbers), and a second one appended to the end of the collection (after Deuteronomy). Two more volumes contain freestanding commentaries on Leviticus.5 Apart from these fourteen volumes with material related to the Pentateuchal books, there is one on the “Books of Deuteronomy” (kutub dutranāmus), which seems to have referred in this case to the four books of 1 and 2 Samuel and 1 and 2 Kings.6 In addition, there are only three containing commentaries on the Prophets,7 and one more containing a commentary on the Wisdom of Solomon from the Old Testament Pseudepigrapha.8 Among the corpus of New Testament commentaries, the collection contains thirteen volumes on the Gospels:9 five with stand-alone commentaries on Matthew,10 one with a pair of commentaries on Matthew and Mark,11 one with a pair of commentaries on Matthew and John,12 two with commentaries on Mark, Luke, and John,13 one with a commentary on Luke,14 and three with stand-alone commentaries on John.15 In addition, there is a single volume containing commentaries on the Gospels alongside commentaries on the Pauline and Catholic Epistles.16 The collection also contains two volumes with commentaries on the Pauline Epistles,17 and single volumes with 1

DS Arabic Commentary 1–8 (= MSS 62–65, 65a, 66–68). DS Arabic Commentary 8 (= MS 68). 3 DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12–14 (= MSS 69, 72–74). 4 DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12, 14 (= MSS 69, 72, 74). 5 DS Arabic Commentary 10–11 (= MSS 70–71). 6 DS Arabic Commentary 44 (= MSS 961). 7 DS Arabic Commentary 15, 39, 48 (= MSS 75, 98, 965). 8 DS Arabic Commentary 40 (= MS 720). 9 DS Arabic Commentary 16–24, 41, 43, 45, 47 (= MSS 76–84, 789, 832, 962, 964). 10 DS Arabic Commentary 16, 20–22, 47 (= MSS 76, 80–82, 964). DS Arabic Commentary 47 (= MS 964) is a fragmentary manuscript with the Gospel of Matthew the only section of commentary preserved. 11 DS Arabic Commentary 23 (= MS 83). 12 DS Arabic Commentary 41 (= MS 789). 13 DS Arabic Commentary 24, 43 (= MSS 84, 832). 14 DS Arabic Commentary 45 (= MS 962). 15 DS Arabic Commentary 17–19 (= MSS 77–79). 16 DS Arabic Commentary 35 (= MS 95). 17 DS Arabic Commentary 42, 46 (= MS 790, 963). DS Arabic Commentary 46 (= MS 963) is a fragmentary manuscript with only sections of commentary on 2 Corinthians, 2 Timothy, Titus, and Philemon preserved. 2

VIII

S.J. DAVIS

commentaries on the Pauline Epistles and Acts,18 the Pauline and Catholic Epistles together,19 and the Pauline and Catholic Epistles along with Acts.20 Finally, seven manuscripts in the collection contain commentaries on New Testament writings used as lectionary readings in the Coptic Orthodox liturgy.21 While most of the commentaries are transmitted without attribution or take the form of florilegia attributed to a variety of commentators, there are eleven manuscripts that contain whole commentaries by named authors. The most frequently attributed author is John Chrysostom. Biblical commentaries under his name appear in six manuscripts: one on Genesis,22 one specifically on the Six Days of Creation,23 three on John,24 one on 1 Corinthians,25 one on Philippians,26 one on 1 Timothy,27 and one on 2 Timothy.28 The collection also includes another Commentary on the Six Days of Creation spuriously attributed to Epiphanius of Cyprus.29 Aside from these two early Christian figures, there other identified authors of commentaries in the collection. One is a certain Sāwmīryānūs of Ghā’ilā, to whom is attributed an interpretive work entitled, Agreement of Moses the Prophet and John the Evangelist on the Six Days of Creation.30 The other major author attested here is the Arabic polymath and theologian, Abū al-Faraj [‘Abdallāh] Ibn al-Ṭayyib (980– 1043 CE): his Commentaries on the Gospels appear in three different manuscripts, two of which are dated to the thirteenth century.31 Those two early manuscripts preserving Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s commentarial work will be the subject of my case study later in this introduction. Canons The corpus of Canons in the Dayr al-Suryān library is just under half the size of the Commentary collection, consisting of twenty-seven (27) volumes in total. These may be divided into four general categories: attributed canon collections (6 in total),32 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS

Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic

Commentary 25 (= MS 85). Commentary 26 (= MS 86b). Commentary 31, 33 (= MSS 91, 93). Commentary 31–32, 34, 36–39 (= MSS 91–92, 94, 96–97, 97a, 98). Commentary 1 (= MS 62). Commentary 3 (= MS 64). Commentary 17 (part one), 18 (part two), and 19 (part two) (= MSS 77, 78, 79). Commentary 7 (= MS 67). Commentary 7 (= MS 67). Commentary 7 (= MS 67). Commentary 7 (= MS 67). Commentary 2 (= MS 67). Commentary 3 (= MS 64). Commentary 22, 23, 24 (= MSS 82, 83, 84). Canons 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 27 (= MSS 103, 104, 104a, 106, 692, 108).

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME TWO

IX

canons of apostles and/or councils (7),33 thematic and historical canons (3),34 and miscellaneous/unattributed canons (11).35 The attributed canon collections belong to Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl (al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī) and Bishop Michael of Atrīb (al-Ṭibb al-Rūḥānī).36 The apostolic canons are most often transmitted under the titles Didaskalia, The Canons of the Apostles, or The Books of Clement. The conciliar canons include the acts of both major and minor councils. The former category includes (in chronological order): the Councils of Nicaea,37 Constantinople (2 versions),38 Ephesus,39 and Chalcedon (!).40 The latter includes (in alphabetical order): the Councils of Ancyra,41 Antioch,42 Caesarea,43 Carthage (2 versions),44 Gangra,45 Laodicea,46 and Sardica.47 Finally, the historical and thematic material contains canons on personal matters,48 a chronicle from creation to Jesus Christ,49 and sets of questions and answers on church matters.50 Other Categories of Texts Interspersed among the predominant commentarial and canonical materials in these two sections of the collection, other genres are represented as well. These include mayāmir (monastic sayings, saints’ lives, and sermons), liturgies, and a range of other miscellaneous works. The mayāmir attested here may be subdivided into four categories: general collections with individual and collective authorial attributions (three authors and three collective attributions in four MSS),51 thematic collections with 33

DS Arabic Canons 1–3, 14–15, 20, 22 (= MSS 100–102, 710–711, 910, 966). DS Arabic Canons 12, 16, 17 (= MSS 111a, 842, 850). 35 DS Arabic Canons 7, 9–11, 18–19, 21, 23–26 (= MSS 105, 106a, 107, 109, 908–909, 935, 967–970). 36 Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī: DS Arabic Canons 4, 13, 27 (= MSS 103, 692, 108). Michael of Atrīb, The Spiritual Medicine (al-Ṭibb al-Rūḥānī): DS Arabic Canons 5, 6, 8 (MSS 104, 104a, 106). 37 DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 10, 14, 20 (= MSS 100, 102, 107, 710, 910). 38 Canons of the [First] Council of Constantinople (23 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1, 2, 14 (= MSS 100, 101, 710). Canons of the [Second] Council of Constantinople (7 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1 (= MS 100). 39 DS Arabic Canons 14 and 22 (= MS 710 and 966). 40 DS Arabic Canons 14 (= MS 710). 41 DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 10, 14 (= MSS 100, 102, 107, 710). 42 DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 14, 20 (= MSS 100, 102, 710, 910). 43 DS Arabic Canons 14 (= MS 710). 44 The first set of canons associated with the Council of Carthage contains 15 canons: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 10, 14 (= MSS 100, 102, 107, 710). The second set of canons associated with Constantinople contains 123 canons: DS Arabic Canons 1 (= MS 100). 45 DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 14 (= MSS 100, 102, 710). 46 DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 14, 20, 22 (= MSS 100, 102, 710, 910, 966). 47 DS Arabic Canons 1, 3 (= MSS 100, 102). 48 DS Arabic Canons 12 (= MS 111a). 49 DS Arabic Canons 16 (= MS 842). 50 DS Arabic Canons 17 (= MS 850). 51 DS Arabic Canons 5, 7, 9, 18 (= MSS 104, 105, 106a, 908). Individual authors: Antony (DS Arabic Canons 18); Barsanuphius (DS Arabic Canons 7); and Basil of Caesarea (DS Arabic Canons 5, 7, 18). 34

X

S.J. DAVIS

authorial attribution (seven works by five authors in three MSS),52 thematic collections without attribution (seven works in one MS),53 and lives of saints (two lives in two MSS).54 The liturgical texts fall into three general categories: preparations and litanies of prayers for feast days (four in two MSS);55 liturgical orders and lectionaries (three in two MSS);56 and occasional blessings and hymns (three in three MSS).57 Finally, among the other, miscellaneous works documented in this catalogue, one finds thematic treatises and epistles with authorial attribution (eight authors in seven MSS),58 biblical and historical works without authorial attribution (five works in four MSS),59 theological and moral works without authorial attribution (eleven works in one MS),60 practical works without authorial attribution (three works in three MSS),61 disputations (three works in two MSS),62 and questions and answers (four works in four MSS).63 Authors credited with works within this corpus include: Athanasius of Alexandria (On the Law of Moses),64 Gregory Nazianzen (Vision on the Fall of Satan),65 Anastasius of Sinai (On the Holy Assembly),66 Ps.-Dionysius the Areopagite (Epistle Collective authors: Elders (Paterikon) (DS Arabic Canons 7); the Fathers/Teachers of the Church (DS Arabic Canons 7, 9); and the Holy Fathers (DS Arabic Canons 7, 9). 52 DS Arabic Commentary 1, 3 (= MSS 62, 64); DS Arabic Canons 18 (= MS 908). Authors and works represented include: Cyril of Jerusalem, On the Glory of the Holy Cross (DS Arabic Commentary 3); Isaac the Syrian, On Repentance and Renunciation (DS Arabic Canons 18); Jacob of Sarug, On the Feast of the Ascension (DS Arabic Commentary 3); John Chrysostom, On Adam and Abel (DS Arabic Commentary 3); John Chrysostom, On Job the Righteous (DS Arabic Commentary 1); John Chrysostom, On the Ten Commandments (DS Arabic Commentary 3); Ps.-Epiphanius of Cyprus, On Christ’s Cross, Burial, Descent, and Salvation [Granted] to Adam (DS Arabic Commentary 3). 53 DS Arabic Commentary 3 (= MS 64). 54 DS Arabic Commentary 3 (= MS 64); DS Arabic Canons 18 (= MS 908). Lives of saints include: Life of Anbā Wanqūrīyūs (DS Arabic Commentary 3); Life of Saint Archelides (DS Arabic Commentary 3; DS Arabic Canons 18). 55 DS Arabic Commentary 39 (= MS 98); DS Arabic Canons 18 (= MS 908). The feasts include the Six Days of Creation, Passion Week, Friday of Holy Pascha, and Pentecost. 56 DS Arabic Canons 7, 18 (= MSS 105, 908). Readings include the Catholic Epistles and Acts, and the Fathers. Orders include Evening Prayer (Vespers). 57 DS Arabic Commentary 39 (= MS 98); DS Arabic Canons 7, 8 (= MSS 105, 106). Including a Coptic Blessing Extolling God’s Salvific Acts, Psali in Adam, and Stanzas for Weddings. 58 DS Arabic Commentary 2, 3, 21, 27 (= MSS 63, 64, 81, 87); DS Arabic Canons 4, 6, 7 (= MSS 103, 104a, 105). 59 DS Arabic Commentary 11, 26, 28 (= MSS 71, 86b, 88); DS Arabic Canons 16 (= MS 842). 60 DS Arabic Canons 9 (= MS 106a). Themes include the sin and repentance, confession, judgment, resurrection, afterlife, and teaching and preaching. 61 DS Arabic Commentary 11, 28, 32 (= MSS 71, 88, 92). Works include The Book of the Prostration, The Cup of Adjudication, and The Seven Mysteries/Sacraments. 62 DS Arabic Canons 6, 18 (= MSS 104a, 908). The three disputations attested here involve (1) the monk al-Sim‘ānī and three Muslims; (2) Abū Qurrah with people from Quraysh in the court of al-Ma’mūn; and (3) Cyril [III] ibn Laqlaq at his consecration as patriarch. 63 DS Arabic Commentary 11, 28 (= MSS 71, 88); DS Arabic Canons 8, 9 (= MSS 106, 106a). 64 DS Arabic Canons 7 (= MS 105). 65 DS Arabic Commentary 2 (= MS 63). 66 DS Arabic Canons 7 (= MS 105).

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME TWO

XI

to Timothy),67 Ḥunayn ibn Isḥaq (On the Knowledge of the Truth of Religion),68 Elias of Nisibis (Help to Cast Out Worry),69 Ps.-Sāwīrus ibn al-Muqaffa‘ (Book of the Elucidation),70 and al-As‘ad ibn al-‘Assāl (On Inheritance).71 These works thus fall into two categories: first, translations of original Greek writings from the early Christian period (Athanasius, Gregory Nazianzen, Anastasius, Ps.-Dionysius); and second, original Arabic-language compositions by medieval Christian authors writing in both Syria/ Iraq (Ḥunayn ibn Isḥaq; Elias of Nisibis) and Egypt (Ps.-Sāwīrus ibn al-Muqaffa‘ and al-As‘ad ibn al-‘Assāl). 3. CHRONOLOGIES AND MATERIAL HISTORIES In volume one of this catalogue, I highlighted the potential of our cataloguing methodology for serving as the basis for writing a material history of Dayr al-Suryān and its library during the medieval and early modern periods. The materials catalogued in volume two build on this potential, allowing us to see points of connection and suggesting new avenues for exploration. While the oldest Coptic biblical manuscript in the collection dates to the twelfth century, the earliest bilingual Coptic-Arabic and single-language Arabic biblical volumes were copied in the thirteenth. Among the Coptic Language Resources, the earliest dated manuscript comes from the end of the fourteenth centuries. These chronologies are generally confirmed in the Commentary and Canons sections. The three earliest, definitively-dated Commentary manuscripts were copied in the thirteenth century. Two of them date to the 1230s. Copied only two or three years apart, these volumes preserve copies of Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentaries on the Gospels.72 The third, a lectionary with commentaries on readings from Acts and the Pauline and Catholic Epistles, was copied two decades later in 1255.73 The two earliest Canons manuscripts date around a hundred years later to the fourteenth century. One is a collection of apostolic and conciliar canons of apostles dating to 1343 CE.74 The other contains the well-known canon collection by al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, known by the Arabic title, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī. It dates to 1362 CE.75

67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75

DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS

Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic

Commentary 27 (= MS 87). Commentary 21 (= MS 81). Canons 6 (= MS 104a). Commentary 3 (= MS 64). Canons 4 (= MS 103). Commentary 22 (= MS 82; 1234/35 CE) and 23 (= MS 83; 1237 CE). Commentary 31 (= MS 91; 1255 CE). Canons 3 (= MS 102). Canons 4 (= MS 103).

XII

S.J. DAVIS

The Commentaries and Canons manuscripts catalogued here allow us to begin to draw tangible historical connections across the Dayr al-Suryān collection. For example, a certain Jirjis ibn Gubriyāl ibn Yūsuf ibn Manṣūr ibn Abū al-Faraj copied the Four Gospels in a bound volume dated to 1281 CE. In another manuscript dated almost five decades earlier (1234/35 CE), the scribe is named as Jirjis ibn Manṣūr from Bilbīs, who may have been the Jirjus ibn Gubriyāl ibn Yūsuf ibn Manṣūr’s great uncle (i.e. the brother of his paternal grandfather).76 In these corpora, we also see repeat appearances by scribes responsible for biblical volumes documented in Volume One. Shinūdah Abshāy, the scribe of DS Arabic Commentary 6 (1770 CE), which contains a Commentary on Genesis, also seems to have been responsible for producing a copy of the Gospels of Matthew, Luke, and John in the year 1778 CE (DS Arabic Biblical 25).77 In the year 1848 CE, Yūḥannā, a monk and priest from the Monastery of Barāmūs, copied a Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew (DS Arabic Commentary 16), and a year later (1849 CE) he produced a manuscript of the biblical Epistles and Acts also preserved in Dayr al-Suryān library collection (DS Arabic Biblical 46).78 One of Yūḥannā’s near contemporaries was a monk at Dayr al-Suryān named Bishārah Iqlūdīyūs (in Coptic, Pishennofi son of Claudius) who originally hailed from the town of Mayr. This Bishārah likewise served as the scribe for (at least) two volumes in the collection: a manuscript containing 1 and 2 Maccabbees and Ps.-Josephus’ History dated to 1853 CE (DS Arabic Biblical 6); and a copy of John Chrysostom’s Commentary on the Gospel of John (Part One) dated to 1854 CE (DS Arabic Commentary 17).79 Finally, we again see the hand of the nearly ubiquitous Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī alSuryānī at work. In Volume One, he was identified as the patron and/or restorer for as many as ten manuscripts across the Coptic Biblical, Arabic Biblical, and Coptic Language sections, ranging in date from 1778 to 1795 CE.80 Here in Volume Two, he appears as the scribe, patron, and/or restorer of at least five volumes (four in the Arabic Commentary section and one in the Arabic Canons section), ranging in date from 1770 to 1802/03 CE.81 As noted in the case of the scribe Yūḥannā from the Monastery of Barāmūs above, the library collection at Dayr al-Suryān contains a number of volumes produced elsewhere and later endowed to the monastery. This is attested in the identification of 76

DS Arabic Commentary 22 (= MS 82 ; 1234/35 CE). DS Arabic Commentary 6 (= MS 66; 1770 CE); DS Arabic Biblical 25 (= MS 32; 1778 CE). 78 DS Arabic Commentary 16 (= MS 76; 1848 CE); DS Arabic Biblical 46 (= MS 56; 1849 CE). 79 DS Arabic Biblical 6 (= MS 6; 1853 CE); DS Arabic Commentary 17 (= MS 77; 1854 CE). 80 As patron: DS Coptic Biblical 12 (late 18th cent. CE); DS Arabic Biblical 5 (1787 CE), 22 (1778 CE), 49 (undated) (?), 51 (1786 CE); DS Coptic Language 1 (undated). 4 (1788 CE). As restorer: DS Coptic Biblical 1, 2a, 2b, 3 (1795 CE), 4, [8], 12; DS Arabic Biblical 2, 3, 10; DS Coptic Language 1. 81 As scribe and patron: DS Arabic Commentary 37 (1795 CE); DS Arabic Canons 2 (undated). As restorer: DS Arabic Commentary 6 (1770 CE); 23 (undated), 31 (1802/03 CE); DS Arabic Canons 2 (undated). 77

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME TWO

XIII

scribes attached to churches and monastic communities elsewhere in Egypt. All three of the manuscripts containing the writings of Ibn al-Ṭayyib were copied in other locations before being transferred to the library at Dayr al-Suryān. The first example (DS Arabic Commentary 22) was written in 1234/35 CE by the aforementioned Jirjis ibn Manṣūr, who hailed from the town of Bilbīs, located along the southeastern edge of the Nile Delta. His copy of Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew was endowed to Dayr al-Suryān over five centuries later in 1761/62 CE by Buṭrus, the metropolitan of Darjā.82 The second such manuscript (DS Arabic Commentary 23) presents a similar situation. The original scribe, Sim‘ān ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ ibn Qafrī, is identified as a deacon from the city of Asyūṭ, who copied the text in 1237 CE. Once again, the manuscript would only be endowed to Dayr al-Suryān in the late eighteenth century.83 The third example (DS Arabic 24) is a volume of Ibn al-Tayyib’s Commentaries on the Gospels of Mark, Luke, and John, completed by a priest named Būlus from the Mār Jirjis Church in al-‘Abbāsiyyah in the year 1[578] CE.84 It would later be donated to Dayr al-Suryān by the metropolitan Buṭrus, also known as Peter the Poor, who was active in the second half of the eighteenth century. In the year 1580 CE, a priest named Buṭrus ibn Būlus ibn al-qummuṣ Darīyās al-Ṣāwī from Naqādah produced a volume of canons organized in the form of questions and answers, which would later find its way to Dayr al-Suryān.85 Other examples come from the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Two of them again come from the city of Asyūṭ. In 1740, a scribe named Yūḥannā Matī, who is identified as khādim al-aṭfāl (“the servant of the children”) in Asyūṭ, produced a volume of Commentaries on the Pauline and Catholic Epistles (DS Arabic Commentary 26).86 Eighty-one years later in 1821 CE, Mas‘ūd ibn Yūḥannā al-Shaṭabī, also identified as the khādim al-aṭfāl in that city, penned another volume of Commentaries on the Pauline and Catholic Epistles, this time paired with Acts and the Epistle of Ps.-Dionysius the Areopagite to Timothy. In this case, we have a record of its endowment to Dayr al-Suryān by the manuscript’s patron and owner, Rafā’īl Malaṭī Abū al-Ru’ūs.87 It is not unlikely that he was also the one who gave the earlier volume from Asyūṭ to the monastery as well. It is worthy to note one other manuscript written elsewhere and later donated to Dayr al-Suryān. In 1746, an Ethiopian monk named Yū’annis al-Ḥabashī (“John the Ethiopian”) from the Monastery of St. Antony near the Red Sea copied a manuscript containing miscellaneous canons and treatises (DS Arabic Canons 9). Three years later in 1749, it was bought by the hegumen Buṭrus, the abbot of Dayr al-Suryān, who pro82 83 84 85 86 87

DS DS DS DS DS DS

Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic

Commentary 22 (= MS 82; 1234/35 CE). Commentary 23 (= MS 83; 1237 CE). Conmentary 24 (= 84; undated). Canons 17 (= MS 850; 1580 CE). Commentary 26 (= MS 86b; 1740 CE). Commentary 27 (= MS 87; 1821 CE).

XIV

S.J. DAVIS

ceeded to donate it to the monastic library.88 This transaction is part of a larger historical record of connection between Ethiopian monks and the monastery.89 3. CASE STUDY: THREE MANUSCRIPTS CONTAINING IBN AL-ṬAYYIB

THE

GOSPEL COMMENTARIES BY

By way of developing our material history of the manuscripts at Dayr al-Suryān in more detail, I now turn to a final case study. It relates specifically to the history of production, transmission, and readerly reception for the three manuscripts in the collection containing copies of Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentaries on the Gospels (DS Arabic Commentaries 22–24). The first of these volumes (DS Arabic Commentary 22) contains the author’s Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew and is dated to 1234/35 CE. The second (DS Arabic Commentary 23) contains his Commentaries on the Gospels of Matthew and Mark and is dated just a few years later, to 1237 CE. The third (DS Arabic Commentary 24) is a manuscript containing his Commentaries on the Gospels of Mark, Luke, and John, dated to 1[578] CE. These three manuscripts are of interest both because of their literary contents and because of the information they provide about their individual histories. Ibn al-Ṭayyib (full name, Abū-l-Faraj ‘Abdallāh ibn al-Ṭayyib) was one of the most prominent medieval Christian authors who wrote original works in Arabic. Active in the first half of the eleventh century, he studied and practiced medicine in Baghdad, was trained in philosophy and theology, served as a priest and as the patriarchal secretary under the Catholikos John VII (Yūḥannā ibn Nāzūk) (fl. 1012–1020 or 1013–1022 CE). He would later serve as a member of the synod that elected Elias I as Catholicos over the Church of the East in 1028. Ibn al-Ṭayyib continued to serve as the patriarchal secretary until his death in 1043. His philosophical thought was known to such medieval Muslim and Jewish luminaries as Ibn Sīnā (Avicenna), Ibn Rushd, and Maimonides.90 In addition to commentaries on Aristotle, Galen, and Hippocrates, Ibn al-Ṭayyib was a prolific theological author, producing large-scale biblical commentaries as well as over a dozen theological treatises, and serving as a crucial mediator of the Syriac literary and ecclesiastical heritage into Arabic. He is well-known for his monumental 88

DS Arabic Canons 9 (= MS 106a; 1746 CE). On this topic, see my forthcoming article, “Ethiopian and Egyptian Christians in Intersection: Monastic Multiculturalism and Migration, Discourses of Ethnicity, and the Problem of Premodern ‘Africa’ and the ‘Middle East’,” to appear in a volume of papers from the workshop, “Christian Layers in the History of the Middle East,” Oxford University, March 22–23, 2019. There is also currently a project underway to catalogue the Ethiopic manuscripts in the Dayr al-Suryān collection. Beginning in February of 2018, Denis Nosnitsin and Dorothea Reule of the University of Hamburg began work at the monastery and have catalogued, at current count, 23 Ethiopic volumes in the library. 90 On Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s biography and literary output, see GCAL 2, 160–177; and Julian Faultless, “Ibn al-Ṭayyib,” CMR-BH 2, 667–697. 89

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME TWO

XV

commentary on the Bible called The Paradise of Christianity (Firdaws al-naṣrāniyyah), which covered the entire biblical corpus but concentrated especially on the Pentateuch, the Psalms, and the Gospels. Till now, only his Commentary on Genesis (preserved as part of The Paradise) has been published in a critical edition,91 although portions of his treatment of the Psalms and the Gospels have also received scholarly attention.92 The discovery of three manuscripts containing parts of Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on the Gospels in the library at Dayr al-Suryān significantly adds to the corpus of textual witnesses for this rather understudied work. Previously, twenty-two manuscripts containing either full or partial copies of the work have been documented: six in Cairo,93 two in Paris,94 four in Mardin,95 one at the Monastery of St. Macarius in 91

Ibn al-Ṭayyib, Commentary on Genesis: ed. J. C. J. Sanders, 2 vols. (CSCO 274–275 = ar. 24–25; Louvain: Corpus du CSCO, 1967); see also P. Féghali, “Ibn aṭ-Ṭayyib et son commentaire sur la Genèse,” Parole de l’Orient 16 (1990–1991), 149–162. 92 Part of Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on the Psalms (Introduction and commentary on Psalms 1–28/27) has been published in an uncritical edition by Yūsuf Manqariyūs and H. Jirjis, eds., al-Rawḍ al-naḍīr fī tafsīr al-mazāmir (Cairo: n.p., 1902). For an early epitome of the work, see al-Mu’taman ibn al-‘Assāl, Majmū‘ usūl al-dīn: ed. A. Wadi, Summa dei principi della religione (Studia Orientalia Christiana 5, 6a–b, 7a–b; Cairo and Jerusalem: The Franciscan Centre of Christian Oriental Studies, 1997–1999), ch. 49, par. 47–51. For scholarship on this commentary, see R. Köbert, “Ibn at-Taiyib’s Erklärung von Psalm 44,” Biblica 43 (1962), 338–348; B. Ebermann, “Aus dem Psalmenkommentar des Abū l-Faraǧ ‘Abdallāh ibn aṭ-Ṭayyib (ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Exegese),” Ph.D. dissertation, Pontifical Biblical Institute, 1964; A. Chahwan, “Le commentaire de Psaumes 33–60 d’Ibn at-Tayib. Reflet de l’exégèse syriaque orientale,” Ph.D. dissertation; Rome: Pontifical Gregorian University, 1997. Editions of the beginning of Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on the Gospels have been published by Samir Khalil Samir and Julian Faultless: see Samir Khalil [Samir], “Nécessité de la science, texte de ‘Abdallāh ibn aṭ-Ṭayyib,” Parole de l’Orient 3 (1972), 241–259; and “Nécessité de l’exégèse scientifique, texte de ‘Abdallāh ibn aṭ-Ṭayyib,” Parole de l’Orient 5 (1974), 243–279; Julian Faultless, “The Prologue to John in Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on the Gospels,” Ph.D. dissertation, Oxford University, 2001/2002. An earlier uncritical edition of the entire text was produced by Yūsuf Manqariyūs, 2 vols. (Cairo: n.p., 1908). For scholarship on his commentaries on Matthew and John, see F. Sepmeijer, “Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on Matthew 1–9:32–34,” Parole de l’Orient 25 (2000), 557–564; and Julian Faultless, “The Two Recensions of the Prologue to John in Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on the Gospels,” in Christians at the Heart of Islamic Rule, ed. D. Thomas (Leiden: Brill, 2003), 177–198. 93 MS Cairo, Coptic Museum, Theol. 214 (1232 CE; Mark, Luke, and John) (= Simaika 44; Graf 128); Coptic Museum, Theol. 195 (17th cent. CE) (= Simaika 408, Graf 600); MS Cairo, Coptic Patriarchate 602 (early 14th cent. CE; Introduction and Matthew) (= Graf 602); Coptic Patriarchate, Theol. 39 (16th cent. CE) (= Simaika 232; Graf 603); Coptic Patriarchate, Theol. 53 (17th cent. CE; Introduction and Matthew) (= Simaika 56; Graf 110); Coptic Patriarchate, Theol. 50 (= Simaika 409; Graf 601) (1787 CE; Mark, Luke, and John). In the references above, “Simaika” indicates the catalogue number in Marcus Simaika, Catalogue of the Coptic and Arabic Manuscripts in the Coptic Museum, the Patriarchate, the Principal Churches of Cairo and Alexandria and the Monasteries of Egypt, 3 vols. (Cairo: Government Press, 1939). “Graf” indicates the catalogue number in Georg Graf, Catalogue de manuscrits arabes chrétiens conserves au Caire (Vatican City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, 1934); see also his multi-volume GCAL. 94 Paris, BNF, Ar. 86 (1248 CE; Mark, Luke, and John in “Miaphysite” recension); BNF, Ar. 85 (13th cent. CE; Luke and John in “Nestorian/Eastern” recension). 95 MS Mardin, Chaldean cathedral, Mardin-Diarbekir 22.3 (13th cent. CE, Luke); 22.4 (13th cent.; complete except for beginning and end); 22.5 (13th cent.; Matthew); 22.6 (16th cent. CE; complete).

XVI

S.J. DAVIS

Wādī al-Naṭrūn,96 one in Berlin,97 one in Diarbekir,98 one at the Vatican in Rome,99 two in Leiden,100 one in London,101 one in Sharfeh,102 one in Aleppo,103 and one at Dayr al-Muḥarraq in Qūṣiyyah (Egypt).104 The six oldest of these manuscript witnesses are thought to date from the thirteenth century, although only two of them have specifically attested dates of completion: MS Theol. 214 in the Coptic Museum in Cairo is dated to 1232 CE, while MS Ar. 86 in the Bibliothèque nationale in Paris bears the date 1248. This means that two of the three manuscripts in Dayr al-Suryān (DS Arabic Commentary 22 and 23) are effectively contemporaneous with the earliest attested manuscript we have Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on the Gospels, completed within two to five years after MS Theol. 214 in the Coptic Museum. Notably, the Coptic Museum manuscript contains the author’s commentaries on the Gospels of Mark, Luke, and John (as does MS Ar. 86 in Paris). By contrast, DS Arabic Commentary 22 preserves Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s commentary on the Gospel of Matthew, and DS Arabic Commentary 23 preserves his commentaries on both Matthew and Mark. This means that these two Dayr al-Suryān volumes represent the two earliest, specifically dated versions of his Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew. The other two earliest witnesses to this commentary on Matthew are two manuscripts from Mardin (MardinDiarbekir 22.4 and 22.5), estimated to have been produced sometime in the same century but lacking a definitive date of completion.105 A desideratum for the future should be the preparation of a full critical edition for all four Gospels, and for such 96

MS Wādī al-Nātrūn, Monastery of St. Macarius, Comm. 5 (= Zanetti 300) (14th cent. CE?; Matthew). MS Berlin, Königliche Bibliothek, Ar. 10178 (15th cent. CE; Matthew, incomplete). 98 MS Diarbekir, Chaldean Patriarchate 130 (1554 CE). 99 MS Vatican, Borgia Ar. 231 (16th cent. CE; Introduction and Matthew in a Garshuni “Miaphysite” recension). 100 MS Leiden, University Library, Or. 2375 (17th cent. CE; Introduction); Or. 454 (18th cent. CE?; Introduction and Matthew). 101 MS London, BL, Or. 3201 (1805 CE; Introduction, Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John in “Miaphysite” recension). 102 MS Sharfeh, Syrian Catholic Patriarchate, Syr. 9/18 (19th cent.; Garshuni). 103 MS Aleppo, Qusṭanṭīn Khuḍarī Collection (private) (Sbath, Fihris, vol. 1, 234, no. 145). 104 MS Qūṣiyyah, Dayr al-Muḥarraq (Manqariyūs, Tafsīr al-Mishriqī, 3). 105 Other attestations of the Matthean commentary prior to the sixteenth century also lack a definitive date. They include: MS Cairo, Coptic Patriarchate 602 (early 14th cent. CE; Introduction and Matthew) (= Graf 602); MS Wādī al-Nātrūn, Monastery of St. Macarius, Comm. 5 (= Zanetti 300) (14th cent. CE?; Matthew); MS Berlin, Königliche Bibliothek, Ar. 10178 (15th cent. CE; Matthew, incomplete). A manuscript at Diarbekir dated to the year 1554 CE (Chaldean Patriarchate 130) may be the next oldest attested copy, although its specific contents are unverified in the list provided by Faultless, “Ibn al-Ṭayyib,” CMR-BH 2, 679. Otherwise, our only other two definitely dated copies come from the eighteenth century or later: MS Cairo, Coptic Patriarchate, Theol. 53 (17th cent. CE; Introduction and Matthew) (= Simaika 56; Graf 110); MS London, BL, Or. 3201 (1805 CE; Introduction, Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John in “Miaphysite” recension). 97

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME TWO

XVII

a task, the two early thirteenth-century manuscripts, DS Arabic Commentary 22 and 23, will prove invaluable, along with the sixteenth-century copy of Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s commentaries on Mark, Luke, and John preserved in DS Arabic Commentary 24 (dated to 1578 CE). But these texts are valuable not only for their literary contents. They also provide us with a precious glimpse into the history of production, transmission, and reception that eventually brought them to the Dayr al-Suryān collection. Indeed, the colophons in each of these three manuscripts first present accounts about the original historical context for the composition and translation of the commentaries. A colophon in DS Arabic Commentary 22 describes how the text had been transcribed “from an old Syriac and Arabic Iraqi copy” (min nuskhah ‘irāqiyyah ‘atīqah suryānī wa-‘arabī), crediting al-Faraj ‘Abdallah ibn Ṭayyib with its authorship.106 But it also records the identities of Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s own personal scribe as well as the original patron of the text. ‘Abdallah ibn ‘Alī Ibn Abū ‘Īsā al-Shammās al-‘Ibādī is identified as his amanuensis, who transcribed the text for him in the year 1017 CE (Kānūn al-Thānī, 1328 of the Alexandrian/Greek era; = Shu‘bān, AH 407). The text was produced for a patron from the same family: al-ustādh Abī Naṣr ‘Abīdallah ibn Manṣūr al-Shammās al-‘Ibādī.107 In a colophon after the Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew in DS Arabic Commentary 23, the author is identified as al-shaykh al-fāḍl ‘Abdallah Ibn al-Ṭayyib al-Mishriqī.108 We are told that the current manuscript was made on the basis of a copy by an intermediary scribe who based his work upon the Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s own “ancient” copy, which dated to 1016/17 CE (1328 of the Alexandrian/Greek calendar; = AH 407). According to this account, the original scribe formatted the text as follows: first, the Gospel verses were presented in both Syriac and Arabic, formatted in facing columns; then, each section of biblical text was followed by a commentary in which there were a number of marginal insertions by an anonymous hand different from that of the original scribe.109 The writer of the colophon indicates that these marginal notes are thought to have been written by Ibn al-Ṭayyib himself. In the case of DS Arabic Commentary 24, most of our information comes from the colophon after the Commentary on the Gospel of John.110 Once again, Abū al-Faraj ‘Abdallah ibn al-Ṭayyib is named as the author, but this time ‘Abīdallah ibn ‘Alī 106 107 108 109 110

For the relevant colophon, see DS Arabic Commentary 22, ff. 286b–287a. DS Arabic Commentary 22, f. 286b. For the relevant colophon, see DS Arabic Commentary 23, f. 168a–b. DS Arabic Commentary 23, f. 168a. For the relevant colophon, see DS Arabic Commentary 24, f. 294b.

XVIII

S.J. DAVIS

Farābī ‘Isā al-Shammās al-‘Ibādī is described as the person who translated the text from Syriac into Arabic. This translation work is said to have taken place in the month Jumādā al-Awwal, AH 409 — that is, in 1018/1019 CE, during the patriarchate of a certain Mār Yuḥannā. These three manuscripts not only transmit information about the original context of production and translation; they also record invaluable data related to the texts’ later transmission and history of ownership. As a result, we are able to trace their separate — and sometimes rather circuitous — pathways to the library at Dayr al-Suryān. From the colophon of DS Arabic Commentary 22, we learn that Jirjis ibn Manṣūr, a priest from Bilbīs, wrote the text for himself, thus functioning both as scribe and as the initial patron/owner of the text.111 A waqf-statement immediately following that colophon, written in both Coptic and Arabic, reveals that the manuscript later came into the hands of Buṭrus, the metropolitan of Darjā (= Jirjā/Jerje in upper Egypt), who donated it to Dayr al-Suryān.112 The second Ibn al-Ṭayyib manuscript, DS Arabic Commentary 23, provides even more detailed account about its history of transmission and ownership. Information related to the manuscript’s production is recorded in a colophon after the Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew: there, the scribe identifies himself as the deacon Sim‘ān ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ ibn Qafrī al-Suyūṭī and indicates that he copied the text in his native city of Asyūṭ, completing the work in 1237 CE.113 Information about the text’s endowment to Dayr al-Suryān is provided in a late eighteenth-century waqf-statement near the beginning of the volume after the Introduction to the Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew: we are told that a certain Father Maqārī Yūnus, a monk at “the place of worship of Father Bishāy,” donated the manuscript to the monastery and that Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī was “the one who took care of the restoration of this blessed text.”114 But it is a series of three notes, written in two different readers’ hands immediately after the above-mentioned colophon, that opens up an exceedingly rare window on the entire intermediate history of the text between its points of production and endowment.115 The first of these notes indicates that the scribe and initial owner, the deacon Sim‘ān, subsequently became a priest, and that in 1243/44 CE (= AM 960), six or seven years after he copied the text, he sold the manuscript to the deacon Sawīrus ibn Ṣalīb al-Naṭrāwānī. Then, eight years later, the volume was transferred from Sawīrus (who had also become a priest) to the priest Isḥaq ibn Mu‘āfā in 1251/52 CE (= AM 968). 111 112 113 114 115

DS DS DS DS DS

Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic

Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary

22, 22, 23, 23, 23,

f. f. f. f. f.

287a. 287b. 168b. 2b. 168b.

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME TWO

XIX

In this transaction, the aforementioned Sawīrus also sold an Arabic book of New Testament Epistles written by a priest and monk named Buṭrus. Almost a century later, in 1343/44 CE (= AM 1060), the manuscript came into the possession of the priest Quzmān Fām Ḥannā. The colophon underscores that all of the transfers and purchases were “correct” (ṣaḥīḥ), i.e. legally executed. The second and third of the readers’ notes are written in a mostly unpointed, difficult-to-read hand in the upper left-hand corner and left margin of the same folio.116 These notes also list other persons from whom and to whom the manuscript was transferred, as well as the dates of these transfers. The second note (in the upper left-hand corner) is only partially legible. It mentions a certain Ibn Fīlibbus (“son of Philip”) as the next owner after the priest Quzmān Fām Ḥannā. The third note (in the left margin) is probably written by the same hand, and it traces the later transmission, including the following identified owners: a monk named Buṭrus, a monk named Yashū‘ al-Abnūbī from the Monastery of the Martyr Victor (Dayr al-shahīd Buqṭur), Sayyid al-Ahlab Ṣadaqah al-Naṣrānī, and his son Yūḥannā [Ibn Sayyid]. The list concludes with the date 1383/84 CE (= AM 1100). Unfortunately, we lack information on the ownership of the text between the late fourteenth century and its late eighteenth-century endowment to Dayr al-Suryān, but the bibliographical chain of transmission preserved for the first one hundred and fifty years of its existence (as well as its final donation) is an extraordinary resource for developing a prosopography of book ownership and for understanding the complex ways that books changed hands in ecclesiastical and monastic contexts. Finally, the third of the Ibn al-Ṭayyib volumes, DS Arabic Commentary 24, likewise preserves indispensable information related to its original scribe, its history of transmission, and ultimate endowment to Dayr al-Suryān. The colophon at the end of the Commentary on the Gospel of John identifies the scribe as the priest Būlus Abū Sayyid of the Church of Mār Jirjis (St. George) at al-‘Abbāsah, and notes that he was active during the time of a certain Patriarch John (Yu’annis).117 This colophon is unfortunately poorly preserved, with sections obscured or virtually erased from years of usage and wear. The text originally indicated the scribal date of completion according to both the Christian martyrological and Islamic hijrī calendars, but neither year is fully legible anymore apart from the fact that the AM date begins with one thousand. All that can be gleaned is the day and month according to each system (8 Ba’ūnah and 16 Rabī‘ al-Awwal, respectively), and the fact that these dates fell on a Friday. It is possible, however, to reconstruct the date of the manuscript by lining up the months and days 116 117

Ibid. For the relevant colophon, see DS Arabic Commentary 24, f. 294b.

XX

S.J. DAVIS

and finding the year of their convergence during the reign of a Coptic patriarch named John. On this basis, the date can be determined as May 23, 1578 CE (= 8 Ba’ūnah, AM 1[294]), equivalent to Friday, 16 Rabī‘ al-Awwal, AH [986], which falls the patriarchate of John XIV (1571–1586 CE). From a waqf-statement near the beginning of the manuscript, we also glean information about the volume’s endowment to Dayr al-Suryān. The patron/owner responsible for that endowment was a certain Peter the Poor (ⲡⲉⲧⲣⲟⲥ ⲡⲃⲱⲕ), who elsewhere in the collection is also known to us as Buṭrus, the metropolitan bishop of Darjā (Jirjā/ Jerje).118 Indeed, this is the very Buṭrus who served as the endowing patron of DS Arabic Commentary 22, where his act of donation is dated to 1761/62 CE.119 Perhaps this eighteenth-century bishop was a special aficionado of Ibn al-Ṭayyib. This same Peter/Buṭrus is also attested as the writer of two waqf-statements in DS Arabic Commentary 12, a manuscript containing commentaries on the books of the Pentateuch: originally copied in 1673 CE at al-Maḥallah al-kubrā (a town located in the central Nile Delta on the western bank of the Damietta branch tributary), the manuscript was endowed by Peter/Buṭrus to Dayr al-Suryān in 1764/65 CE, three years after DS Arabic Commentary 22.120 In reviewing the details of the three Ibn al-Ṭayyib manuscripts highlighted here, it is important not to take for granted the abundance of socio-historical information preserved therein. Their colophons and statements of endowment tell us much, not only about the history of the library at Dayr al-Suryān (including their record of when volumes came to enter the collection), but also about their sometimes rather byzantine prior histories. By attending to both the literary contents of these volumes and the contexts of their production and transmission, we will become better equipped to draw connections between practices of writing and reading — book production and consumption — in Egyptian churches and monasteries during the medieval and early modern periods. 4. A NOTE

ON

APPENDICES

As in Volume One, at the end of this book I supply a series of appendices designed to be an aid for the broader scholarly endeavor of writing a material history of the library at Dayr al-Suryān. Appendix A records basic information for each manuscript regarding their catalogue numbers, dates, and contents. Appendix B documents individual works found in the manuscripts of the collections under different genre rubrics: 118 119 120

DS Arabic Commentary 24, f. 2a. DS Arabic Commentary 22, f. 287b. DS Arabic Commentary 12, ff. 9b, 203a.

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME TWO

XXI

biblical books (as both freestanding texts and subjects of commentary), commentaries (on biblical and non-biblical literature), canons, mayāmir (monastic sayings, saints’ lives, and sermons), liturgical texts, and assorted other works. Appendix C lists manuscripts by date and also includes a list of manuscripts without identified chronological context. Appendix D provides information about the types of paper (or parchment) used, the presence (or absence) of watermarks, and evidence for dating. Finally, Appendix E presents a prosopography of scribes, patrons/owners, restorers, illustrators, readers, other named figures, monasteries and churches, and councils and synods referenced in the manuscripts catalogued in Volume Two.

GUIDE TO DAYR AL-SURYĀN LIBRARY NUMBERS AND CATALOGUE NUMBERS DS ARABIC COMMENTARIES Current Library Number

DS Cat. No.

MS 62

DS Arabic Commentary 1

MS 63

DS Arabic Commentary 2

MS 64

DS Arabic Commentary 3

MS 65

DS Arabic Commentary 4

MS 65a [= new Lib. No. 1005]

DS Arabic Commentary 5

MS 66

DS Arabic Commentary 6

MS 67

DS Arabic Commentary 7

MS 68

DS Arabic Commentary 8

MS 69

DS Arabic Commentary 9

MS 70

DS Arabic Commentary 10

MS 71

DS Arabic Commentary 11

MS 72

DS Arabic Commentary 12

MS 73

DS Arabic Commentary 13

MS 74

DS Arabic Commentary 14

MS 75

DS Arabic Commentary 15

MS 76

DS Arabic Commentary 16

MS 77

DS Arabic Commentary 17

MS 78

DS Arabic Commentary 18

MS 79

DS Arabic Commentary 19

MS 80

DS Arabic Commentary 20

MS 81

DS Arabic Commentary 21

MS 82

DS Arabic Commentary 22

MS 83

DS Arabic Commentary 23

MS 84

DS Arabic Commentary 24

MS 85

DS Arabic Commentary 25

MS 86b [= new Lib. No. 1010]

DS Arabic Commentary 26

XXIV

S.J. DAVIS

Current Library Number

DS Cat. No.

MS 87

DS Arabic Commentary 27

MS 88

DS Arabic Commentary 28

MS 89

DS Arabic Commentary 29

MS 90

DS Arabic Commentary 30

MS 91

DS Arabic Commentary 31

MS 92

DS Arabic Commentary 32

MS 93

DS Arabic Commentary 33

MS 94

DS Arabic Commentary 34

MS 95

DS Arabic Commentary 35

MS 96

DS Arabic Commentary 36

MS 97

DS Arabic Commentary 37

MS 97a [= new Lib. No. 1011]

DS Arabic Commentary 38

MS 98

DS Arabic Commentary 39

MS 720

DS Arabic Commentary 40

MS 789

DS Arabic Commentary 41

MS 790

DS Arabic Commentary 42

MS 832

DS Arabic Commentary 43

MS 961

DS Arabic Commentary 44

MS 962

DS Arabic Commentary 45

MS 963

DS Arabic Commentary 46

MS 964

DS Arabic Commentary 47

MS 965

DS Arabic Commentary 48

DS ARABIC CANONS Current Library Number

DS Cat. No.

MS 100

DS Arabic Canons 1

MS 101

DS Arabic Canons 2

MS 102

DS Arabic Canons 3

MS 103

DS Arabic Canons 4

MS 104

DS Arabic Canons 5

MS 104a [= new Lib. No. 1012]

DS Arabic Canons 6

INTRODUCTION TO VOLUME TWO

Current Library Number

DS Cat. No.

MS 105

DS Arabic Canons 7

MS 106

DS Arabic Canons 8

MS 106a [= new Lib. No. 1013]

DS Arabic Canons 9

MS 107

DS Arabic Canons 10

MS 108

DS Arabic Canons 27

MS 109

DS Arabic Canons 11

MS 111b [= new Lib. No. 1015]

DS Arabic Canons 12

MS 692

DS Arabic Canons 13

MS 710

DS Arabic Canons 14

MS 711

DS Arabic Canons 15

MS 842

DS Arabic Canons 16

MS 850

DS Arabic Canons 17

MS 908

DS Arabic Canons 18

MS 909

DS Arabic Canons 19

MS 910

DS Arabic Canons 20

MS 935

DS Arabic Canons 21

MS 966

DS Arabic Canons 22

MS 967

DS Arabic Canons 23

MS 968

DS Arabic Canons 24

MS 969

DS Arabic Canons 25

MS 970

DS Arabic Canons 26

MS 108

DS Arabic Canons 27

XXV

CATALOGUE KEY 1. MANUSCRIPT NUMBERING SYSTEMS (CAT. NO.) The library at Dayr al-Suryān has employed several different numbering systems over the last century, traces of which are recorded either in the manuscripts themselves or in one of two handwritten Arabic-language catalogues recorded in notebook form (= “handbook”). Here, this information is recorded in order to give readers access to the (early modern/modern) history of classification within the monastery. For the purposes of our catalogue volumes, we have created a sequential numbering system for each classificatory section. This system begins with DS (for Dayr al-Suryān), followed by the language (Coptic or Arabic), the genre classification (e.g. Biblical, Coptic Language, etc.), and the number in the sequence. This new catalogue designation is followed by its current shelf or registration number (e.g. MS 1). Then, on the next line, older call numbers — documented either in or on the manuscripts themselves, or in the local handwritten Arabic-language catalogues — are provided as supplemental references. Some of these include earlier genre categories that may or may not still be applicable to the library’s current cataloguing system; some provide evidence that manuscripts have been reclassified from one genre to another. The older call numbers often featured a genre designation as a constituent part of their classification, or alternatively a series number marked by the Arabic term Silsilah or Musalsal. See also “Appendix A: Manuscripts, Numbering Systems, and Contents.” 2. MANUSCRIPT CONTENTS In recording the contents of individual manuscripts, I provide tables of contents with folio and/or page references. In the Dayr al-Suryān collection, folia are typically numbered according to a modern Arabic foliation (in pen or pencil), as well as their earlier Coptic cursive (Copt.) or Coptic uncial (Copt.) systems, which sometimes match and sometimes diverge. The same applies to systems of pagination as well. (For further commentary on these complications, see “Pages, Numbering” below.) In the catalogue entries, the recto and verso of folia are indicated by “a” and “b” respectively, following the Arabic language convention. Superscript “bis” and “ter” are used to indicate repeated individual folia or page numbers within a particular foliation sequence: “bis” indicates the first repetition (i.e. the second appearance of the same number); “ter” indicates the second repetition (i.e. the third appearance of the same number). In the case of manuscripts featuring more than one foliation number sequence,

XXVIII

S.J. DAVIS

superscript numbers are used to indicate the second and third reiterations of each sequence: thus, f. 1a2 would indicate the first folio, recto, of the second foliation sequence, and f. 1a3 would indicate the first folio, recto, of the third foliation sequence. See also “Appendix B: Textual Attestations, with Select Bibliography.” 3. DATE, LANGUAGE, SCRIPT, MATERIAL Date: Within the collection, manuscripts are dated primarily according to the Coptic calendar, which is calculated according to the anno martyrum (“Era of the Martyrs”) from year 284 CE, the beginning of Diocletian’s reign. This is sometimes marked by Coptic or Arabic sigla based on the word for “martyrs”: in Coptic, an abbreviation or monogram derived from the Greek loan word, ⲙⲁⲣⲧⲩⲣⲉⲥ; in Arabic, the first letter (‫ )ش‬in the word, ‫شهداء‬. Sometimes only the year is indicated; in other cases, the specific day and name of the Coptic month are supplied as well. Occasionally, the equivalent year according to the Islamic (Hijrī) calendar, along with the month and day, is also provided by the scribes of the manuscripts. These dates are marked with the abbreviation ‫هـ‬, for ‫( هجري‬hijrī, “pertaining to the [year of Muḥammad’s] emigration [to Medina]”). In all cases where a date is indicated, I supply the equivalent Common Era date, calculated by adding 283 or 284 to the year number according to the Era of the Martyrs. This number varies depending on the specific month. Where no month is supplied, both possible years of the CE date are given. See also “Appendix C: Dated and Undated Manuscripts.” Language and Script: The Commentary and Canons manuscripts included in this volume all feature Arabic as their primary scribal language, although occasionally Coptic is used by scribes and readers in colophons, endowments, marginal notes, blessings, petitions, and prayers. Observations about script include notes on the color of ink (distinguishing text, headings, and scribal dots/punctuation), general characteristics and distinctive letter forms, and relative scale. For the purposes of this catalogue, I typically estimate scale according to height, using a threefold system of classification: small (≤ 5mm), medium (approx. 5–10mm), and large (≥ 10mm). Material: With the exception of one manuscript with parchment leaves (DS Coptic Biblical 6), the rest of the manuscripts documented in this volume utilize paper folia. The weight of the paper is estimated subjectively, according a threefold system of classification (light, medium, or heavy stock). Handmade paper without watermarks, traditionally described elsewhere as “Oriental paper,” is described here as “Middle Eastern.” It is typically heavier or thicker in stock. Paper with watermarks in the collection tends to indicate a more recent, lightweight product with laid lines of production visible. Where possible, catalogue entries supply information about the

XXIX

CATALOGUE KEY

watermarks that could be detected. See also “Appendix D: Parchment, Paper and Watermarks (with Dates).”1 4. SCRIBES, PATRONS/OWNERS, RESTORERS Scribes: The colophons to works within the manuscripts sometimes supply the names of scribes, with provenance and dates, and this information has been recorded with folio references. The Arabic word for scribe is nāsikh (“scribe”; pl. nussākh), or alternatively kātib (“writer”; pl. kuttāb). See also “Appendix E: Prosopography of Scribes, Patrons/Owners, Restorers, Illustrators, Readers, and Other Named Figures.” Patrons/Owners: Colophons, endowments, and readers’ notes sometimes designate named figures with the Arabic word muhtamm (“caretaker, patron”; pl. muhtammūn). In these Arabic manuscripts, this word has a range of meanings. Most often, it seems to indicate a “patron” who has funded the production of the manuscript and/or who has donated the manuscript to the library. In this context, it can also mean the original or former owner (ṣāhib) of the volume. To make matters more complicated, it may also sometimes refer either to the original scribe or to a latter-day restorer, who in writing/ rewriting and binding/rebinding the text have served as its caretakers. Restorers: There is extensive evidence within the collection for the work of monks (both named and anonymous) who re-bound manuscripts and reinforced or replaced damaged folia. Such premodern or early modern attempts at preservation/restoration are sometimes marked in the texts themselves in the context of endowments or readers’ notes, with the restorers (murammim; pl. murammimūn) identified by name. Most prominent among them is Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī, who (as noted in the introduction) was active at the end of the eighteenth and beginning of the nineteenth century and whose imprint on the collection is extensive. 5. TABLES OF CONTENTS, COLOPHONS,

AND

ENDOWMENTS

Tables of Contents: In addition to supplying a detailed record of each manuscript’s contents (see above), the catalogue entries also document the indigenous tables of contents written by the original scribes and monastic readers. In the former case, these 1 For a discussion of watermarks, including a listing of important reference works, see Adam Gacek, Arabic Manuscripts: A Vademecum for Readers (Handbook of Oriental Studies, Section 1, Volume 98; Leiden: Brill, 2009), 131, 290–292, 330–331. Three of the most common watermarks found in the collection are: (1) the Tre Lune (three crescent moons) associated with Isaac Lurion & Co. in Vienna; (2) shield with man-in-the-moon (crescent with human profile) associated with bayāḍ Abū Shabbak Islambūlī ‘āl aṣīlī; and (3) Andrea Galvani Pordenone, also indicated by the initials AG.

XXX

S.J. DAVIS

are typically introductions written in the scribe’s hand providing chapter outlines for the works contained within the manuscript. In the latter case, they are often more recent tables of contents written in blue or black ballpoint pen on the front endpaper, on a flyleaf, or on the recto of the first (blank) folio. Colophons: At the end of individual works and/or at the very end of the manuscript, scribes often penned colophons, including final blessings and prayers, warnings against unauthorized (mis)use of the text, notes about the context and date of completion, and sometimes acts of self-identification. These colophons are invaluable sources of information about the history of the manuscript collection, and this catalogue volume documents them according to their folia, with notes on their contents. Endowments: Many of the manuscripts contain endowments (in Arabic, waqf; pl. awqāf) marking the date of their donation to the monastic library and confirming the text as the property of the monastery. These waqf-statements sometimes identify the patrons (muhtammūn) who made the donation and often include warnings (invoking the fate of Judas Iscariot, Simon Magus, and the Emperor Diocletian) against anyone who would attempt to alter or abscond with the manuscript. In this catalogue, each endowment is documented according to its folio, with notes on its contents. 6. PAGES AND NUMBERING This catalogue documents the physical layout and foliation/pagination of each manuscript, distinguishing between frontmatter, numbered folia, and backmatter. Frontmatter consists of any unnumbered leaves at the beginning of the manuscript, and these are labeled and identified with lowercase Roman numerals. The numbering of folia within the collection falls into two general categories: (1) original foliation or pagination using either Greek or Coptic cursive (Epact) letters for the numeration system; (2) more recent Arabic numbering of folia or pages. Coptic cursive foliation is far more common than Greek in this collection, but in both cases these original systems and sequences are often not completely preserved due to page corners that have been damaged, missing and/or replaced folia, and/or texts from different manuscripts that have been rebound together. By contrast, the more recent Arabic foliation systems, while sometimes imperfect, are typically better preserved and serve as a more accessible baseline guide to the contents of the manuscripts. As a result, when present, both systems are documented here, including their areas of divergence and specific irregularities such as skipped or repeated numbers. In addition, the catalogue entries frequently make note of the quiring of volumes, especially when the collation of the quires indicates disruptions in the manuscript’s material history.

CATALOGUE KEY

XXXI

7. DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUT The catalogue provides the dimensions of folia and areas of writing on the page (both height and width) in centimeters, as well as the number of lines per page. In places where a secondary and/or tertiary hand is in evidence (e.g. on replacement pages), these data are supplied for those sections as well, in order to document variations in the manuscript’s physical presentation. 8. COVER AND CONDITION: This section documents the material, color, and condition of the manuscript cover, binding, and folia, including notes on cover decoration (e.g. tooled and embossed designs), areas of wear (e.g. surfaces, corners, edges, and spine), the state of the pages, evidence for environmental damage, earlier attempts at restoration, and the need for further preservation. 9. SCRIBAL PRACTICE AND READERS’ INSERTIONS Scribal Practice: The catalogue documents specific characteristics and idiosyncrasies of the scribe’s (or scribes’) execution of the manuscript, including orthography and illumination, matters of organization, the format and content of headings and blessings, and marginal commentary. Transcriptions and translations of selected passages are occasionally provided. Readers’ Insertions: In addition to features of scribal practice, the catalogue also documents the interventions of readers in the manuscript, including the inscriptions of names, petitions, prayers, and blessings. This section may also include written contributions by secondary (or tertiary) scribal hands and by restorers, who also functioned as readers of the texts they inherited. See also “Appendix E: Prosopography of Scribes, Patrons/Owners, Restorers, Illustrators, Readers, and Other Named Figures.”

WORKS CITED Athanāsiyūs al-Maqārī, Maṣādir ṭuqūs al-kanīsah [Sources for the Liturgies of the Churches], Volumes 1.1–14 (Cairo: Dār Nūbār, 2000–2010). [= MṬK]. Chahwan, A. “Le commentaire de Psaumes 33–60 d’Ibn at-Tayib. Reflet de l’exégèse syriaque orientale,” Ph.D. dissertation, Rome: Pontifical Gregorian University, 1997. Coquin, René-Georges. “Le corpus canonum copte. Un nouveau complément: le ms. I.F.A.O., Copte 6,” Orientalia, n.s. 50.1 (1981), 40–86. Davis, Stephen J. Coptic Christology in Practice. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008. Davis, Stephen J. “Ethiopian and Egyptian Christians in Intersection: Monastic Multiculturalism and Migration, Discourses of Ethnicity, and the Problem of Premodern ‘Africa’ and the ‘Middle East’.” Paper presented at the symposium, “Christian Layers in the History of the Middle East,” Oxford University, Oxford, UK (March 2019). To appear in a forthcoming volume. Davis, Stephen J., Bilal Orfali, and Samuel Noble, eds. A Disputation over a Fragment of the Cross: A Medieval Arabic Text from the History of Christian-Jewish-Muslim Relations in Egypt. Beirut: Dar al-Machreq, 2012. Eastman, David. “Epistle of Pseudo-Dionysius the Areopagite to Timothy,” North American Society for the Study of Christian Apocryphal Literature (NASSCAL), https://www.nasscal. com/e-clavis-christian-apocrypha/epistle-of-pseudo-dionysius-the-areopagite-to-timothy/. Ebermann, B. “Aus dem Psalmenkommentar des Abū l-Faraǧ ‘Abdallāh ibn aṭ-Ṭayyib (ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Exegese),” Ph.D. dissertation, Pontifical Biblical Institute, 1964. Faultless, Julian. “Ibn al-Ṭayyib,” CMR-BH 2, 667–697. Faultless, Julian. “The Prologue to John in Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on the Gospels,” Ph.D. dissertation, Oxford University, 2001/2002. Faultless, Julian. “The Two Recensions of the Prologue to John in Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on the Gospels.” In Christians at the Heart of Islamic Rule, ed. D. Thomas, 177–198. Leiden: Brill, 2003. Féghali, P. “Ibn aṭ-Ṭayyib et son commentaire sur la Genèse,” Parole de l’Orient 16 (1990– 1991), 149–162. Frank, R. M. “The Jeremias of Pethion ibn Ayyūb al-Sahhār,” The Catholic Biblical Quarterly 21 (1959), 136–170. Geerard, Mauritius. Clavis Patrum Graecorum. Volumes 1–6. Turnhout: Brepols, 1974–1998. [= CPG]. Gehman, H. S. “The ‘Polyglot’ Arabic Text of Daniel and Its Affinities,” Journal of Biblical Literature 44 (1925), 327–352. Gibson, Margaret Dunlop. Apocrypha Arabica. Studia Sinaitica 8. London: C. J. Clay and Sons, 1901. Gibson, Margaret Dunlop. An Arabic Version of the Acts of the Apostles and the Seven Catholic Epistles. Studia Sinaitica 7. London: C. J. Clay and Sons, 1899. Graf, Georg. Catalogue de manuscrits arabes chrétiens conservés au Caire. Vatican City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, 1934. Graf, Georg. Geschichte der christlichen arabischen Literatur. Volumes 1–5. Studi e Testi 118, 133, 146, 147, 172. Vatican City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, 1944–1953. [= GCAL].

XXXIV

S.J. DAVIS

Graf, Georg. “Liturgische Anweisungen des koptischen Patriarchen Kyrillos ibn Laklak aus dem Arabischen übersetzt,” Jahrbuch für Liturgiewissenschaft 4 (1924), 119–134. Graf, Georg. Verzeichnis arabischer kirchlicher Termini. CSCO 147, Subsidia 8. Louvain: Imprimerie orientaliste, 1954. Die griechischen christlichen Schriftsteller der ersten drei Jahrhunderte. Leipzig: J. C. Hinrichs; Berlin: Akademie Verlag, 1897– . [= GCS]. Griffith, Sidney H. The Bible in Arabic: The Scriptures of the “People of the Book” in the Language of Islam. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2013. Griffith, Sidney H. “The Monk in the Emir’s Majlis: Reflections on a Popular Genre of Christian Literary Apologetics in Arabic in the Early Islamic Period.” In The Majlis: Interreligious Encounters in Medieval Islam, ed. H. Lazarus-Yafeh et al., 13–65. Wiesbaden: Harrossowitz, 1999. Grypeou, Emmanouela. “Kitāb al-majāll,” CMR-BH 5, 634–639. Hjälm, M. L. “18.3.7. Arabic Translations,” in Textual History of the Bible, ed. A. Lange, consulted online 13 August 2018 [http://dx.doi.org/10.1163/2452-4107_thb_COM_0018030700]. Hjälm, M. L. “18.4.8. Arabic Translations,” in Textual History of the Bible, ed. A. Lange, consulted online 13 August 2018 [http://dx.doi.org/10.1163/2452-4107_thb_COM_0018040700]. Jirjis Fīlūthā’us ‘Awwaḍ, ed. al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī. 2 volumes. Cairo: Mu’assasat Mīnā li-lṬibā‘ah, 1991. Kashouh, H. The Arabic Versions of the Gospels: The Manuscripts and Their Families. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 2012. Köbert, R. “Ibn at-Taiyib’s Erklärung von Psalm 44,” Biblica 43 (1962), 338–348. Lamoreaux, John C. “Theodore Abū Qurra,” CMR-BH 1, 439–491. Mingana, Alphonse. “Apocalypse of Peter,” Woodbrooke Studies 3 (1931), 93–449. Mīṣā’īl al-Baramūsī. Dallāl al-mubtadi’īn wa-tahdhīb al-‘almāniyyīn: aqdam dallāl ṭaqsī li-lkanīsah al-qibṭiyyah 24.1 (2018), 117–169; and 24.2 (2018), 115–157. Moawad, Samuel, ed. al-Anājīl al-arba‘ah tarjamat al-As‘ad Abī al-Faraj Hibatallah Ibn al-‘Assāl. Cairo: Madrasat al-Iskandariyyah/Alexandrian School, 2014. Murqus Jirjis. Kitāb al-durr al-thamīn fī īḍāḥ al-dīn. Cairo: al-Maktabah al-jadīdah, 1925. Peeters, Paul. Bibliotheca Hagiographica Orientalis. Subsidia Hagiographica 10. Brussels: Société des Bollandistes, 1910. [= BHO]. Riedel, Wilhelm, and W. E. Crum. The Canons of Athanasius of Alexandria. Text and Translation Society. London and Oxford: Williams and Norgate, 1904. Ryssel, V. “Die arabische Uebersetzung des Micha in der Pariser und Londoner Polyglotte,” Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft 5 (1885), 102–138. Samir Khalil Samir. “Nécessité de l’exégèse scientifique, texte de ‘Abdallāh ibn aṭ-Ṭayyib,” Parole de l’Orient 5 (1974), 243–279. Samir Khalil Samir. “Nécessité de la science, texte de ‘Abdallāh ibn aṭ-Ṭayyib,” Parole de l’Orient 3 (1972), 241–259. Sanders, J. C. J. Commentaire sur la Genèse. Ibn aṭ-Ṭaiyib. 2 volumes. CSCO 274–275. Scriptores Arabici 24–25. Louvain: Corpus du CSCO, 1967. Sepmeijer, F. “Ibn al-Ṭayyib’s Commentary on Matthew 1–9:32–34,” Parole de l’Orient 25 (2000), 557–564. Simaika, Marcus. Catalogue of the Coptic and Arabic Manuscripts in the Coptic Museum, the Patriarchate, the Principal Churches of Cairo and Alexandria and the Monasteries of Egypt. 3 volumes. Cairo: Government Press, 1939.

WORKS CITED

XXXV

Staal, H. Mt. Sinai Arabic Codex 151. 4 volumes. CSCO 452–453, 462–463. Louvain: Peeters, 1983–1984. Swanson, Mark N. “Patriarch Cyril III ibn Laqlaq,” CMR-BH 4, 320–324. Thomas, David, et al. Christian-Muslim Relations: A Bibliographical History. Volumes 1–6. History of Christian-Muslim Relations 11, 14, 15, 17, 20, and 22. Leiden: Brill, 2009–2014. [= CMR-BH]. Vollandt, R. “2.4.9. Arabic Translations.” In Textual History of the Bible, ed. A. Lange, consulted online 13 August 2018 [http://dx.doi.org/10.1163/2452-4107_thb_COM_0002040900]. Vollandt, R. “2.5.8. Arabic Translations,” in Textual History of the Bible, ed. A. Lange, consulted online 13 August 2018 [http://dx.doi.org/10.1163/2452-4107_thb_COM_0002050]. Vollandt, R. Arabic Versions of the Pentateuch: A Comparative Study of Jewish, Christian, and Muslim Sources. Biblica Arabica 2. Leiden: Brill, 2015. Wadi, A. Summa dei principi della religione. Studia Orientalia Christiana 5, 6a–b, 7a–b. Cairo and Jerusalem: The Franciscan Centre of Christian Oriental Studies, 1997–1999. Watson, W. Scott. “An Arabic Version of the Epistle of Dionysius the Areopagite to Timothy,” American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literature 16.4 (1900), 225–241. Yūsuf Manqariyūs and H. Jirjis, eds. al-Rawḍ al-naḍīr fī tafsīr al-mazāmir. Cairo: n.p., 1902. Yūsuf Manqariyūs. Tafsīr al-mashriqī ayy al-qiss Abū al-Faraj li-arba‘at anājīl. 2 volumes. Cairo: n.p. 1908.

PART ONE

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

3

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 1 (= MS 62) Old number(s): 6 Lāhūt; 52/6-κε

Contents

John Chrysostom, Commentary on Genesis and On Job the Righteous 1. John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Book of Genesis: ff. 1a–352a 30 sermons. 2. John Chrysostom, On Job the Righteous: ff. 353b–387a Four essays.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and Script: Arabic. Title, headings, and punctuation are in red ink. Marginal notes are present, sometimes in black and other times in red ink. Material: Paper. Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks visible. Replacement leaves are of European stock with what seems to be an elaborate crest watermark. The final folia of the front- and backmatter (ff. iii and 393, the latter now detached) have the triple crescent moon (Tre Lune). The latter also bears the letters RFA.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Table of contents:

Patron/owner: Metropolitan Sāwīrus, head of Dayr al-Suryān (f. 353a) f. iiia: brief modern table of contents in blue ballpoint pen. Colophon: f. 352b: colophon after the Commentary on Genesis. The scribe reports that the work contains 30 sermons and states that it and the following essays on Job are to be read during Holy Week. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 353a: A waqf reporting that the treatise was written with the permission of metropolitan (muṭrān) Sāwīrus, head of Dayr al-Suryān, and that it is to be read during Holy Week. f. 387b: A waqf to “The Monastery of Our Lady known as Dayr al-Suryān,” the place of worship for the great saint Anbā Bishāy. This is followed by curses to anyone who removes the book from the monastery (invoking the fates of Simon Magus and Judas Iscariot).

4 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: 3 leaves (ff. i–iii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–387 Backmatter: 6 leaves (ff. 388–393) Greek numbering indicates the quire number, but it is inaccurate: the MS begins with the seventh quire, which it labels as quire 9 on folio 78b, and continues every 10 folios until it stops at folio 258b, which it labels as quire 37.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 25 × 17 cm Area of writing: 19.5 × 11 cm 17 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Cover is brown leather, tattered, embossed with an oval mandorla with vegetation decoration. Pages are stained; a few are taped in, such as folio 18.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Occasionally at the bottom of the verso the scribe has written Insertions a catchword to indicate the first word of the following recto. 2. The waqf on f. 353a contains a stylized heading, followed by Coptic numbers: ‫بسم الروف والرحيم‬ ⲃⲱⲗ ⲣⳅ In the name of the Compassionate, the Merciful 2830 107

3. The waqf on f. 387b also contains the same heading as the one on f. 353a: ‫بسم الروف والرحيم‬ In the name of the Compassionate, the Merciful. Readers’ insertions:

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

5

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 2 (= MS 63) Old number(s): 55 Lāhūt; 52/12-ⲕⲇ

Contents

Ps.-Epiphanius of Cyprus, On the Six Days of Creation (Hexaemeron), including the Vision of St. Gregory [Nazianzen] the Theologian on the Fall of Satan; The Story of Adam and Eve 1. Ps.-Epiphanius of Cyprus, On the Six Days of Creation (Hexaemeron): f. 1b–24b [The First Day]: ff. 1b–7b f. 4a: The rank of Sadākiyāl (rutbat Sadākiyāl) ff. 4a–5a: The rank of Anāniyāl (ṣifat rutbat Anāniyāl) f. 5a: What God created (khalaqa) from fire f. 5a–b: What God created from dust/earth ff. 5b–6a: What God created from air ff. 6a–7a: What God made (ṣana‘a) from water f. 7a–b: The creation of light [The Second Day]: ff. 7b–10b ff. 7b–8b: The creation of the angels’ vestments, girdles, and staffs ff. 8b–9a: The first heaven was completed and the angels in it f. 9a–b: The second heaven was completed ff. 9b–10b: The third heaven was completed f. 10b: The creation of clouds The Third Day: ff. 10b–12b ff. 10b–11a: The creation of the earth f. 11a: The creation of the springs and the rivers f. 11a: The presence/existence of fire f. 11a: The creation of the mountains f. 11b: The Tree of Life f. 11b: The Tree of the Difference [between good and evil] ff. 11b–12a: The creation of rivers f. 12a: The creation of plans f. 12a–: The reason for Christ’s act of naming [created things] The Fourth Day, and the Vision of St. Gregory the Theologian on the Fall of Satan: ff. 12b–18a f. 13a: The creation of the sun f. 13a–b: The creation of the moon f. 13b: The creation of the stars

6

S.J. DAVIS

ff. 13b–18a: On the vision of St. Gregory the Theologian concerning the trial/case of Satan and his fall ‫نبتدي بعون ﷲ نشرح ما دعت الحاجة‬ ‫إليه في هذا المكان من رؤيا غريغوريوس المتكلم في اللاهوت‬ ‫وهذا الرؤيا كان ﷲ أراه له في قضية الشيطان وسقوطه‬ “With the help of God, we begin explaining what is required in this place with regard to the revelatory vision of Gregory the Theologian (lit. “the one who discourses on theology”). God showed him this revelatory vision about the trial/case of Satan and his fall.”

The Fifth Day: ff. 18a–20a ff. 18b–20a: The creation of birds, fish, reptiles, and beasts The Sixth Day (Friday): ff. 20a–24b f. 20a–b: The creation of the beasts of the earth and the reptiles f. 20b: Wild and domestic beasts f. 20b: Cattle f. 20b: Reptiles ff. 20b–21b: The creation of humankind ff. 21b–22b: Interpretation of the four elements (nasamāt) f. 22b: On the creation of the woman ff. 22b–23b: The counsel of Satan to Eve and Adam ff. 23b–24a: The Lord’s speech to Adam f. 24a: The Lord’s speech to Eve f. 24a–b: Adam and Eve’s exit from Paradise The Seventh Day (Saturday): f. 24b The following text is written in red at the end of the third-to-last line of the page (f. 24b, line 17): ‫كملت أيام الخليقة‬ “The days of creation have been completed…”

It is immediately followed by additional text in red ink on the last two lines of the page (f. 24b, lines 18–19), but this represents the title of the next work in the manuscript (line 18) and its first subheading (line 19).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

7

2. The Story of Adam and Eve and what happened after they went out from Paradise: ff. 24b–115a ‫ قصة ادم وحوا وما جرى لهما بعد خروجهما من الفردوس‬:‫ب‬٢٤ ‫ف‬ ff. 24b–25b: Their dwelling in the Cave of Treasures by the Creator’s command The first subheading of the work on f. 24b, line 19: ‫ومقامهما في مغارة الكنوز بأمر الخالق لهما المدبر سبحانه‬ “Their dwelling in the cave of treasures, by command of their Creator, the One who designed them (may he be praised).”

ff. 25b–34a: Account of the promise regarding five and a half days [till Adam’s salvation] [Note: Early Christian tradition had it that 5500 years were to pass between creation and incarnation. This reference to five and a half days is to be taken in the context of each day being regarded as a thousand years.] ff. 34a–94a: The first offering that Adam raised up ff. 94a–115a: The covenant that God made with Noah and revealed it by the rainbow in heaven Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: not indicated, but the year of endowment is indicated as AM 1552 [= 1835/36 CE] (f. 1a). Language and Script: Arabic. Original hand is small and somewhat cramped. Black ink, with red headings (although the title of the first treatise is in black) and some red punctuation. Material: Paper. Original leaves are medium-to-heavy Middle Eastern stock, with no watermarks. Some substitute pages bear watermarks, including triple crescent moon/Tre Lune (f. v). There are also indiscernible watermarks on ff. 1–3 and 103.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: not identified. Patron/owner: al-qiss Bishārah, from Dayr-al-Suryān (f. 1a) Restorer: al-qiss Bishārah, from Dayr-al-Suryān (f. 1a)

8 Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

S.J. DAVIS

Tables of Contents: f. va: modern table of contents written in blue ball point pen Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 1a: The waqf-statement provides the name of the patron/ restorer (al-qiss Bishārah, from Dayr al-Suryān) and the date of endowment (AM 1552; = 1835/36 CE). The statement claims that the manuscript was lost but later found and restored in AM 1552. It gives blessings and curses, invoking the names of Judas, Simon Magus, Herod the Apostate, and Diocletian (Dīqlā). f. 115a: one line waqf in purple ink (in a hand different from the main text) stating that the book is a waqf to Dayr al-Suryān.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 5 leaves (ff. i–v) Numbered folia: ff. 1–115 ff. 1–3 (replacement pages; no Copt.) ff. 4–30 (= Copt.) ff. 31–43 (replacement pages; no Copt.) ff. 44–112 (= Copt. 41–109) ff. 113 (= Copt. [110]) ff. 114–115 (no Copt.) Backmatter: none Arabic numbering appears on each verso in blue ballpoint pen. Folia 1–3, 31–43, 55, 103, and 114–115 are replacement pages. Folio 115 has text on the recto, but it is glued to the inside back board and thus the verso is not visible/accessible: it now functions as endpaper. Original Coptic cursive numbering throughout (but not on replaced pages, except for folia 55 and 103 [= Copt. 52 and 100]) was written on each recto with black ink. At folio 44 (according to the Arabic numbering), the Coptic cursive foliation diverges, recording the number 41. This because the replacement folia 31–43 (Arabic) require three more folia to cover the same amount of the text as the original. Folio 113 is original but has been restored on the upper edge with strips of paper and thus the Coptic cursive folio number (which would have been 110) is not visible.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Dimensions, Layout

Original hand: Dimensions: 25 × 17 (except for ff. 31–43: 24.5 × 17) Area of writing: 19 × 13 cm 19–20 lines/page Inserted sections: Folia i–iv (added in upside down): Dimensions: 25 × 17 cm Area of writing: 21 × 14 cm 17 lines/page Folia 1b–3b: Dimensions: 25 × 17 cm Area of writing: 20.5 × 13 14–17 lines/page Folia 31–43: Dimensions: 24.5 × 17 cm Area of writing: 18 × 10 cm 16–18 lines/page Folio 103: Dimensions: 25 × 17 cm Area of writing: 20.5 × 11 cm 20 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Brown leather cover, tattered with circular vegetative mandorlas on the back and front. Well-worn with corners frayed/worn away and abrasions on the covers. Spinal separation in front and back. Some folia are loose and others have been reinforced with strips of paper along the edges. Around a dozen pages with two or three different hands have been replaced or, in the case of folio i–iv, added. Folio i has been pasted down to the front cover. Folio 115 has been pasted down to the back cover.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Front endpaper–f. iiib: The frontmatter in the MS contains Insertions reused leaves from an Arabic text on Theodore (Tādrus) the disciple of Pachomius, oriented upside down in the MS. The title is missing.

9

10

S.J. DAVIS

2. The text on f. 19a has been crossed out in red pen because it was a repetition of an earlier page in the MS. It contains almost the exact same text as found on f. 13a (on the creation of the sun and moon). It starts with the same word and ends with the second word on that folio’s final line (line 20). Readers’ insertions: 1. On f. 1a, the MS is identified by the patron/owner (al-muhtamm) as Kitāb al-Iksīmāris (“Book of the Hexaemeron”). 2. On f. 25a, a reader has written marginal notes in pencil and pen. In pencil, he has bracketed lines 4–10 and beside it has written the word “purgatory” (al-maṭhar). In pen, he has underlined text in lines 10–12 and in the margin has written the comment “Outside the bounds of orthodox doctrine” (khārij ‘an al-‘aqīdah al-urthūdhuksiyyah).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No. Contents

11

DS Arabic Commentary 3 (= MS 64) Old number(s): 112 Lāhūt; 137/15-ⲕⲇ Miscellaneous Works of Biblical Interpretation, including Various Treatises and Commentaries by John Chrysostom and Others 1. Canons for Priests: ff. 2a–6b 2. Sāwmīryānūs (‫)ساوميريانوس‬, the bishop of Ghā’ilā (‫)غايلا‬, Agreement of Moses the Prophet and John the Evangelist on the Six Days of Creation: ff. 7b–39b 3. John Chrysostom, On the Six Days of Creation (Hexaemeron), by John Chrysostom: ff. 39b–49b 4. John Chrysostom, On Adam after he left Paradise and the murder of Abel: ff. 49b–62b 5. John Chrysostom, On the Ten Commandments: ff. 62b–82a 6. On the Torah (Pentateuch) and Joshua’s verification of the mystery of the doctrine of Christianity: ff. 82b–89. [This may be chapter three from The Book of the Elucidation (Kitāb al-īḍāḥ) attributed to Sāwīrus ibn al-Muqaffa‘.] 7. Maymar on the baptism of the Lord Jesus Christ by John the Baptist: ff. 89a–93b 8. On how Jesus fulfilled the prophecies of the Old Testament: ff. 93b–99b 9. Maymar given by the wise one on the attributes (dhawāt) of God: ff. 99b–101b 10. Cyril of Jerusalem, On the Glory of the Holy Cross (Min tamjīd al-ṣalīb al-muqaddas): ff. 101b–136a 11. Jacob of Sarug, On the Feast of the Ascension of Jesus Christ: ff. 136a–148a 12. Ps.-Epiphanius, bishop of Cyprus, On the descent of the body of Christ our Lord, God of Glory, from the cross, his burial, his descent to Hades, and his [offering of] salvation to Adam and his seed: ff. 148a–152b 13. On what Pontius Pilate wrote and sent to the city of Rome to the emperor Tiberius about the wonders and signs that our Lord Jesus Christ did on the day of his crucifixion and how Pilate was martyred because of the name of our Lord Jesus Christ and the death of his wife Procla (‫ )ابرقلا‬on the same day in peace by Nicodemus: ff. 152b–160b

12

S.J. DAVIS

14. On the discovery of the wood of the holy cross when Queen Helena brought it out from Jerusalem: ff. 160b–167a 15. On what believers shall do concerning discipline in the holy church (‫)اعتماده من الأدب‬: ff. 167a–168b 16. Life of Anba Wanqūrīyūs (‫)ونقريوس‬: ff. 169a–186a 17. Life of Saint Archelides (‫ )ارشليدس‬who finished his pure life on 13 Tūbah: ff. 186a–193b Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Wednesday, Tūt 28, AM 1075 [= 1358 CE] (f. 39a); Friday, Bābah 6, AM 1075 [= 1358 CE] (f. 62b). Language and script: Arabic. The MS gives evidence of multiple hands. The first hand, which wrote the Canon for Priests, is medium in scale (6–7mm high) with rounded, clear letter strokes (ff. 2a–6b). The second hand, which is responsible for the table of contents with a superimposed line drawing of a priest or monk (f. 7a), is small in scale with variable, less formal (seemingly rushed) letter forms. The third hand, which is responsible for the rest of the MS (ff. 7b–193b), is larger in scale (~ 10mm in height) with thin, rather refined, vertically oriented, angular letter strokes. Material: Paper. Medium-weight Middle Eastern stock. Bound with modern blue paper in the front- and backmatter, and with Andrea Galvani Pordenone watermark paper in the backmatter.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Bashīr ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ ibn Hamīsah (f. 39b; see also under “Illuminator” below); Rashīd (Copt. Rasheït) (f. 62b, 185a). Illuminator: Bashīr ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ ibn Hamīsah (f. 39b) Patron/owner and restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: Front inside cover: a modern table of contents in blue ballpoint pen. f. 7a: table of contents for the work that follows; a line drawing of a priest or monk has been drawn over the writing on the page. Colophons: ff. 39a–b: colophon states that the author of the work is Saint Sāwmīryānūs (‫)قول القديس ساوميريانوس‬, bishop of Ghā’ilā (‫)اسقف مدينة غايلا‬, that the MS was copied Wednesday, Tūt 28, AM 1075 (= 1358 CE), and that the patron was Bashīr Ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ Ibn Hamīsah.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

13

‫وذلك برسم الشماس الجليل الدين المسيحي الأرخن البار الارثذكسي العالم‬ ‫العامل مكمل بكل الفضايل الروجانية الشماس الجليل بشير ابن الحاج‬ ‫الجليل عبد المسيح ابن هميسه‬ f. 62b: colophon by the scribe in Coptic, dated Friday, Bābah 6, AM 1075 [= 1358 CE]: ⲁⲛⲟⲕ ⲡⲓⲁⲗⲁⲭⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ ⲡⲓϩⲏⲕⲉ ⲛⲉⲃⲓⲏ[ⲛ] ⲣⲁϣⲉⲓ̈ⲧ… (“I am the most wretched, poor, and miserable Rasheit…”) f. 168b: colophon asking for blessings and perhaps a signature. f. 185a: colophon has the name of the scribe, Rashīd (Copt. Rasheït / ⲣⲁϣⲉⲓ̈ⲧ). Endowments (waqf-statements): none Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered folia: ff. 1–193 Backmatter: 3 leaves (ff. 194–196) Most of the Coptic cursive numbers have been cut away, but, for example, folio 36a has Coptic cursive number 29.

Dimensions, Layout

Cover, Condition

Dimensions: 23 × 16 cm Area of writing, first hand (ff. 2–6): 12 × 19.5 cm; 17 lines/page. Area of writing, second hand (f. 7a): 14 × 14.5 cm; 16 lines/page (does not fill the entire page). Area of writing, third hand (ff. 7b–193b): 12 × 20 cm; 14 lines/page. More recent black fabric binding with dark maroon (faux-) leather spine and corners. Evidence of older conservation. The pages have brittle, frayed edges, and have been cut down to size, with the result that lines of text have been cut off on the top edge. On the left edge of the rectos, folia have been repaired with strips of paper from Syriac manuscripts. The first page, or more, of the MS is missing.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folio 10b is three-quarters blank. Insertions 2. f. 101b: The title of the sermon On the glory of the Holy Cross includes a note on its presentation by Cyril of Jerusalem at the Church of the Resurrection in Jerusalem on 17 Tūt. 3. f. 136a: The title of the treatise by Jacob of Sarug says it was translated from Syriac into Arabic. Readers’ insertions:

14

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 4 (= MS 65) Old number(s): 10 Lāhūt; 60/7-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Commentary on Genesis 1. Commentary on the First Book of the Holy Torah, which is the Book of Genesis: ff. 2a–237b (2a–92b, no Copt.; 93a–237b = Copt. 81a–225b) 57 readings.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. The date of restoration and of the secondary scribe (ff. 16–92b) is given as AM 1575 (= 1858/1859 CE) (f. 1b). Language and script: Arabic. Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. The primary (anonymous) scribal hand appears on ff. 93a–237b: it is characterized by thin, moderately elegant strokes with a vertical orientation. The secondary scribal hand (belonging to Ḥannā, the scribe/restorer) appears on 1b–92b: it is a smaller, less elegant hand, more variable in size and carefulness. Material: Paper. Medium European stock with unidentifiable lined watermarks visible on main text pages. Bound with smaller size paper in front and back bearing the Andrea Galvani Pordenone watermark (ff. i, iii) and the man-in-the-moon watermark (ff. 238–240).

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Ḥannā (‫)حنا‬, monk and priest in the Monastery of Barāmūs (f. 1b), who later would become Pope Cyril V. Patron/owner: none indicated by name Restorer: Ḥannā (‫)حنا‬, monk and priest in the Monastery of Barāmūs (the future Pope Cyril V).

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none Colophon: f. 1b: colophon states that Ḥannā, who was a priest in al-Barāmūs (‫)دير البرموس‬, repaired the manuscript in AM 1575, but it is also clear that Ḥannā also copied folia 2–92 because the handwriting is the same as on folio 1b (and different from the handwriting of folia 93–237).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

15

Endowments (waqf-statements): f. ivb: short prayer and waqf to Dayr al-Suryān. f. 1b: waqf to Dayr al-Suryān. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 4 leaves (ff. i–iv) Numbered folia: ff. 1–237 Backmatter: 3 leaves (ff. 238–240) Coptic cursive numbering begins on folio 93a and continues through folio 237b (= Copt. 81a–225b).

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 24 × 18 cm Area of writing: 18 × 13 cm 18 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather binding. Well worn, with a hole (perhaps a burn mark) on the front edge of the spine. Some separation on the inner spine in front and back. The pages of the MS are in reasonable shape, with red stains (from the cover or from candle wax?) on some edges.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The commentary in this MS appears to be the same as that Insertions preserved in DS Arabic Commentary 5, 6, 7, and 8 (ff. 1a–219a). Readers’ insertions: 1. f. iia: Note written in blue ballpoint ink, stating that this manuscript is read on the holy fast. 2. f. va: Prayer composed by a monk named Moses (‫ )موسى‬who became a monk in Ṭūbah 21, AM 1643 [= 1927 CE].

16

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 5 (= MS 65a) Old number(s): Silsilah 686

Contents

Commentary on Genesis 1. Commentary on the Book of Creation: Copt. 4a–305b: 57 readings.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Large bold script. Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock. Watermarks visible but illegible on main text pages. Bound with non-watermarked manila paper in the backmatter.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: none indicated by name. Patron/owner: Anbā Thā’ūfīlūs (‫ )الأنبا ثاوفيلس‬the bishop of the monastery (inside front board). Restorer: none indicated by name.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

No tables of contents, colophons, or endowments in evidence.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered folia: Copt. 4–305 Backmatter: 3 leaves (ff. 306–308) Folia numbered in Coptic cursive throughout (the folio number on Copt. 4 is illegible, but the sequence begins on the following page with Copt. 5). Arabic numbers continue intermittently up to f. 33, then break off and only resume on the last folio (f. 205).

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 29 × 20.5 cm Area of writing: 22.5 × 14 cm 18 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather binding, worn at the edges, embossed with green oval mandorla with a vegetative design set in a diamond pattern. On Copt. 91b, a rectangular section (5 × 11.5 cm) has been cut away from the outside bottom corner.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

17

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The commentary in the MS appears to be the same text as Insertions the one preserved in DS Arabic Commentary 4, 6, 7, and 8 (ff. 1a–219a). Readers’ insertions: 1. The inside front board has a statement in red ballpoint pen indicating that this manuscript belongs to Anba Tha’ūfīlus (‫ )الأنبا ثاوفيلس‬the bishop of the monastery. 2. The Arabic handbook indicates that the manuscript is supposed to be read during the Great Fast. 3. On Copt. 91a, a reader has added a comment in the lower margin in blue felt-tip pen, with an x in the lower left margin to mark the target text for his comment. Due to the cutting away of the corner, this comment is only partially preserved. 4. On Copt. 91b, another reader has added a marginal comment in blue ink at the outside bottom corner. The corner was subsequently cut out (a rectangular area, 5 × 11,5 cm), and only the upper traces and end of the text (apparently a blessing) remain visible.

18

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 6 (= MS 66) Old number(s): 12 Lāhūt; 192/15-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Commentary on Genesis 1. Commentary on the Book of Creation: ff. 3a–245a 57 readings.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Sunday, 13 Bābah, AM 1487 [= 1770 CE] (ff. 243b). Language and script: Arabic. Small-to-medium scale, closely packed, quick but fairly practice hand. Black ink, with titles, headings, minimal punctuation, and double-lined rectangular borders in red. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock. Triple crescent moon (Tre Lune) watermark visible.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: perhaps the muhtamm Shinūdah Abshāy (‫)شنودة ابشاي‬ (f. 244a–b) Patron/owner: Shinūdah Abshāy (‫( )شنودة ابشاي‬f. 244a–b) Restorer: al-qiss Yūḥannā al-Suryānī (handbook)

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none Colophon: f. 243b: colophon gives the date, Sunday, 13 Bābah, AM 1487 [= 1770 CE]. f. 244a–b: second colophon (or scribal note) identifies the muhtamm (in this case, probably both scribe and patron) as Shinūdah Abshāy. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 244b: waqf to Dayr al-Suryān. f. 245a: another waqf to Dayr al-Suryān.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 2 leaves (ff. i–ii) Numbered folia: ff. 3–245 Backmatter: 6 leaves (ff. 246-251) Coptic cursive matches the Arabic numbering throughout.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 22 × 16 cm Area of writing: 17 × 11 cm 16 lines/page

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cover, Condition

19

Brown leather, with rectangular vegetative design with a mandorla in the middle. The book has a flap with leather loops and corresponding leather buttons. Several quires are very loose.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. This commentary appears to be the same text preserved in Insertions DS Arabic Commentary 4, 5, 7, and 8 (ff. 1a–219a). Readers’ insertions: 1. A short blessing/prayer is written in a different hand beneath the waqf-statement on f. 244b. 2. The handbook indicates that the manuscript is supposed to be read during the Great Fast.

20

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 7 (= MS 67) Old number(s): 4/16-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Commentary on Genesis 1. Commentary on the Book of Creation: ff. 1a–211b 57 readings.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: 25 Tūt, AM 1576 [= 1859 CE] (f. 212a). Language and script: Arabic. Medium-to-large, squarish, neat and well-practiced hand. Black ink with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. Material: Paper. Medium-to-thick European stock. Man-in-themoon and AG (Andrea Galvani) watermarks. VG watermark also evident on f. ii.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: probably al-qiss Tāwaḍrūs al-Suryānī (‫)القسيس تاوضروس‬, one of the priests at Dayr al-Suryān (f. 212a), who is identified as al-muhtamm. Patron/owner: al-qiss Tāwaḍrūs al-Suryānī (‫)القسيس تاوضروس‬, one of the priests at Dayr al-Suryān (f. 212a), who is identified as al-muhtamm. Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: f. ia: brief table of contents in blue ballpoint pen. Colophons: ff. 211b–212a: colophon gives the date 25 Tūt, AM 1576 (f. 212a), and names the patron, al-qiss Tāwaḍrūs al-Suryānī (‫( )القسيس تاوضروس‬f. 212a). Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 212a: incorporated into the colophon; indication that the MS should pass on to the monastery after the patron/owner’s death.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 6 leaves (ff. i–vi) Numbered folia: ff. 1–212 Backmatter: 6 leaves (ff. 213–218)

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 34 × 23 cm Area of writing: 25.5 × 15.5 cm 22 lines/page

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cover, Condition

21

Red leather, with rectangular pattern with a large X tooled in the middle. It is also covered with a small mandorlas, and it has two long leather straps and with corresponding straps on the back cover. Cover and pages in good shape, despite some initial signs of separate at the spine.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. This commentary appears to be the same as the text preserved Insertions in DS Arabic Commentary 4, 5, 6, and 8 (ff. 1a–219a). Readers’ insertions: 1. The handbook states that manuscript is supposed to be read during the Great Fast.

22

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 8 (= MS 68) Old number(s): 18 Lāhūt; 18/18-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Commentaries on Genesis and Leviticus 1. Commentary on the Book of Creation: ff. 1a–219a 57 readings. 2. Commentary on the Third Book of Torah (Leviticus): ff. 220a–290b 13 readings.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: AM 1572 [= 1855/56 CE] (f. 290b). Given the intermediate date provided — Thursday, 29 Bābah, AM 1572 [= 1855 CE] (f. 219b) — the date of completion probably fell in November or December of 1855 CE, but early 1856 is also a possibility. Language and script: Arabic. Large clear slightly squarish script. Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. Material: Paper. Thin-to-medium European stock. Folia give evidence of shield-with-star watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: perhaps the al-qummuṣ ‘Abd al-Quddūs al-Suryānī (ff. 219a–219b), who is identified as the muhtamm. Patron/owner: al-qummuṣ ‘Abd al-Quddūs al-Suryānī (ff. 219a–219b), who is identified as the muhtamm. Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: f. ia: brief table of contents in blue ballpoint pen. Colophons: f. 219a–b (date, patron), 290b (date) ff. 219a–219b: colophon after the commentary on Genesis gives the date, Thursday, 29 Bābah, AM 1572 [= 1855 CE] (f. 219b), and the patron, al-qummuṣ ‘Abd al-Quddūs al-Suryānī (f. 219b). f. 290b: colophon after the commentary on Leviticus gives the date of completion as a Thursday in AM 1572 (the month and day of the month are omitted) [= 1855/56 CE]. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 291a: waqf to Dayr al-Suryān.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Pages, Numbering

23

Frontmatter: 4 leaves (ff. i–iv) Numbered folia: ff. 1–291 Backmatter: 3 leaves (ff. 292–294) No Coptic cursive numbering.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 31 × 23 cm Area of writing: 26 × 20 cm 21 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather, with rectangular pattern with a large X in the middle, with cruciform/floral stamps (or mandorlas). Only one strap is preserved intact (back cover, upper strap). Pages are in good shape, with some small black stains/smudges on the page edges.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The commentary on Genesis (ff. 1a–219a) appears to be the Insertions same as the text preserved in DS Arabic Commentary 4, 5, 6, and 7. 2. The commentary on Leviticus (ff. 220a–290b) appears to be the same as the text preserved in DS Arabic Commentary 10 (ff. 1a–130b) and DS Arabic Commentary 11 (ff. 157a–252b). Readers’ insertions: 1. Folio 291b contains a decorated cross with a monogram for Jesus Christ and a short prayer. 2. On f. 299b, a certain Mīkhā’īl has drawn an ornate cross with a Christological formula in black ink. Below it, he identifies himself by name and offers a prayer for remembrance to the Lord. 3. The handbook states that the Commentary on Genesis is supposed to be read during the Great Fast.

24

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 9 (= MS 69) Old number(s): 13 Lāhūt; 130/12- ⲕⲉ

Contents

Commentary on the Pentateuch, with second Commentary on Leviticus 1. Commentary on Genesis (The Book of Creation): ff. 1a–236a 2. Commentary on the Book of Exodus: ff. 236a–283a 3. Commentary on the Book of Leviticus: ff. 283a–301b 4. Commentary on the Book of Numbers: ff. 302a–322b. 5. Commentary on the Book of Deuteronomy: ff. 322b–333b 6. Second Commentary on the Book of Leviticus: ff. 333b–399a

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Thursday, 27 Kiyahk, AM 1599 [= 1883 CE] (f. 399a). Language and script: Arabic. Small-to-medium script with a fair amount of variation/inconsistency in scale. Dark, somewhat smudgy lines. Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. Material: Paper. Medium European stock. Andrea Galvani Pordenone watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: f. ia: brief table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen. Colophons: f. 301b: brief colophon after the first commentary on Leviticus; states that treatise was translated from Syriac into Arabic. f. 399a: colophon after the second commentary on Leviticus; gives the date of Thursday, 27 Kiyahk, AM 1599 [1883 CE]. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. viia: Short waqf to the Dayr al-Suryān. f. 399b: waqf dated to 21 Misrā, AM 1606 [= 1890 CE].

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 7 leaves (ff. i–vii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–399 Backmatter: 7 leaves (ff. 400–406)

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

25

The Arabic numbers are on the upper corner of each verso. There is a separate Arabic numbering system which begins in reverse order and is only present every ten folia (at the junctures between different quires). Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 23.5 × 16 cm Area of writing: 19 × 13 cm 18–19 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather, fairly worn. Binding is intact but with some signs of initial separation. The top corners of the last 150 folia have been burned.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The commentaries underline the names of authors quoted in Insertions red. Authors quoted include Ephrem the Syrian, Jacob of Edessa, Jacob of Sarug, John Chrysostom, Epiphanius of Cyprus, Gregory Nazianzus (“the Theologian), Basil of Caesarea, and Hippolytus (f. 314a: ‫)إيفوليطوس‬. 2. The second Commentary on Leviticus begins with an introduction. By contrast, the first one lacks an introduction. 3. Half of folio 33b and all of folio 34a are blank. 4. This manuscript seems to be a copy of MS 72 (as noted in the Handbook). Readers’ insertions: 1. The Handbook states that the first three books (up to f. 301b) are translated from Syriac and that the commentaries contain quotations from various fathers, including John Chrysostom, Mar Ephrem the Syrian, Basil [of Caesarea], Jacob of Sarug, Epiphanius of Cyprus, Gregory of Nyssa, Mar Jacob of Edessa, Cyril of Alexandria, and Dionysus bar Salibi the Metropolitan of Amrān). The list concludes with two names — Ābīṭāniyūs and Ābīnūlṭūs — who are identified as interpreters/translators of the Targum (mufassirā al-tarjūm). The latter name has been associated with that of Hippolytus by some scholars.

26

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 10 (= MS 70) Old number(s): 11 Lāhūt; 159/14-κε

Contents

Commentary on Leviticus, with two works related to Joshua son of Sirach 1. Commentary on the Third Book of Torah (Leviticus): ff. 1a–130b 13 readings 2. The Wisdom of Joshua son of Sirach: ff. 130b–189a 3. The Story of Aphikia (Afīqiyā), the wife of Joshua son of Sirach, and Solomon son of David: ff. 189a–194a

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Thursday 15 Bashans 15, AM 1578 [= 1862 CE] (f. 194a). Language and script: Arabic. Large, clear, squarish script. Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. Material: Paper. European stock featuring the shield with man-in-the-moon watermark. The front- and backmatter have two kinds of watermarks: Andrea Galvani (f. ii) and shield with man-in-the-moon.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Inside front board: brief table of contents in blue ballpoint pen. Colophons: f. 194a: colophon gives the date of the manuscript (Thursday, 15 Bashans, 1578 AM [= 1862 CE]) and includes a short prayer. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 194b: waqf to Dayr al-Suryān in pink ballpoint pen.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 8 leaves (ff. i–viii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–194 Backmatter: 11 leaves (ff. 195–205)

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 22.5 × 16 cm Area of writing: 18 × 11.5 cm 17 lines/page

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cover, Condition

27

Black cloth, with black leather corners and spine. Manuscript is in good condition.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The commentary on folia 1a–130b appears to be the same as Insertions the text preserved in DS Arabic Commentary 8 (ff. 220a–290b) and 11 (ff. 157a–252b). 2. f. 130b: The title of Wisdom of Joshua, Son of Sirach states that it was translated from Greek into Arabic by Fīnūn ibn Ayūb in the Levant (bilād al-shām): ‫كتاب حكمة يشوع ابن سيراخ مما ترجمه فينون ابن أيوب العالم‬ ‫الترجمان ببلاد الشام قدس ﷲ روحه نقل من اليوناني إلى العربي‬ Readers’ insertions:

28

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 11 (= MS 71) Old number(s): 314(?)/11-ⲕⲉ

Contents

The Book of the Precious Pearl by Būlus al-Būshī, with a Commentary on Leviticus (and Miscellaneous Other Works) 1. The Book of the Precious Pearl by Būlus al-Būshī: f. viia–154a ‫ انبا بولس البوشي وبقيت الاباء‬.. ‫كتاب الدر الثمين‬ In 15 parts. ff. 1b–4b: Part 1 ff. 4b–7b: Part 2 ff. 7b–17b: Part 3 ff. 17b–19a: Part 4 ff. 19b–23b: Part 5 ff. 23b–57a: Part 6 ff. 57a–80b: Part 7 ff. 80b–90a: Part 8 ff. 90a–94a: Part 9 ff. 94a–100a: Part 10 ff. 100a–114b: Part 11 ff. 114b–118b: Part 12 ff. 118b–123b: Part 13 ff. 123b–127b: Part 14 ff. 127b–154a: Part 15 2. The Names of the Twelve Apostles, Their Genealogy, and Their Lives: ff. 154a–156b. 3. Commentary on the third Book of Torah (Leviticus): ff. 157a–252b 13 readings. 4. The Seven Mysteries/Sacraments: ff. 253a–254a 5. Questions and Answers: ff. 254b–257b 6. Clarification of the Old and New Books which the church has accepted: f. 257b

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Saturday, 25 Misrah, AM 1557 [= 1841 CE] (f. 253a). Language and script: Arabic, Small, rather cramped script with little space left for margins. Black ink, with title, headings, and some additional markings in red. Material: Paper. Thin-to-medium Middle Eastern stock. No watermarks visible.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: al-qummuṣ Jirjis al-Suryānī (ff. 4b, 7b, 252b–253a)

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents

29

No identification of patron/owner or restorer.

f. viib: brief table of contents for the manuscript in blue ballpoint pen. f. 1a: table of contents for the Precious Pearl (enumerating 14 chapters; it does not mention chapter 15, but it breaks off at the end and is not resumed on the verso). Colophons: ff. 4b, 7b: two colophons after chapters 1 and 2 of the Precious Pearl, stating the name of the scribe, al-qummuṣ Jirjis and a short prayer. ff. 252b–253a: colophon identifying the scribe as al-qummuṣ Jirjis al-Suryānī (ff. 252b–253a) and giving the date Saturday, 25 Misrah, AM 1557 (f. 253a). Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 258a: waqf to Dayr al-Suryān with warnings evoking Judas Iscariot and Simon Magus.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 7 leaves (ff. i–vii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–258 Backmatter: 5 leaves (ff. 259–263) No Coptic cursive numbering.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 16.5 × 12 cm Area of writing: 14 × 11 cm 15–16 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather binding with two loops and one button present (the second button is missing). Cover is worn but in good shape. Spine and pages also in good condition, with some smudging and (minimal) looseness at the spine.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folia i, iii–vib contain different Coptic liturgical sources Insertions (a Euchologion and a Psalmody) placed out of order and used as frontmatter. 2. Folio ii is blank.

30

S.J. DAVIS

3. Folio 1b has a different title: ‫مجموع من قول الأباء المعلمين البيعة المعين ذكرهم على الثالثوث الأقدس‬ ‫وعلى تجسد اللإله الكلمة إلى حين صعوده إلى السما وإرساله البارقليط على‬ ‫رسله وآخره قولا على الثالوث أيضا وذلك الباب الأول لأجل الثالوث الأقدس‬ ‫تأليف أنبا بولس البوشي‬ “A collection from the saying(s) of the fathers, the teachers of the church whose memory has been established, on the most Holy Trinity, the divine Incarnation of the Word up to the time of his Ascension into heaven, and his sending of the Paraclete upon his Apostles. Its ending consists of a saying on the Trinity as well. Its first chapter (part) on account of the most Holy Trinity was authored by Anbā Būlus al-Būshī.”

4. This text on the Trinity in the work attributed to Būlus al-Būshī is similar to what is found under the title The Spiritual Sciences (al-‘ulūm al-rūḥāniyyah) in DS Arabic Theology 1 (= MS 112; see ff. 138a–139b) and 21 (= MS 132; see ff. 2a–6a). 5. At folio 154a, The Names of the Twelve Apostles seems to be a similar text to that found in DS Arabic Theology 5 (= MS 116; see ff. 134a–138b). 6. Folia 158a–252b appear to be the same as DS Arabic Commentary 8 (= MS 68; see ff. 220a–290b) and 10 (= MS 70; see ff. 1a–130b). 7. ff. 254b–257b: includes Questions and Answers such as: ‫سؤال تشبه ملكوت السموات بخميرة أخذتها امرأة وخبأتها في ثلاث أكيال‬ ‫دقيق حتى اختمر الجميع الجواب بالتفسير الخميرة هو السيد المسيح والامرأة‬ ‫التي خبأتها هي الأرض التي قبلته ثلاث أيام وثلاث ليال‬ “A question comparing the kingdom of heaven to yeast/leaven that a woman took and hid in three measures of flour until all of it fermented. The answer/response in the interpretation: the yeast/ leaven is Christ the Lord, and the woman who hid it is the earth, which received him for three days and three nights.”

Readers’ insertions:

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 12 (= MS 72) Old number(s): 3 Lāhūt; 32/2-κε

Contents

Commentary on the Pentateuch

31

1. Introduction to the Commentary with a table of contents: ff. 4a–9a 2. Commentary on the first book which is the Book of Creation: ff. 10a–156b (Copt. [10a]–106b, 1042a–1062b, 107a–153b) 3. The Second Book of Torah, which is the Book of Exodus: ff. 157a–203a (Copt. 154a–200a) 4. The Third Book, which is the Book of Leviticus and Priests: ff. 203b–222a (Copt. 200b–219a) 5. The Fourth Book of Torah, which is the Book of Numbers: ff. 222b–245a (Copt. 219b–242a) 6. The Fifth Book, which is the Book of Deuteronomy: ff. 245b–258a (Copt. 242b–255a) 7. Commentary on the Third Book of Torah [Second Commentary on Leviticus]: ff. 258b–323a (Copt. 255b–320a) Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Tuesday, 16 Baramūdah, AM 1389 [= 1673 CE] (f. 258a); [AH] 1082 (f. 258a, written in the margin); Saturday, 27 Bashans, AM 1389 [= 1673 CE] (f. 323a). There is also a later date recorded in the waqf at the end of the introduction: AM 1481 [= 1764/65 CE] (f. 9b). Language and script: Arabic. Medium-to-large clear, relatively elegant script. Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red ink. Material: Paper. Thin-to-medium Middle Eastern stock. No watermarks visible. Bound with more recent paper in the backmatter, bearing Andrea Galvani Pordenone watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: al-mu‘allim Barsūm ibn al-mutanayyiḥ al-mu‘allim Mikhā’īl al-Shimā‘ (f. 258a) Patron/owner: Peter (Petros/Buṭrus) the Poor, Metropolitan/ Bishop of Jerje/Jirjā (ff. 9b, 203a); al-mu‘allim Jirjis Yūḥannā (f. 323b) Restorer: none identified.

32 Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

S.J. DAVIS

Tables of contents: Inside front board: brief table of contents in blue ballpoint pen. ff. 4a–6a: extensive table of contents for the commentary (as the first part of the introduction): the beginning is missing and f. 4a is written in a different hand. Colophons: f. 156b: short colophon asks for blessings on various people including the patron, scribe, and reader. f. 222a: colophon states that the copy of treatise on Leviticus is translated from Syriac. f. 245a: brief colophon asking for prayers. f. 258a: large colophon states the date it was copied (Tuesday, 16 Baramūdah, AM 1389 [= 1673 CE], with the date [AH] 1082 written in the margin), the place it was copied (al-Maḥallah al-kubrā bi-l-gharbiyyah, a town in the Nile Delta located on the western bank of the Damietta branch tributary) and the name of the patron, al-mu‘allim Barsūm ibn al-mutanayyiḥ al-mu‘allim Mikhā’īl al-Shimā‘. ff. 323a–b: large colophon states the date the MS was copied (Saturday, 27 Bashans), the place it was copied (al-Maḥallah al-kubrā) and the name of the patron, al-mu‘allim Jirjis Yūḥannā. Endowments (waqf-statements): ff. 9b, 203a f. 9b: waqf to Dayr al-Suryān. A note in blue ballpoint ink records in Arabic and Coptic the name Peter the Poor (Petros/ Buṭrus), Metropolitan of Jerje/Jirjā (a town in the Sohag governate in Upper Egypt), who owned the manuscript and endowed it to Dayr al-Suryān. ‫الحقير بطرس مطران جرجا‬ ⲡⲓϩⲏϫⲓ ⲡⲉⲧⲣⲟⲥ ⲙⲉⲑⲣⲁⲡⲟⲗⲓⲥ ϫⲉⲣϫⲉ The date AM 1481 [= 1764 or 1765 CE] is then written in Greek numbers. In blue ballpoint ink, a later reader has written the same date in Arabic numbers. f. 203a: Includes an introduction to the book of Leviticus, with a waqf to Dayr al-Suryān, which mentions Peter the bishop (ⲡⲉⲧⲣⲟⲥ ⲡⲓⲉⲡⲓⲥⲕⲟⲡⲟⲥ).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Pages, Numbering

33

Frontmatter: 2 leaves (ff. i–ii) Numbered folia: ff. 4–323 Backmatter: 5 leaves (ff. 324–328) The Coptic cursive numbering appears to have been cut out in the beginning of the manuscript when the pages were resized. Coptic cursive numbering begins on folio 14 (= Copt. 14). At folio 107, the Coptic cursive number regresses 3 numbers and repeats Copt. 104.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 26.25 × 18.5 cm Area of writing: 23 × 14 cm 19–20 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Black cloth binding, with leather corners and spine. Poorly bound. Pages have been cut to form and text has been lost. Binding restricts the opening of some pages which make the inner margins difficult or impossible to read. Pages are stained and have wax drippings. Folia 34 and 43 have been replaced.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. This commentary appears to be the same as the text preserved Insertions in DS Arabic Commentary 14. 2. The commentary gives the name of the author it is quoting and underlines the names in red. Authors quoted include Ephrem the Syrian, Jacob of Edessa, Jacob of Sarug, John Chrysostom, Epiphanius of Cyprus, Gregory the Theologian, Basil, and Hippolytus (f. 146a, where he is identified as ‫)إيفوليطوس مفسر الترجوم‬ 3. The second commentary on Leviticus is anonymous and does not quote names of authors. 4. Folia 26b and 27a are partially blank. Readers’ insertion: 1. f. 166b: a restored area of the page contains a petition to God written in Coptic. 2. f. 245b: an original incorrect title has been crossed out and replaced by a correct title written in the margin: a. Original, incorrect title (crossed out): The twelfth chapter, when Finḥās ibn Alīfāz al-Zamrī and Kūshī were killed, and when death was removed from the children of Israel.

34

S.J. DAVIS

As for the number of the children of Israel who remained after that death, the book of the Torah says…” ‫الاصحاح الثاني عشر لما قتل فنحاس ابن اليفاز زلزمرى وكوشي وارتفع‬ ‫من بني إسرائيل الموت وعدد بني إسرائيل الذي بقى منهم بعد الموت‬ … ‫كتاب التوراة يقول‬

b. New, correct title: “This fifth book is the Book of Eighty Exceptions, called in Greek, Deuteronomy. The first chapter: Moses reminds the people of Israel what God did in Egypt and in the desert/wilderness. The book of Torah says…” ‫هذا السفر الخامس وهو سفر ثامني الاستثناء ويقال له بالرومي دوترانوميتا‬ ‫الإصحاح الأول يذكر موسى لبني إسرائيل ما فعل ﷲ في مصر وفي البرية‬ … ‫كتاب التوراة يقول‬

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 13 (= MS 73) Commentary (Tafsīr) Old number(s): 55/5-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Commentary on the Pentateuch (incomplete)

35

1. Commentary on the Book of Creation: ff. 1a–101a (= Copt. [23a]–123a) 57 readings. Beginning missing. 2. The Second Book of Torah, which is the Book of Exodus: ff. 101b–172a (= Copt. 123b–194a) 19 readings. 3. The Third Book of Torah, which is the Book of Leviticus: ff. 172b–226a (= Copt. 194b–248a) 13 readings. 4. The Fourth Book of Torah [The Book of Numbers]: ff. 226b–271b (= Copt. 248b–[293b]). Ending missing. Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Medium-to-large scale, clear, with a fluid stroke. Black ink with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. Material: Paper. Medium-weight Middle Eastern stock. Bound with more recent paper in front- and backmatter: folia ii and 272 have the Andrea Galvani watermark; folia iii–v and 273–275 have part of shield with a crescent [man-in-the-] moon as a watermark.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Inside front board: modern table of contents in blue ballpoint ink. Colophons: f. 101a: colophon with a short blessing f. 226a: colophon with a short prayer/petition for the patron, reader, scribe, etc. Endowments (waqf-statements): none.

36 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: 5 leaves (ff. i–v) Numbered folia: ff. 1–271 Backmatter: 5 leaves (ff. 272–276) Clear Coptic cursive numbering begins on folio 6a (= Copt. 28) and continues until the second-to-last folio (f. 270 = Copt. 292). The last folio is damaged at the top and the Coptic cursive pagination does not survive.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 25 × 17 cm Area of writing: 19 × 13 cm 14–15 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Black cloth binding, with red leather corners and black leather spine (in good shape). The pages at the beginning and end of the MS are heavily damaged: folia 1–2, 238–239, and 270–271 have holes in sections of text. Some pages have been reinforced at the spine and edges by strips of paper.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folio 1a starts at the 15th reading of the Book of Creation. Insertions 2. Folio 271b ends at the 17th reading of the Fourth Book of Torah. 3. Folia 3b, 6b 7b, etc.: indicate that the Commentary on the Book of Creation is meant to be read during the Great Fast. Readers’ insertions:

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 14 (= MS 74) Old number(s): 9 Lāhūt; 61/10-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Commentary on the Pentateuch

37

1. Commentary on the First Book, which is the Book of Creation: ff. 1a–122a 2. Commentary on the Second Book of Torah, which is the Book of Exodus: ff. 122a–159a 3. Commentary on the Third Book, which is the Book of Leviticus and Priests: ff. 159a–175a 4. Commentary on the Fourth Book of Torah, which is the book of Numbers: ff. 175a–194b 5. Commentary on the Fifth Book, which is the Book Deuteronomy: ff. 194b-206b 6. Commentary on the Third Book of Torah [Second commentary on Leviticus]: ff. 206b–268a Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Wednesday, 13 Kiyakh, AM 1549 [= 1832 CE] (ff. ia, 268a–b). (A label on the spine contains a different date, as follows: Wednesday, 12 Kiyakh, AM 1539.) Language and script: Arabic. Small, closely spaced, somewhat sloppy script. Becomes larger with thicker lines as the MS progresses. Black ink, with titles and headings in red ink. No punctuation in evidence. Material: Paper. European stock featuring watermarks with three crescent moons and the letters VG.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: al-qummuṣ Jirjis al-Suryānī (ff. 206b, 268a; spine label).

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents:

No patron/owner or restorer identified.

f. ia: brief table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen; also gives the date 13 Kiyakh, AM 1549. Colophons: f. 206b: colophon after the Commentary on Deuteronomy mentions the name of the scribe, al-qiss Jirjis. ff. 268a–268b: colophon gives the date, Wednesday, 13 Kiyakh, AM 1549; mentions the scribe, al-qiss Jirjis; presents a short prayer.

38

S.J. DAVIS

Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 268b: waqf to Dayr al-Suryān. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 6 leaves (ff. i–vi) Numbered folia: ff. 1–268 Backmatter: 5 leaves (ff. 269–273) No Coptic cursive numbering.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 25 × 17 cm Area of writing: 22.5 × 14.5 cm 21–22 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Brown leather, very worn with places where the inner material is visible. At the top of the spine, 4 cm of the leather has been torn away to reveal the underlying webbing. There is a mandorla design at the center of the front and back cover, with some small Coptic crosses. One loop remains on the front and two short straps on the back. The cover is completely detached and is in need of conservation.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The contents of this MS appear to be the same as those found Insertions in DS Arabic Commentary 9 and 12.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No. Contents

39

DS Arabic Commentary 15 (= MS 75) Old number(s): 5 Lāhūt; 41/3-ⲕⲉ Commentaries on the Prophets 1. The Prophecy of Isaiah: ff. 3b–57b 2. The Prophecy of Jeremiah: ff. 58a–119b 3. The Lamentations of Jeremiah: ff. 120a–124a 4. Translation/Interpretation of the Book of Ezekiel: ff. 124b–177a ‫ترجمة سفر حزقيال‬ 5. Translation/Interpretation of the Book of the Prophet Daniel: ff. 178a–240a ‫ترجمة نبوه دانيال عليه السلام من العبراني إلى العربي‬

Date, Language, Script, Material

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer Tables of Contents, Colophons, and Endowments

6. Translation/Interpretation of the prophecies of the twelve prophets: ff. 241b–279b ff. 241b–251b: On the prophecy of Hosea ff. 252a–255b: On the prophecy of Joel ff. 256a–263b: On the prophecy of Amos ff. 264a–265b: On the prophecy of Obadiah ff. 266a–268a: On the prophecy of Jonah ff. 268b–273b: On the prophecy of Micah ff. 274b–276b: On the prophecy of Nahum ff. 277a–279b: On the prophecy of Habakkuk (incomplete) Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Small, consistent, relatively neat script. Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. On folia 241b–279b, the commentary sections are also in red ink. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock, with illegible watermark. Frontmatter and replacement pages are more recent and bear the triple crescent moon watermark (see, e.g. ff. i, iii, 8, and 10). No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of contents: f. ia: table of contents in blue ballpoint pen, and a note in red ballpoint about the letter by al-mu‘allim Ibrāhīm al-Jawharī found on the inside back board of the manuscript (see “Readers’ insertions” below).

40

S.J. DAVIS

Colophons: ff. 57b, 124a, 177a: colophons with short blessings. f. 240a: colophon including a blessing and a prayer for the scribe (unnamed). ff. 251b, 255b, 263b, 265b, 268a, 273b, 276b: colophons with short blessings. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 4a: waqf to Dayr al-Suryān written in the margin. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 5 leaves (ff. i–v) Numbered folia: ff. 3–279 (= Copt.) Backmatter: 1 leaf (f. 280) Coptic cursive numbering and Arabic numbering match throughout.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 25.5 × 18 cm Area of writing: 19 × 11.5 cm 19 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Plain brown leather, cracked and worn. Reinforced with another layer of leather over the edges (covering about a third of a surface area), but these are very worn as well, with inner material visible at the three of the four corners. The first several numbered folios have their gutter replaced/ restored with new paper. Folio 3b is a new replacement for the text of Isaiah. Folia 8 and 10 are blank replacement leaves. The folia in the front show the most damage.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Opening blessings: Insertions f. 3b: “In the name of God the merciful and compassionate” ‫ بسم ﷲ الرحمن الرؤوف‬:‫ب‬٣ ‫ف‬

f. 58a: “In the name of God the rational and living Creator” ‫ بسم ﷲ الخالق الحي الناطق‬:‫أ‬٥٨ ‫ف‬

f. 124b: “In the name of God the merciful and beneficent” ‫ بسم ﷲ الرحمن الرحيم‬:‫ب‬١٢٤‫ف‬

f. 178a: “In the name of God the merciful and beneficent” ‫ بسم ﷲ الرحمن الرحيم‬:‫أ‬١٧٨ ‫ف‬

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

41

2. On folia 3b–177a, the red notes within the text and margins are brief comments on the text. 3. Folia 177b, 240b, and 241a are blank. Readers’ insertions: 1. On the back endpaper, there is a letter (glued upside down) written by al-mu‘allim Ibrāhīm al-Jawharī. The letter is written for bishops, priests, monks, and the entire holy community, and its author requests prayer to God on account of the hard times which have come upon Christians. Graf (GCAL 4.136–137) credits Ibrāhīm al-Jawharī as the author of this commentary and notes that this copy in Dayr al-Suryān is the only surviving copy of the work. The letter is written in a different hand than that of the scribe, but it is possible that its inclusion in the manuscript suggests that it may have been produced by the personal scribe of Ibrāhīm al-Jawharī.

42

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 16 (= MS 76) Old number(s): 1 Lāhūt

Contents

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew 1. John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew: pp. 1–636 (pp. 1–452 = ff. 2–22, 22bis–129 and pp. 1302–3262) Organized in 90 treatises/homiles/mayāmir, beginning with 69 alternating treatises (maqālāt) and homilies (‘iẓāt), followed by a 70th treatise (maqālah) without a paired homily, and concluding with twenty mayāmir (71–90).

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Thursday, 14 Abīb, AM 1564 [= 1848 CE] Language and script: Arabic. Small, plain, but disciplined script. Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. Material: Paper. Medium European stock with watermark visible (three stars set within a shield frame, topped by a pointed oval/ floral headdress). The watermark VG is visible in the frontmatter (the folio containing pp. iii–iv).

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Yūḥannā, a monk from Dayr al-Barāmūs (p. 636), who later became Pope Cyril V. Patron/owner: Maximus (Maksīmūs), a monk from Dayr al-Suryān (p. 636). Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: p. ia (= f. ia): modern table of contents in blue ballpoint pen Colophons: p. 636: provides the date (Thursday, 14 Abīb, AM 1564 [= 1848 CE]); gives the name of the patron, the monk Maximus (Maksīmūs) from Dayr al-Suryān, noting that he paid for the MS from his own funds and comparing him to Antony, Macarius, Pachomius, and the apostle Paul; identifies the scribe (the monk Yūḥannā from Dayr al-Barāmūs). Endowments (waqf-statements): p. 636: short waqf-statement indicating that the MS was donated to the monastery by its muhtamm, the monk Maximus (Maksīmūs) (see above).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

43

p. 637: longer waqf-statement; includes threats against those who would break the waqf, comparing their fate to that of Simon Magus, Diocletian, and Judas Iscariot (al-dāfi‘, “the repellent one”). Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 6 leaves (pp. i–xii; ff. i–vi) Numbered folia: pp. 1–637 (pp. 1–452 = ff. 2–22, 22bis–129; pp. 1302–3262) Backmatter: 7 leaves (pp. 638–651) The first five folia (i–v) make up the first quire. The sixth folio is the first in the second quire, which is composed of ten folia in total (vi, 2–10). The rest of the quires also contain ten folia, although the final quire (f. 634ff.) is worthy of special note. It technically contains nine folia (ff. 634–642) plus the folio glued to the inside back board (which is not given a number in our system of accounting). The Arabic numbers are written in red ballpoint pen and/or red marker. There are two overlapping systems of foliation/pagination. The first was the primary pagination system written in red ball point pen, with two lines written under the numbers. The second was a later (eventually aborted) attempt to convert to a foliation system: on pp. 1–452 (except for pp. 2–3), the original number was overwritten (or, in the case of p. 1, altered/rewritten) either in red ball point pen (pp. 1–41 = ff. 2–22) or in red marker (pp. 42–255, 256–452 = ff. 22bis–129, pp. 1302–3262). On pages 453ff., these attempts at “correction” were discontinued. The alteration of page number 1 (١) with the addition of a single stroke in ballpoint to make the folio number 2 (٢) makes it difficult to discern the original. These alterations to implement a folio numbering system mean that the same folio numbers repeat on each recto and verso up to folio 129 (= pp. 451–452).

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 46.5 × 31 cm Area of writing: 38 × 23 cm 30 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather, well worn, with scuffs and abrasions on the edges and covers. Covers have tooled double-lined rectangular borders (shaded in faded black) with rows of cruciform/floral stamps between the lines. Within the borders, there are lines of the same cruciform/floral stamps in the form of a cross and an X.

44

S.J. DAVIS

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. pp. ii–xii and 638–651 are blank. Insertions 2. p. 637: top of page contains blessings in Arabic and Coptic in a larger hand: ‫بسم ﷲ الرؤوف الرحيم‬ ‫المجد ﷽ في العلا وعلى‬ ‫الأرض السلام في الناس المسرة‬ In the name of God, the compassionate and beneficent Glory to God in the highest and on earth peace [and] among the people joy. ⲡⲓϩⲏⲕⲓ ⲓⲱⲥⲏⲫ ⲡⲓⲑⲣⲟⲛⲟⲥ ⲓⲁⲗⲏⲙ The poor one Joseph the [episcopal] see of Jerusalem.

Readers’ insertion: 1. p. 637: second half of page contains a fihrist with the names of martyrs and saints whose relics are contained in a box/reliquary (ṣandūq) at Dayr al-Suryān, including Severus, Dioscorus, Cyriacus and his mother Julitta, Theodore [of Mopsuestia] (al-Mishriqī, i.e., “the Eastern One”), the Forty Martyrs of Sebaste, James the Persian (al-Fārisī), John the Little (Yaḥnis al-Qaṣīr), Moses the Black, the hair of Mary Magdalene. 2. p. 637: in the lower margin a later reader has written an observation (malḥūẓah) in blue ballpoint pen, with the aim of supplementing the list of saints/relics listed above, to make it current with the relics in the monastic church at his time. He describes them as ṣuwar al-qiddīsīn al-maḥfūrah (“inscribed images of the saints”) and includes the following names (in both Arabic and English), which he indicates are ordered from right to left: (1) Michael the Archangel, (2) St. James, (3) St. John, (4) Emmanuel, (5) Mary, (6) Theodore, (7) Eustathius. Below he notes that this information was confirmed by Dr. Burmester and Dr. M[e]inardus during their visit to the monastery on November 14, 1959.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 17 (= MS 77) Old number(s): 21 Lāhūt; 25/22-ⲕⲉ

Contents

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of John (Part One)

45

1. Introduction to the Commentary: ff. 2a–10b (= Copt.) 2. John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of John, Part One: ff. 11a–384b (= Copt 11a–299b, 1002–1882) Part One contains 47 treatises (maqālāt) and 47 sermons (mawā‘iẓ). Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Tuesday, 7 Ba’ūnah, AM 1570 [= 1854 CE] (f. 384b) Language and script: Arabic. Small-to-medium script, written in an inelegant (slightly sloppy) but contained hand. Black ink, with titles, headings and punctuation dots in red. Folia 369b–371a and part of folio 385a feature a second, larger, even less practiced hand. Material: Paper. Medium European stock, with FRATELLI CORTI watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Bishārah Iqlūdiyūs from Mayr (f. 385a) Patron/owner: al-qummuṣ ‘Abd al-Quddūs, khādim at Dayr al-Suryān (f. 385a) Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, and Endowments

Tables of contents: f. ia: written in modern blue ballpoint pen ff. 5b–8a: table of contents for the treatises (maqālāt), enumerating 6 large chapters (iṣḥāḥāt). ff. 8b–10b: table of contents for the sermons (mawā‘iẓ), enumerating 47 in total. Colophons: f. 5a: after the introduction; contains a short blessing. f. 384b–385a: after the commentary; indicates the date of Tuesday, 7 Ba’ūnah, AM 1570 [= 1854 CE] (f. 384b); indicates the name of the scribe, Bishārah Iqlūdiyūs from Mayr (known to be a monk at Dayr al-Suryān) (f. 385a).

46

S.J. DAVIS

f. 385a: second colophon after the commentary, written in a different, larger hand; indicates the name of the patron (muhtamm), al-qummuṣ ‘Abd al-Quddūs, who is identified as a khādim at Dayr al-Suryān and who paid for the copying of the text from his own funds, and who is compared to Antony, Macarius, Pachomius, and Athanasius. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 385b: waqf-statement endowing the MS to the church at Dayr al-Suryān; includes warnings against those who would break this waqf, associating them with Judas Iscariot and Simon Magus. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 7 leaves (ff. i–vii) Numbered folia: ff. 2–385 (= Copt. 2–38, 40–203, 203bis–208, 210–244, 246–247, 249–299, 1002–1882) Backmatter: 3 leaves (ff. 386–388) The first six leaves (ff. i–vi) form an initial quire that is attached to the spine by a single thread. The sixth leaf (f. vi) has been cut away except for a thin strip (1–2cm wide) along the margin. The seventh leaf (f. vii) is the first folio in the next quire, which consists of 10 leaves, as do subsequent quires. The Coptic cursive pagination skips from 38 to 40 (= f. 39). There is a discrepancy of one number until ff. 202–203, when the Coptic cursive pagination repeats the number 203 and the two systems go back into sequence. Shortly after this, however, the Coptic cursive pagination skips from 208 to 210 (= f. 209), and later skips from 244 (= f. 243) to 246 (= f. 244) and from 247 (= f. 245) to 249 (= f. 246). After reaching 299 (= f. 296), the Coptic cursive pagination resets to 100 (= f. 297) and continues to 188 (= f. 385).

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 29.5 × 22 cm Area of writing: 21 × 14 cm 19 lines/page (16 lines/page on f. 369b).

Cover, Condition

Light brown leather cover with a tooled, crosshatched pattern of diamonds, x’s, and crosses. Well worn. Spine is separated from the binding at the front, back, and lower part of the spine (only the top edge remains loosely attached). The first quire is nearly detached as well. Inside of front and back boards are worm-eaten

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

47

with the top layer of paper ripped off to expose the paper underneath, which shows Arabic writing (what appears to be accounts/ledgers). The leaves of the MS are in good shape with minimal smudges/discoloration. Needs conservation on account of the condition of the cover. Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. There are 47 treatises and 47 sermons in part one of Insertions Chrysostom’s commentary. They are paired: the first treatise is presented, followed by the first sermon, then comes the second treatise and second sermon, then the third treatise and third sermon, etc. 2. Folia ib–iib, iiib–viib are blank. 3. f. 2a: heading of the introduction indicates that the commentary was translated into Arabic from a Greek version by ‘Abdallah Ibn al-Faḍl al-Anṭākī and that it contains 88 maqālāt and 88 mawā‘iẓ. Readerly insertions: 1. Folio ia contains a modern table of contents and MS catalogue numbers. 2. Folio iiia contains a number of calculations and a short reader’s note written in pencil. 3. Folio 198b: a dead fly is stuck to the page.

48

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 18 (= MS 78) Old number(s): 22 Lāhūt; the handbook also lists 221 Lāhūt and 27/1-κε

Contents

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of John (Part Two) 1. John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of John (Part Two; = Ch. 7–21]: ff. 1a–293a (Copt. 2a–b, 2bisa–100b, [101a–294a]) ‫الجزء الثاني من بشارة يوحنا الإنجيلي التاوولوغس من تفسير الاب الجليل‬ ‫في القديسين يوحنا فم الذهب رئيس الأساقفة القسطنطنية‬

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated, but probably in the mid-to-late 1850s, when the muhtamm ‘Abd al-Quddūs was active (see DS Arabic Commentary 17). Language and script: Arabic. Legible, but cramped Arabic script. Black ink, with red ink for titles and punctuation. The handwriting changes at f. 101a; it becomes thinner and simpler. It becomes thicker again (with intermittent variations), starting at f. 143b. Material: Paper. Medium-to-thick weight, off-white European stock. FRATELLI CORTI watermarks on text folia. Shield with man-in-the-moon (ff. ii–v and 302–303) and Andrea Galvani Pordenone (ff. 304–305) watermarks in the front- and backmatter, which consists of light brown paper.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: none identified. Patron/owner: ‘Abd al-Quddūs, khādim of Dayr al-Suryān (f. 293b). Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Inside front board (front endpaper): describes the work as the second part of a commentary on the Gospel of John by John Chrysostom, consisting of treatises 48 to 88, with corresponding sermons. Colophons: f. 293a: brief blessing after the end of the text f. 293b: colophon after the waqf-statement identifying the muhtamm as ‘Abd al-Quddūs, khādim of Dayr al-Suryān and comparing him with Antony, Macarius, Pachomius, and Athanasius.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

49

Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 293b: waqf endowing the MS to Dayr al-Suryān; followed by standard blessings and curses (mentions the name of Judas Iscariot and Simon Magus); names the patron of the work as ‘Abd al-Quddūs, khādim of Dayr al-Suryān. This waqf-statement uses the same formula identifying ‘Abd al-Quddūs as the muhtamm as found in DS Arabic Commentary 17: he is said to be clothed like Antony, garbed in the vestments of Macarius, possessing humility and love like Pachomius, holding priesthood and leadership like Athanasius, and being a pure/virginal, effective, blessed, corporeal angel and spiritual priest. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 13 leaves [blue flyleaf and 12 leaves] (ff. i–xiii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–293 (= Copt. 2, 2bis, 3–100, [100–294]) Backmatter: 14 leaves [blue flyleaf and 13 leaves] (ff. 294–306) Coptic cursive numbers written in black ink in the top left hand corner of the recto. The first two folia are both labeled as Copt. 2. Coptic numbers run up to f. 100, then stop. Correct Arabic numbers are written above for the entirety of the MS. Beginning on f. 110b, treatise numbers (e.g., al-maqālah al-thāniyah wa-l-sittūn, ff. 111b–112a) are written at the head of the page.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 29 × 22 cm Area of writing: 23 × 14.5 cm 20 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Modern binding, black cloth on the front and back covers, with black leather spine and corners. Gold embossed lines on the spine. At the top of the spine, embossed in gold, is a title that describes the MS as a commentary on the Gospel of John. Also embossed in gold on the spine is the word qalam (in Arabic), the number 1, and the words waqf Dayr al-Suryān in Arabic. Blue endpaper and flyleaves in the front and back.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Part one of the commentary can be found in DS Arabic Insertions Commentary 17 and is composed of 47 treatises and corresponding sermons. The present MS contains treatises 48–88 along with their corresponding sermons. Readers’ insertions:

50

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 19 (= MS 79) Old number(s): 20 Lāhūt; 20/21-ⲕⲉ

Contents

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of John (Part Two) 1. John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of John (Part Two): ff. 5a–346b, 3372a–3462b, 347a–375b (= Copt. 5–385b)

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Thursday, 5 Baramhāt, AM 1560 [= 1844 CE] Language and script: Arabic. The scribal hand starts out small in scale and rather contained, but becomes larger, less consistent, and less disciplined over the course of the MS. As a result, there is a great variation in the size of the script. Given the fact that two muhtamms (perhaps in this case, scribes) are identified, the variations in script may be attributable to a shared task of copying the text. Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. The writing area is set within a doublelined rectangular border in red, but the limits of the border are not always adhered to and the text sometimes goes beyond the border. Material: Paper. Light-to-medium European stock, with Tre Lune (triple crescent moon) and GM watermarks visible.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Rāfā’īl ibn Malaṭī ibn al-Ru’ūs ibn al-Mutanayyaḥ (f. 376a; also ff. 4b and 376b) and Būlus ‘Abd al-Masīḥ (f. 4b), who are identified as the “patrons” (muhtammūn) of the MS (see below). Patron/owner: 1. Rāfā’īl ibn Malaṭī Abū al-Ru’ūs ibn al-mutanayyaḥ (f. 376a; see also ff. 4b and 376b). He is said to have funded the MS from his own funds. He was also the scribe. 2. Būlus ‘Abd al-Masīḥ (f. 4b) may be the second patron (and scribe). His name is listed with that of Rāfā’īl ibn Malaṭī Abū al-Ru’ūs ibn al-mutanayyaḥ on folio 4b, but his name is not mentioned explicitly on folio 376a, even though two patrons are indicated. Restorer: none identified.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

51

Tables of contents: f. ia: modern table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen; indicates that the commentary covers from John 12:25 to the end of the gospel, which is equivalent to treatises 14–90 in Chrysostom’s commentary. Colophons: f. 375b–376a: colophon at the end of the commentary with a brief blessing; provides the date (Thursday, 5 Baramhāt, AM 1560 [= 1844 CE]); indicates that there were two patrons for the volume. The scribe originally wrote “Rāfā’īl and Ibn Malaṭī” as two names, but then corrected himself by crossing out the conjunction “and” (wa-) to make a single name, with the result that only one of the two patrons is identified here. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 376b: mentions Rāfā’īl Malaṭī, also called Abū al-Ru’ūs as the muhtamm and his donation of the manuscript to the Church of the Virgin at Dayr al-Suryān.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 2 leaves (ff. i–ii) Numbered folia: ff. 4–346, 3372–3462, 376 (Arabic number is written in pencil on fol. 4a; Coptic cursive numbering starts on f. 5) Backmatter: 3 leaves (ff. 377–379) There is an error in the Arabic numbering: the numbers 337–346 are repeated twice. This creates a discrepancy of ten folia with the Coptic cursive total.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 30.2 × 21 cm Area of writing: 21.5 × 13.8 cm 18–26 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Medium brown leather binding with tooled rectangle border with a x-shaped design inside the border. Leather straps are partially preserved (broken). The inside of the boards are lined with (faded) red paper. Initial stage of separation at the spine are in evidence especially in the front, but also in back. Minor signs of moisture at the beginning and end, but the pages are mostly in reasonably good condition.

52

S.J. DAVIS

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folio 4b has an ornate “title page” with a brocaded red, white, Insertions and black cross surrounded by christological monograms and Coptic and Arabic prayers. At the bottom (in equally ornate lettering) are written two names: Rāfā’īl Malaṭī and Būlus ‘Abd al-Masīḥ (perhaps the two patrons identified on f. 376). 2. The MS includes decorations (red and black floral crest motifs) and blessings at the end of treatise/article 46 in the commentary (f. 35b). In other places, room was left for such decorations but the scribe never implemented the plan (see, e.g., f. 60b after treatise 50), and as a result the final blessing is surrounded by extra space on the page. 3. Folia 377 and 378 have double-lined rectangular borders in red (like the rest of the pages of text) but are otherwise blank (except for the monastery stamp). Readers’ insertions:

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 20 (= MS 80) Old number(s): 19 Lāhūt; 194 Lāhūt; 5/20-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew

53

1. Introduction to the Four Gospels: ff. 6a–14a (= Copt.) 2. Ten Canons on the Gospels: f. 14a (= Copt.) 3. Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew (by the Fathers of the Church): ff. 19a–245a (= Copt. 19–20, then no Copt.). 68 chapters/sections (see below for details). Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Thursday, 30 Tūbah, AH 1538 [= 1822 CE] (f. 245a). Language and script: Arabic. Small-to-medium scale letters, with considerable variation in size and thickness of strokes. Black ink, with titles, headings, and Coptic cursive marginal numbers in red ink. Other marginal comments in black ink. Material: Paper. Thin-to-medium European stock. Triple crescent moon (Tre Lune) watermarks. Front- and backmatter bound with folia featuring A[ndrea] Galvani Pordenone and shield with man-in-the-moon watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: none identified. Patron/owner: Rāfā’īl Malaṭī Abū al-R[u’]ūs (f. 245a) Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Inside front board: modern table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen. Colophons: f. 245a: colophon indicating the date (Thursday, 30 Tūbah, AH 1538 [= 1822 CE]). Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 245a: waqf-statement indicating that Rāfā’īl Malaṭī Abū al-R[u’]ūs endowed the MS to Dayr al-Suryān and warning anyone who violates the waqf, evoking the fate of Simon Magus and Judas Iscariot.

54 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: 6 leaves (ff. i–vi) Numbered folia: ff. 6–245 Backmatter: 5 leaves (ff. 246–250) Coptic cursive numbering system matches the Arabic until f. 20 and then stops.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 30 × 21 cm Area of writing: 22 × 13 cm 20–22 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather binding, very worn. The binding has become completely detached at the spine. The folia at the end (after f. 307) have large brown moisture stains on their lower quarter.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folia 14b–18b are blank. Insertions 2. The Commentary includes 66 sections marked as the “text of the nth chapter,” with each heading in red and flanked by two black-lined-bordered red-and-white petaled flowers (or wheels). The beginning of section 66 is found on folio 206b, but there are two additional places later in the MS with only outlines for those wheels and a space left for a section heading that was never implemented by the scribe (ff. 209b and 232b), so it is probably proper to regard the commentary as having 68 sections. Toward the end of the MS, spaces for small headings were also left unfilled. Readers’ insertions:

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 21 (= MS 81) Old number(s): 122 Lahūt; 235/17-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Ḥunayn ibn Isḥaq, On the Knowledge of the Truth of Religion; and a Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew

55

1. Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq, On the Knowledge of the Truth of Religion: ff. 1a–2b Incomplete. Ending missing. ‫مقالة لحنين بن اسحق المتطيب في كيفية إدراك حقيقة الديانة‬ 2. A Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew by some fathers of the church: ff. 5a–146b Incomplete. Beginning and ending missing. Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: 1 Misra, AM 1053 [= 1337 CE], = 24 Dhū al-Ḥijja, AH 737 [= 1336 CE, note the slight discrepancy] (f. 149a) Language and script: Arabic. Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq text: small, cramped, slightly shaky script; black ink, with title/heading in red ink. Commentary on Matthew text: medium-sized, clear script; blank ink, with titles/headings, punctuation, some marginal commentary in red ink. Material: Paper. Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq text: heavy Middle Eastern stock. Commentary on Matthew text: thin-to-medium Middle Eastern stock. Modern paper used for binding and insertions bears the Tre Lune (triple crescent moon) watermark (see, e.g., ff. 3 and 147).

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No scribe, patron/owner, or restorer identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: f. ib: table of contents written in blue ball point pen. Colophons: f. 149a: may be written in the same hand as the Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq text; indicates that the text was written in/donated to (?) Dayr Shahrān; 1 Misra, AM 1053 [= 1337 CE], = 24 Dhū al-Ḥijja, AH 737 [= 1336 CE, note the slight discrepancy]. Endowments (waqf-statements): none

56 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: 1 leaf (f. i) Numbered folia: ff. 1–150 (see below for Copt. system) Backmatter: 0 leaves (back flyleaf is numbered as f. 150) Coptic cursive numbering appears in the Commentary on Matthew beginning with f. 8 (= Copt. 39) and continuing until f. 120 (= Copt. 150). Folia 70 and 71 both bear Copt. 102. Folia 72 and 73 both bear Copt. 103. The number of each quire is written out (in words) on the recto of the first folio in the quire. The most recent Arabic numbering system is written in blue ball point ink. Folia 51–146 have an (earlier) alternative Arabic numbering system written in pencil and in reverse order, 99–1. In two sections (pen ff. 51–74, 100–115 = pencil ff. 99–76, 49–32), the two systems exist side-by-side. On the remainder of the pages, the pen numbering was written over the pencil in an attempt to obscure it.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 20 × 13 cm (ff. 3–5 are cut smaller: 19 × 12) Area of writing: 14 × 9 cm (Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq); 15.5 × 9–9.5cm (Commentary on Matthew) 13–14 lines/page (Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq); 14 lines/page (Commentary on Matthew)

Cover, Condition

Brown leather, well worn. Stamped with a central lobed oval mandorla, surrounded by smaller cruciform stamps. Edges and corners frayed. Spine in reasonable shape. Inside of boards reinforced with paper taken from a table with numerical information. Many pages of the manuscript are browned/ discoloured.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. ff. 3–4, 147–148: blank modern folia inserted/bound into Insertions the MS. 2. Commentary on Matthew starts in the middle of chapter 43 and ends in the middle of chapter 64 (chapter = iṣḥāḥ). Readers’ insertions:

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

57

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 22 (= MS 82) Old number(s): 7 Lāhūt; 60/7-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Abū-l-Faraj ibn al-Ṭayyib, Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew 1. Introduction to the Commentary: ff. 1a–16a (no Copt.). 2. Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew: ff. 16b–286b (Copt. [?]–217, 211–280).

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Friday, 2 al-Nasī, AM 951 [= 1235 CE], = 27 Dhū al-Qa‘adah, AH 631 [= 1234 CE] (f. 287a) (date that this MS was completed). Copied from an earlier copy of the text written in the month of Kānūn al-Thānī, 1328 of the Alexandrian/Greek era, or [in the month of] Shu‘bān, AH 407 [= 1017 CE] (f. 286b). Language and script: Arabic. Small-to-medium script that varies in form: sometimes slightly taller than it is wide; other times a little squarer in shape. Material: Paper. Folia 19–217 consist of medium-to-thick Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks. Folia 218–247, 249–256, and 259–287 consist of thick Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks. Folia 1–18, 248, and 257–258 (replacement leaves) consist of medium European stock, lighter in shade, with lines of production and the Tre Lune (triple crescent moon) watermark visible.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: al-qiss Jirjis ibn Manṣūr from Bilbīs (f. 287a), who produced a private copy made for himself. He is responsible for ff. 218–247, 249–256, and 259–287. He also indicates that he copied his text from an earlier MS written by the scribe ‘Abīdallah ibn ‘Alī ibn Abū ‘Īsā al-Shammās al-‘Ibādī, now deceased, who wrote it over two centuries earlier, in the year 1017 CE — Kānūn al-Thānī, 1328 of the Alexandrian/Greek era; equivalent to [the month of] Shu‘bān, AH 407 — for al-ustādh Abī Naṣr ‘Abīdallah ibn Manṣūr al-Shammās al-‘Ibādī (f. 286b) (see under “Colophons” below). Patron/owner: al-qiss Jirjis ibn Manṣūr from Bilbīs, who wrote his copy for himself and thus functioned as both scribe and patron (f. 287a) of that work. Jirjis’ manuscript would eventually come into the hands of Buṭrus, the metropolitan of Darjā (= Jirjā in upper Egypt) (f. 287b) (see below under “Endowments”). Restorer: none identified.

58 Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

S.J. DAVIS

Tables of contents: Inside front board: table of contents in blue ball point pen. ff. 15b–16a: at the end of the introduction; organized according to 68 chapters (iṣḥāḥāt). Colophons: ff. 286b–287a: describes the commentary on Matthew as being copied “from an old Syriac and Arabic Iraqi copy” (min nuskhah ‘irāqiyyah ‘atīqah suryānī wa ‘arabī); indicates that Matthew was written in Hebrew in Palestine and that it has 22 chapters and 4454 letters; credits the work to al-Faraj ‘Abdallah ibn Ṭayyib; written by the scribe ‘Abdallah ibn ‘Alī ibn Abū ‘Īsā al-Shammās al-‘Abādī for al-ustādh Abū Naṣr ‘Abdallah ibn Manṣūr al-Shammās al-‘Ibādī al-Kātib; the writer provides the month/year (Kānūn al-Thānī, 1328 of the Alexandrian/Greek era, or [in the month of] Shu‘bān, AH 407 [= 1017 CE]; identifies the scribe/copyist (himself) as al-qiss Jirjis ibn Manṣūr from Bilbīs (who wrote it for himself); date of the completion of the MS is given as Friday, 2 al-Nasī, in the year AM 951 [= 1234 CE], which equals 27 Dhū al-Qa‘adah, AH 631 [= 1235 CE]. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 287b: donated to Dayr al-Suryān; waqf written by Buṭrus, the Muṭrān of Darjā and its environs; dated 25 Amshīr, AM 1478 [= 1762 CE]. Headed by a series of Coptic words on the left, an Arabic calligraphic blessing in the middle, and a christological monogram and date on the right, as follows: ⲡⲁⲡⲁ ⲡⲓⲙⲁⲧⲣⲁⲡⲓⲗⲓⲧⲏⲥ ⲡⲁⲧⲣⲟⲥ

‫بسم ﷲ الرؤوف الرحيم‬ ‫المجد ﷽ في العلا‬ ⲭⲣ ⲁⲩⲟⲏ ⲙⲣ

The Father [Apa] The Metropolitan

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

59

Peter [Patros; read, Petros] In the name of God, the compassionate and beneficent Glory to God in the highest Year 1478 [of the] Martyrs

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 3 leaves (ff. i–iii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–288 (see below for Copt. system) Backmatter: 3 leaves (ff. 289–291) Coptic cursive lettering on original pages has faded due to a water stain in the upper outside corner. It is first legible on f. 51 (= Copt. 54). The Coptic cursive pagination sequence skips from 74 to 76 on ff. 71–72, but then continues through f. 217 (= Copt. 221). Beginning on folio 218, a new Coptic cursive sequence is introduced: (ff. 218–287 = Copt. 211–280). The tertiary replacement pages (ff. 1–18, 248, 257–258) have no Coptic cursive numbering.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 25 × 16.5 cm Area of writing: 18.5 × 11.5 cm (ff. 19–217; original scribal hand); 20.5 × 11.5 cm (ff. 218–247, 249–256, 259–287a; secondary replacement folia [?]); 19.5 × 11 cm (ff. 1–18, 248, 257–258; tertiary replacement folia [?])

Cover, Condition

Dark brown or dark maroon leather cover with lighter brown or maroon leather reinforcing border around the edge. Both very worn (with the inside of the visible at the corners). Spine has also been reinforced by a red leather wrap, also very worn. Stamp on spine bears a stamp with an old number in Greek letters: [.]/ⲕⲉ, which perhaps originally corresponded to the old registration number indicated above. Pages show some separation/cracking at the spine. Edges and small sections of pages reinforced (or replaced) with strips of paper.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. f. 286b: The Gospel of Matthew is said to be transcribed/ Insertions translated from an “old Iraqi Syriac and Arabic copy” (nuskhah ‘irāqiyyah ‘atīqah suryānī wa ‘arabī). Readers’ insertions: 1. f. 288a: a reader’s note recording the introductory lines before the reading of the Pauline epistle in the ordinary of the liturgy.

60

S.J. DAVIS

ⲠⲉⲛϬⲥ ⲟⲩⲟϩ ⲡⲉⲛⲛⲟⲩϯ ⲟⲩⲟϩ ⲡⲉⲛⲥⲱⲧⲏⲣ ⲟⲩⲟϩ ⲡⲉⲛⲟⲩⲣⲟ ⲧⲁⲣⲁⲛⲓ Ϭⲥ ⲡⲭⲥ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲉⲓ ⲙⲪϮ ⲉⲧⲟⲩⲱⲛϩ ⲡⲓⲟⲩⲛⲁϥ ϣⲁⲉⲛⲉϩ ------Ⲡⲟⲗⲟⲥ ⲡⲟⲕ ⲉⲙⲙⲉⲛϬⲥ ⲓⲏⲥ ⲡⲭⲥ ⲡⲓⲉⲡⲟⲥⲧⲟⲗⲟⲥ ⲉⲑⲟⲩϩⲉⲙ ⲡⲉ ⲉⲧⲁⲩⲑⲁϣϥ ⲉⲡⲓϣⲉⲛⲛⲟϥ ⲛⲧⲉⲪϮ ------ⲛⲉⲙⲙⲫⲣⲏϯ ⲕⲁⲑⲟⲗⲓⲕⲟ⳽ ⲓⲱ ⲁ

‫بسم ﷲ القوي‬

In the name of God, the Powerful One Our Lord and our God and our Savior and our King of All, O Christ the Lord, the Son of the Living God, the One who shows forth joy forever. ------Paul, the servant of our Lord Jesus Christ, [is] the apostle in heaven who was ordained for the preaching of God, In the same manner: the Catholic Epistle, 1 John.

2. f. 288b: on a strip of paper used to reinforce the spine, there is a prayer written in Arabic in a well-trained hand (a section from the sixth hour of the Ajbiya).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 23 (= MS 83) Old number(s): 2 Lāhūt

Contents

Abū-l-Faraj ibn al-Ṭayyib, Commentaries on the Gospels of Matthew and Mark

61

1. Introduction to the Commentary on the Gospels of Matthew and Mark: ff. 1a–2b (Copt. 1a–2b). Includes a table of contents and lectionary. 2. [Abū-l-Faraj ibn al-Ṭayyib,] Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew: ff. 3a–168a (Copt. 3a–128b, [129a–168a]) a. ff. 3a–3b: Table of contents for the commentary, dividing the Gospel of Matthew into 68 chapters, each numbered with Greek letters. ‫ فهرست فصول بشارة متى وعدتها ثمانية وستون فصلا‬:‫أ‬٣ ‫ف‬ b. ff. 4a–4b: Lectionary for the Gospel of Matthew, beginning with “the third,” corresponding to the preaching of John the Baptist and the Baptism of Jesus (i.e. Matthew 3). Numbers are written out in Arabic, but then change to Coptic cursive after 40. ‫ دلال يشتمل على ما تضمنه بعض الفصول واحدة واحدة مما‬:‫أ‬٤ ‫ف‬ ‫لم يذكر في الدلال المرتب‬ c. ff. 5a–168a (Copt. 5a–128b, [129a–168a]): Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew ‫ بدؤ الانجيل كتاب ولادة يسوع المسيح التفسير‬:‫أ‬٥ ‫ف‬ 3. Abū-l-Faraj [ibn al-Ṭayyib], Commentary on the Gospel of Mark: ff. 169a–199a (no Copt.) a. f. 169a: Table of contents for the commentary, dividing the Gospel of Mark into 48 sections with chapter headings and Coptic cursive numbers. ‫ بشارة مرقس المرتضى شرح الشيخ القس الفاضل ابي الفرج‬:‫أ‬١٦٩ ‫ف‬ ‫بدء الانجيل‬ b. ff. 169a–199a: Commentary on the Gospel of Mark ‫ بدؤ الانجيل‬:‫أ‬١٦٩ ‫ف‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: 26 Amshīr, AM 953 [= 1237 CE] (f. 168b). Language and script: Arabic. Legible script that is at times a bit cramped. Black ink. Red ink for titles and punctuation. Coptic script on ff. iiib–ia. Black ink with red highlights.

62

S.J. DAVIS

Material: Paper. Thin-to-medium Middle Eastern stock. Watermarks are visible only on replacement folia and backmatter. Folio 40 (a replacement page) bears a triple crescent moon (Tre Lune) watermark. Folio 200 (backmatter) bears an FC watermark. Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: the deacon [al-shammās] Sim‘ān ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ ibn Qafrī al-Suyūṭī (f. 168b). Patron/owner: the deacon (al-shammās) Sim’ān ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ ibn Qafrī al-Suyūṭī (f. 168b). Later owners include: Sawīrus ibn Ṣalīb al-Naṭrāwānī (f. 168b), al-qiss Isḥaq ibn Mu‘āfā (f. 168b), al-qiss Quzmān Fām Ḥannā (f. 168b), a monk named Buṭrus (f. 168b), a monk named Yashū‘ (?) al-Abnūbī from the Monastery of the Martyr Victor (Dayr al-shahid Buqṭur) (f. 168b), a certain Sayyid al-Ahlab (?) Ṣadaqah al-Naṣrānī (f. 168b), and his Yūḥannā [ibn Sayyid] (168b). The final documented owner is al-ab Maqārī Yūnus of Jabal al-Aṭrūn, the monastery known as the “worship place of St. Bishoi/Bishāy” (ma‘bad Abūnā Bishāy), who endows the text to Dayr al-Suryān (f. 2b). Restorer: Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī, the priest (f. 2b).

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: f. 2a–b: Table of contents for the Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew. ff. 4a–4b: Lectionary for the Gospel of Matthew f. 169a: Table of contents for the Commentary on the Gospel of Mark. f. 199b (no Copt.): [Lectionary] comprising what is included in the chapters [of the Gospel of Mark]. ‫]دلال[ يشتمل على ما تضمنه الفصول‬ The text is worn away in the upper right-hand corner. Contents are listed/enumerated with Coptic cursive numbers from [1?] to 43 (Sleep, The Hour, His Speech, etc.). It seems to be incomplete. Colophons: f. 2b: Colophon to the Introduction, followed by a waqf-statement (see below under “Endowments”). f. 3b: Colophon to the table of contents for the Commentary on Matthew. It lists the different ways in which the Gospel can be divided/parsed; provides a brief biography of Matthew, who was called Levi; it gives an explanation of his nickname “The Chosen One” (al-muṣṭafā).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

63

f. 168a–b: Colophons to the Commentary on Matthew. On f. 168a, it indicates that the commentary was translated into Arabic in the land of Palestine, originally consisting of 22 chapters in Syriac (al-suryānī) and 68 chapters in Greek (al-rūmī), with 4,464 letters (ḥurūf) in Syriac. The work is credited to al-shaykh al-fāḍl ‘Abdallah ibn al-Ṭayyib al-Mishriqī. The writer explains that this manuscript was rendered from a copy by an earlier scribe who said he depended on the author’s own copy, with the text of the Gospel containing Syriac and Arabic in facing columns and followed by a commentary in which there were many marginal insertions by a hand other than the original scribe. At the end of f. 168a and the beginning of f. 168b, the writer indicates that these marginal notes are thought to have originally been by the hand of Abū al-Faraj himself. The writer also mentions that his source was an ancient one (‘atīqah) dating back to 1328 of the Alexandrian/Greek calendar, which is equivalent to AH 407 [= 1016/17 CE]. The colophon goes on to indicate that the text was copied in Asyūt and completed on 26 Amshīr, AM 953 [= 1237 CE] by the deacon (al-shammās) Sim’ān ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ ibn Qafrī al-Suyūṭī. f. 199a: Colophon to the Commentary on Mark. Describes the text as containing 13 chapters 1,880 letters; explains that Mark wrote the Gospel in Greek in the Roman territories. Provides a short blessing for the patron, the reader, the listener, and the scribe. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 2b: waqf-statement after the Introduction to the Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew endowing the MS to Dayr al-Suryān in Wadī Habīb Isqīṭ by Father Maqārī Yūnus of Jabal al-Aṭrūn (identified as the Ma‘bad Abba Bishāy). Names the patron of the restoration of the text [al-muhtamm bi-marammat hādhā al-kitāb al-mubārak] as the priest Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 3 leaves (ff. i–iii in lower case roman numerals) Numbered folia: ff. 1–199 (see below for Copt. system) Backmatter: 1 leaf (f. 200) Arabic numbers are written on the top left-hand corner of the recto in blue ballpoint pen ink. Coptic cursive numbering in black ink spans from ff. 2–128. Gospel chapters are numbered

64

S.J. DAVIS

within the text with Greek letters. Frontmatter leaves are labeled 200–201 from left to right with Arabic numbers in blue ballpoint pen ink. These folia contain a Coptic manuscript of Jude 3b–15a [ff. iiib–ia] and Acts 10 [front endpaper]. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 26.5 × 19.5 cm Area of writing: 19.5 × 14 cm 22 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather cover; title pasted on the front in parchment identifying the work as a commentary on the Gospels of Matthew and Mark by the Abū-l-Faraj al-Mishriqī. Many folia have been taped around the edges: f. 1 has been taped over with scotch tape. The binding is beginning to come loose, and a few folia are starting to slip out.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. On folio 3b, there is description of the circumstances Insertions behind Matthew’s writing of his Gospel. Matthew is said to have been from the tribe of Īsākhar in the city of Nazareth. His father was named Dawaqwā and his mother was named Kārūtiyās. When crowds of Jews who were faithful, chosen, and humble sought him out that he might strengthen them with a text [naṣṣ] and a gospel written in the Hebrew language, he answered their requests/questions. He wrote the beginning of his Gospel in Palestine and finished it in India (al-Hind) in the first year of the emperor Claudius Caesar, which was the ninth year of the Holy Ascension. He then preached in the land of Palestine and Ṣūrūṣīdā. He also visited Ḥawīlā and the countryside and baptized the people there. He then returned to Jerusalem. His martyrdom was in the city of Basrārjaman on 12 Bābah, and he was buried in Arṭājanah Caesarea. John son of Zebedee (Yūḥannā ibn Zabadī) then interpreted this gospel in the city of al-Alasas (?) and preached it in Jerusalem and India. Readers’ insertions: 1. f. 168b: contains three later reader’s notes in two different hands, extending the record of the text’s history of ownership and transmission.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

65

The first of these notes is written at the bottom of the page below the main text. It indicates that the scribe and initial owner of the MS, the deacon Sim’ān, became a priest, and in AM 960 [= 1243/44 CE] the MS was purchased from him by the deacon Sawīrus ibn Ṣalīb, known as al-Naṭrāwānī. Then, the MS was transferred from Sawīrus (who also became a priest) to the priest Isḥaq ibn Mu‘āfā in AM 968 [= 1251/52 CE]. The aforementioned Sawīrus sold this text, along with an Arabic book of Epistles written by the priest Buṭrus the monk. Later, the manuscript came into the possession of the priest Quzmān Fām Ḥannā in AM 1060 [= 1343/44 CE]. The colophon emphasizes that all of the transfers and purchases were “correct” (ṣaḥīḥ), i.e. legal. The second and third of the notes are written in a mostly unpointed, difficult-to-read hand in the upper left-hand corner and left margin of f. 168b. These notes also list those from whom and to whom the MS was transferred, as well as the dates of these transfers. The second note (in the upper left-hand corner) is only partially legible. It mentions the next owner, whose name reads in part, Ibn Fīlibbus (“son of Philip”). It also includes dates according to both the Era of the Martyrs and the Hijrī calendar. The Coptic date marks a Sunday in the month Bābah (perhaps the tenth or eleventh of that month?), but the year is not clear. The Hijrī dates appear to start with the number seven hundred. The third note (in the left margin) is probably written by the same hand, and it traces the later transmission of the MS, including the following identified owners: a monk named Buṭrus, a monk named Yashū‘ (?) al-Abnūbī from the Monastery of the Martyr Victor (Dayr al-shahid Buqṭur), Sayyid al-Ahlab (?) Ṣadaqah al-Naṣrānī, and his son Yūḥannā [Ibn Sayyid]. It concludes with the date AM 1100 [= 1383/84 CE] and also supplies a Hijrī date, which again starts with the number seven hundred (we would expect AH 784 or 785 but the text in its current state does not allow a definitive confirmation).

66

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 24 (= MS 84) Old number(s): 8 Lāhūt; handbook also lists 81 Lāhūt and 62/9-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Abū-l-Faraj ibn al-Ṭayyib, Commentaries on the Gospels of Mark, Luke, and John 1. Commentary on the Gospel of Mark: ff. 2b–40b (Copt. 2b–40b) ff. 2b–3a: Table of contents, dividing the Gospel into 48 chapters. ff. 3b–40b: Commentary on the Gospel of Mark ‫بشارة مرقس الرسول المجتبا‬ 2. Commentary on the Gospel of Luke: ff. 41b–166b (Copt. 41b–166b) f. 41b: Table of contents, dividing the Gospel into 83 chapters. ff. 42a-166b: Commentary on the Gospel of Luke ‫بشارة لوقا الرسول المرتضا‬ 3. Commentary on the Gospel of John: ff. 168a–294a (Copt. 168a–[294a]) f. 168a: Table of contents, dividing the Gospel into 20 chapters. ff.168b–294a: Commentary on the Gospel of John ‫بشارة يوحنا الرسول المكمل للبشرا‬

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Friday, 8 Ba’ūnah, AM 1[294] [= May 25, 1578 CE]; equivalent to Friday, 16 Rabī‘ al-Awwal, AH [986] (f. 294b). These years have been calculated by the convergence of the recorded Coptic and Islamic days and months, which fall during the reign of a Patriarch John [XIV] (see under “Colophons” below). Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings and punctuation. Clear Arabic script. Coptic in black ink on f. 41a. Material: Paper. Medium-weight Middle Eastern paper, with no watermarks visible on text pages. Front- and backmatter folia bear triple crescent moon (Tre Lune) watermarks, and one folio has a crest with the initials GE.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: the priest Būlus Abū Sayyid of the Mār Jirjis Church (Church of St. George), which is known as al-Abbāsah (Old Cairo) (f. 294b). Patron/owner: the Metropolitan Peter the Poor (ⲡⲉⲧⲣⲟⲥ ⲡⲃⲱⲕ) (f. 2a). Restorer: none indicated.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

67

Tables of contents: f. ia: modern table of contents, written in blue ballpoint pen. Lists the four Gospels included, as well as their introductions. In pencil, someone has noted that f. 167 is missing. ff. 2b–3a: Table of contents for the Commentary on the Gospel of Mark. Divides the Gospel of Mark into 48 chapters, each numbered with Coptic cursive numerals (e.g., 4: The Leper). ‫اصحاحات بشارة مرقس الرسول ثمانية واربعون اصحاحا‬ f. 41b: Table of contents for the Commentary on the Gospel of Luke. Divides the Gospel of Luke into 83 chapters, each numbered with Coptic cursive numerals. ‫اصحاحات بشارة لوقا الرسول على عدد الرومي ثلاثة وثمانون اصحاحا‬ f. 168a: Table of contents for the Commentary on the Gospel of John. Divides the Gospel of John into 20 chapters, each numbered with Coptic cursive numerals. ‫اصحاحات بشارة الرسول يوحنا على عدد الرومي‬ Colophons: f. 3a: Colophon after the table of contents for the Commentary on the Gospel of Mark. Mentions the name of al-qiss Sim‘ān al-Ṣa‘īdī. f. 40b: Colophon at the end of the Commentary on the Gospel of Mark. Announces the end of the text, which consists of 13 chapters. The discrepancy between this number and the 48 chapter sections of the text most likely results from the Greek/ Roman numbering used to divide the text and the other system of numbering used to divide the Gospel into 13 chapters (cf. the colophon to the Gospel of Luke on f. 167b) and 1881 letters, which Mark spoke in Greek (al-rūmī) throughout the Roman lands. Concludes with blessings for the patron, purchaser [muqtani’], scribe, reader, listener, and any who proclaim it to the “sons of baptism.” f. 167b: Colophon at the end of the Commentary on the Gospel of Luke. Announces the end of the text, which consists of 23 chapters and 3238 letters, which Luke proclaimed in Greek in Alexandria. Indicates that the text is divided into 83 chapters according to Greek/Roman numbering.

68

S.J. DAVIS

f. 294b: Colophon at the end of the Commentary on the Gospel of John, which is said to have been written in Ephesus. Announces the end of the text, which consists of 20 chapters and 1532 words. Identifies the Gospel of John as the last of the four Gospels, which in total amount to 78 chapters (most likely nonRoman system) and 10,711 letters. Attributes the commentaries to Abū-l-Faraj ‘Abdallah ibn al-Ṭayyib, and indicates that they were translated from Syriac to Arabic by [‘Abīdallah ibn ‘Alī Far]ābī ‘Isā al-Shammā[s] al-‘Ibādī in the month Jumādā al-Awwal, AH 409 [= 1018/1019 CE], equivalent to the sixth year of the Patriarchate of Mār Yuḥannā. (The date Aylūl, year 29 [...] Iskandarī is also given, but it is difficult to make out all of the numbers.) On our identification of the translator, see also DS Arabic Commentary 22, where the scribe is identified as ‘Abīdallah ibn ‘Alī Farābī ‘Īsā al-Shammās al-‘Ibādī. Finally, the colophon names the scribe as the priest Būlus Abū Sayyid of the Mār Jirjis Church, known as al-‘Abassiyyah, and situates him during the time of a certain Patriarch John (Yu’annis). The colophon indicates that the text was completed on a Friday and provides dates according to both the Year of the Martyrs and the Hijrī calendar, only the days and months of which are fully discernible (8 Ba’ūnah and 16 Rabī‘ al-Awwal, respectively). The years are unfortunately not preserved in their entirety, although the AM date begins with one thousand. It is possible, however, to reconstruct the date of the manuscript by lining up the months and days and finding the year of their convergence during the reign of a Coptic patriarch named John. On this basis, the year is determined as 8 Ba’ūnah, AM 1[294] [= May 25, 1578 CE]; equivalent to Friday, 16 Rabī‘ al-Awwal, AH [986], which falls the patriarchate of John XIV (1571–1586 CE). Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 2a: endowment of the manuscript to Dayr al-Suryān by Peter the Poor (ⲡⲉⲧⲣⲟⲥ ⲡⲃⲱⲕ). Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 1 leaf (f. i in lower case roman numerals) Numbered folia: ff. 1–292 Backmatter: 3 leaves, flyleaf and 2 folia (ff. 293–295)

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

69

Coptic numbers are written in the top left-hand corner of the recto for each folio and this foliation system is maintained and consistent with the Arabic numbers throughout, although on the final folio (f. 294a) the Coptic cursive number is not preserved (or illegible). Arabic numbers are written in blue ballpoint pen above. Quires are written every 10 pages on the recto (ff. 11, 21, etc.). Folio 167 is missing. Folia 280–291 are restored. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 24.5 × 17 cm Area of writing: 19.5 × 12.5 cm 18-19 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Tattered brown leather, two layered cover. The base layer is tooled with lines around the border of the front and back covers, and is stamped with crosses. The second layer wraps around the spine and extends about 8–11.5 cm across the front cover and 9 cm across the back cover. Pasted onto the front cover is a piece of paper identifying the MS as a book of the Good News of Mark, Luke, and John, along with commentary on them. The front and back endpaper and flyleaves are pasted over with an Ethiopic MS.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The commentary originally included a section of Mark as Insertions well (see f. 167b). 2. For each of the Gospels, the chapters are written out and then commented upon, with each chapter are denoted in the margin by a Greek letter, and with subsections denoted by Coptic cursive numerals. Readers’ insertions: 1. On the front and back inside boards of the manuscript, pages from an Ethiopic text have been pasted to reinforce the binding. They now serve as endpapers, which each overlap onto their respective facing flyleaves (ff. ia and 295b). 2. Coptic text on f. 2a ⲡⲉⲧⲣⲟⲥ ⲡⲃⲱⲕⲓ ⲓⲏⲥ ⲭⲥ Peter the Poor Jesus Christ

70

S.J. DAVIS

3. f. 41a: Prayers for remembrance in both Coptic and Arabic written by a certain ‘Abd al-Sayyid Shinūdah, who identifies himself as “a Georgian boy.” ‫بسم ﷲ الواحد الذات المثلث الاقانيم والصفات‬ ‫له عبد السيد شنوده‬ In the name of God, one in essence and triple in hypostases and attributes. [The book] belongs to ‘Abd al-Sayyid Shinūdah. ‫اذكر يارب عبدك‬ ‫عبد السيد شنوده عرف‬ ‫كولد كراجي الأسبق‬ ‫وهو مالك هذه النسخة‬ ‫الموضوع منها هذا‬ ‫الخط الحقير سامح‬ ‫الرب من طالع‬ ‫وفهم وعلم وعمل‬ ‫وهذا للرب تعالى‬ Remember, O Lord, your servant, ‘Abd al-Sayyid Shinūdah, known formerly a Georgian boy. He is the owner of this copy. The subject in it is this poor writing. Pardon, O Lord, whoever has perused, understood, learned, and put [it] into practice. This is for the Lord, the Most High. ⲁⲣⲓⲡⲁⲙⲉⲩⲓ ⲱ ⲛⲁⲓⲟϯ ⲙⲉⲛⲛⲁⲥⲛⲏⲟⲩ ⲛⲕⲗⲏⲣⲓⲕⲟⲥ ⲁⲛⲟⲕ ⲡⲓⲉⲗ[ⲁ]ⲭ[ⲓⲥⲧⲟⲥ] ⲛⲣⲉϥⲣⲛⲟⲃⲓ ⲡⲓⲉⲩⲧⲉⲗⲏⲥ ⲛⲁⲙⲉⲗⲏⲥ ⲩⲝⲋ ⲩⲓⲩ ⲛⲪⲂ ⲪϮⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲁϥ Ϥⲑ ⲕⲉ Ϥⲑ ⲡⲉⲛⲉⲧⲟ ⲉⲓⲥⲟⲩϣⲟ ⲙⲙⲉⲧⲁⲛⲟⲓⲁ ⲉϫⲉⲛⲛϩⲩⲡⲟⲧⲩⲙⲁ ⲛⲛⲉⲧⲉⲛⲟⲩⲉⲣⲏⲧⲉ ⲁⲩⲱ ⲛⲥⲉⲣⲱϣⲉ ⲁⲛ ⲉⲧⲣⲉ ⲧⲉⲧⲉⲛⲉⲣⲡⲁⲙⲉⲩⲓ

‫المجد ﷽ دايما ابدا‬

‫الحمد ﷽ تعالى‬

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Glory to God forever and ever. Remember me, O my fathers and my clerical brothers. I am the lowest, most worthless sinner a negligent one, [466?] Son of the Master [~ ‘Abd al-Sayyid?]. God, have mercy on him. Amen and amen. So be it. Behold, they do 1000 acts of prostration/repentance [metanoia] upon the hupotuma (?) of those who bend the knee and are not content [with this]. May you remember me. Thanks be to God the Most High.

3. f. 295a: the number 279 is written in pencil.

71

72

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 25 (= MS 85) Old number(s): 14 Lāhūt; 188/13-ⲕⲉ; 141 Lāhūt (handbook)

Contents

Commentaries on the Pauline Epistles and the Acts of the Apostles 1. Commentary on the Pauline Epistles: ff. 1a–45b. ff. 1a–3a: sections from 2 Corinthians, with accompanying commentary. Beginning missing. ff. 3a–8a: sections from Galatians with accompanying commentary. Beginning with the chapter read on the fifth Saturday after Pentecost and continuing through the seventh. ff. 8a–15a: sections from Ephesians with accompanying commentary. Beginning with the chapter read on the eighth Saturday after Pentecost and continuing with the ninth and thirtieth. ff. 15a–16a: section from Colossians with accompanying commentary. Read on the thirty-first Saturday after Pentecost. ff. 16a–19a: section from 1 and 2 Thessalonians with accompanying commentary. Read on the thirty-second Saturday after Pentecost. ff. 19a–30a: section from 1 and 2 Timothy with accompanying commentary. Read on the thirty-third through thirty-sixty Saturdays after Pentecost. f. 30a: requests for reading of sections from Paul’s letters to the Ephesians and Corinthians. ff. 30a–32a: sections from Romans with accompanying commentary. ff. 32a–45b: sections from Hebrews with accompanying commentary. Read on the first through sixty Saturday of the Great Fast. 2. Commentary on the Acts of the Apostles: ff. 45b–137a. Read during the week of Easter/Passover (al-Fisḥ), the week of “New Sunday” (al-Ḥadd al-Jadīd), and the fourth through seventh weeks after Easter/Passover (al-Fisḥ).

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Medium-to-large, bold but inelegant script, inconsistent in size. Black ink. No red ink. No punctuation except for a circle around a dot at the end of sections of chapters and commentary.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

73

Material: Paper. Medium-to-heavy Middle Eastern stock. Nowatermarks visible. Bound with more recent paper (lines of manufacture but no watermarks visible). Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No scribe, patron/owner, or restorer identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: f. ia: modern table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 1 leaf (f. i)) Numbered folia: ff. 1–137 Backmatter: 1 leaf (f. 138) No Coptic cursive numbering system. Folio 134 is a (blank) modern insertion.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 22.5 × 15.5 cm Area of writing: 16.5–17.5 × 12.5 cm 13–16 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Light brown leather, heavily worn with corners frayed. Covers are tooled with a large double-lined rectangular border, a large central bisecting the center, and five small cruciform/ floral stamps in the shape of an x (at the center and the four arms of the large x). A number of pages of the MS have undergone an older process of conservation with the reinforcement of pages along the edges, spine, and sections with strips of paper, some reused with Arabic writing visible.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The beginning of the commentary seems to be lost (the first Insertions folio begins midstream). 2. Folio 134 is a blank folio (a modern insertion). 3. At the bottom of folio 137a, the scribe has written a section of text upside-down relative to the rest of the text on the page (and in the MS). 4. Some pages have marginal additions and commentary. 5. The passages on which the commentaries are based come from the lectionary readings.

74

S.J. DAVIS

Readers’ insertions: 1. At the top of each recto in the MS until f. 111, a later reader has written short, one-line blessings. 2. The Arabic handbook notes that the organization of readings/ commentary does not follow the order of the Coptic Orthodox liturgy.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 26 (= MS 86b) Old number(s): 9 Lāhūt; Silsilah 762

Contents

Commentaries on the Pauline and Catholic Epistles

75

1. Commentaries on the Pauline and Catholic Epistles: ff. 161a–310b (= Copt.; but see “Pages, Numbering” below for details). ‫كتاب ولي ﷲ والداعي اليه بولس المنتخب‬ ff. 161a–163a: Introduction (muqaddama) ff. 163a–213a: Commentary on 1 Corinthians ‫الرسالة الاوى الى اهل قورنثية وهي الثانية من العدد‬ ff. 213b–233b: Commentary on 2 Corinthians ‫الرسالة الثانية الى اهل قورنثية وهي الثالثة من العدد‬ ff. 234a–244b: Commentary on Galatians ‫الرسالة الرابعة الى الغلاطيين‬ ff. 245a–244b: Commentary on Ephesians ‫الرسالة الخامسة الى اهل افسس‬ ff. 251a–255a: Commentary on Philippians ‫الرسالة السادسة الى اهل فيلبوسيوس‬ ff. 255b–260b: Commentary on Colossians ‫الرسالة السابعة الى اهل قولاسايس‬ ff. 261a–265a: Commentary on 1 Thessalonians ‫الرسالة الأولى الى اهل تسالونيقي وهي الثامنة من العدد‬ ff. 265b–268a: Commentary on 2 Thessalonians ‫الرسالة الثانية الى اهل تسالونيقي وهي التاسعة من العدد‬ ff. 268b–276b: Commentary on 1 Timothy ‫الرسالة الأولى الى طيموتاوس تلميذه وهي من العدد العشرة‬ ff. 277a–281b: Commentary on 2 Timothy ‫الرسالة الثانية الى طيموتاوس تلميذه وهي الحادية عشر من العدد‬ ff. 282a–283b: Commentary on Titus ‫الرسالة الثانية عشر الى طيطس تلميذه وهي في القبطي الثالثة عشر‬ ff. 284a–285a: Commentary on Philemon ‫الرسالة الثلثة عشر الى فيليمون تلميذه وهي في القبطي الرابعة عشر‬ ff. 285b–310b: Commentary on Hebrews ‫الرسالة الرابعة عشر الى العبرانيين وهي في القبطي العشرة‬

76

S.J. DAVIS

2. Commentaries on the Catholic Epistles: ff. 311a–347b (= Copt.). ‫شرح رسايل من يذكر من الابا السليحيين الحواريين الاطهار المعروفه‬ ‫بالقثاليقون‬ ff. 311a–312b: Commentary on James ‫تفسير رسالة القديس يعقوب‬ ff. 312a–313a: Commentary on 1 Peter ‫تفسير رسالة الأول للسليح بظرس الرسول‬ ff. 313b–315a: Commentary on 1 John ‫شرح رسالة يوحنا الاولى‬ 3. Commentary on Acts: ff. 315b–347b (= Copt.). ‫شرح الابركسيس قصص الابا الرسل الاطهار‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Saturday, 5 Baramhāt, AM 1456 [= 1740 CE] (f. 347b). Language and script: Arabic. Black ink, with red ink used for titles, subheadings, and punctuation. Occasional errors and/or omissions with marginal insertions or corrections. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock, with triple crescent moon (Tre Lune) watermark on main text pages. More recent paper used in front- and backmatter bears a watermark with the image of a woman sitting in a wheeled chariot holding a staff or spear and a candle (or plant/flower) (see ff. iv and 348). Folio 349 bears a watermark with the letters Pirie.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Yūḥannā Matī, “servant of the children” (khādim al-aṭfāl) in Asyūṭ (f. 347b). Patron/owner: al-mu‘allim Salīb ibn al-mu‘allim Bishāra al-Ṭūkhī (f. 347b). Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none Colophon: f. 347b: dates the MS to Saturday, 5 Baramhāt, AM 1456 [= 1740 CE]; identifies the scribe as Yūḥannā Matī, “servant of the children” in Asyūṭ; identifies the patron as Salīb ibn al-mu‘allim Bishāra al-Ṭūkhī; followed by a waqf-statement (see below).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

77

Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 347b: endows the MS in the name of the great saints and St. Mark the Evangelist; curses any who try to damage, sell, or remove the MS from its waqfiyyah. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 4 leaves (ff. i–iv; f. ii is labeled as 160) Numbered folia: ff. 161–347 Backmatter: 2 leaves (ff. 348–349) Arabic foliation numbers are written on the top left of the recto only on ff. ii (= f. [160]), 161–164, 347. Coptic foliation numbers are written on the top left of the recto from ff. 164–347. Folio ii seems to be original to the MS, and two more recent blank folia have been inserted between it and f. 161, disrupting the original order.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 32.5 × 22 cm Area of writing: 23 × 14.5 cm 21-22 lines/page

Cover, Condition

The cover of the MS is wrapped in brown paper, but torn in places to reveal brown leather underneath. The front cover and spine contain a title written in pencil, describing the work as a commentary on the “Letters of our Teacher Paul the Apostle.” Manuscript is in generally good condition, although several folia have holes in the top inner corners.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. f. 163a: The Introduction contains a note that the text was Insertions translated from Syriac to Arabic, explaining that, although the meaning was not changed, parts that were not present in Syriac were added and parts that were present in Syriac were taken out due to the difference in the composition of Syriac and Arabic. Confirms that the translation from Syriac was checked against Coptic and Greek as much as possible. Indicates that the commentary on Paul’s letter to the Romans was written in a separate manuscript. Readers’ insertions: 1. The MS includes an inheritance table on folio iia.

78

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 27 (= MS 87) Old number(s): 6 Lāhūt; 6/19-ⲕⲉ

Contents

Ps.-Dionysius the Areopagite, Ps.-Clement of Rome, and Commentaries on the Pauline Epistles, the Catholic Epistles, and Acts 1. Introduction to the Pauline Epistles: ff. 3b–6a 2. Epistle of Ps.-Dionysius the Areopagite to Timothy: ff. 6b–11a ‫رسالة القديس ديوناسيوس الأريوباجيس إلى‬ ‫القديس طيموتاؤس الرسول تلميذ بولس السليح‬ ‫من أجل استشهاد بطرس وبولس الرسولين‬ ‫الطاهرين بمدينة رومية في خامس أبيب‬ ‫صلاتهما وبركاتهما تحفظنا أمين‬ “The letter of Saint Dionysius the Areopagite to Saint Timothy the Apostle, the disciple of Paul the Apostle on account of the martyrdom of Peter and Paul, the two pure apostles, in the city of Rome on the 5th [day] of the [month] Abīb. May their prayers and blessings preserve us, amen.”

3. Tables of Chapters and Testimonies in the Epistles: ff. 11b–13a 4. Introduction to Romans: ff. 13b–16a 5. Introduction to 1 Corinthians: ff. 16a–17a 6. Introduction to 2 Corinthians: f. 17a–b 7. Introduction to Galatians: ff. 17b–18a 8. Introduction to Ephesians: f. 18a–b 9. Introduction to 1 and 2 Thessalonians: ff. 18b–19a 10. Introduction to 1 Timothy: f. 19a–b 11. Introduction to 2 Timothy: f. 20a–b 12. Introduction to Titus: ff. 20b–21a 13. Introduction to Hebrews: f. 21a–b 14. Introduction to the Pauline Epistles, Acts, and the Epistle of Ps.-Dionysius: ff. 22a–44a a. ff. 22a–32b: Further introduction to the Pauline Epistles b. ff. 33a–35a: On the signs and miracles in the letters and in Acts c. ff. 35a–36a: On the contents of the letters (and their witness)

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

79

d. ff. 36a–37a: On contents of the Epistle of Ps.-Dionysius (esp. its witness to the beheading/martyrdom of Paul [and the martyrdom of Peter]) e. ff. 37a–44a: On the contents of Acts 15. Ps.-Clement (Iqlīmis) of Rome, [The Book of the Rolls], Book 6: ff. 44b–50a Begins with the following heading on f. 44b: ‫هذا الخبر المبارك لم يكن وارد في النسخة المنقول منها هذه النسخة‬ “This blessed account was not found in the version from which this copy was taken…”

This heading is followed by the following text on f. 44b: ‫وانما المملوك المسكين مسطر هذه الاحرف لما راي المنشي لهذا الكتاب قد‬ ‫اورد فيه ما ورد في سير التلاميذ من خبر مدينة الجاهلية والعجايب التي أجراها‬ ‫المسيح فيها على يد الرسولين بطرس واندراوس وان بولس الرسول كان السبب‬ ‫في دخولهما الى المدينة حتى امن أهلها على يدي الرسولين أوردت انا أيضا‬ ‫هذا الخبر الذي ورد في الكتاب المنسوب لاقليمس تلميذ بطرس وهو الكتاب‬ ...‫السادس من كتبه‬ “The poor slave who wrote these letters, when he saw that the author of this book referenced in it what was referenced in the lives of the disciples, with respect to the report on the city of al-Jahiliyyah [“Ignorance”] and the miracles that Christ performed in it at the hands of the two apostles, Peter and Andrew, and that the apostle Paul was the reason for their entrance into the city such that its people believed at the hands of the two apostles, I also referenced this report that was referenced in the book attributed to Clement, the disciple of Peter. It is the sixth book of his books.”

The text ends with the following passage on ff. 49b–50a: ‫وامرت النهر ان يحيط بسور المدينة كما يدور واظهرت لهم أربعين عجوبة‬ ‫جعلتها ظاهره قايمه لا تزول عن اعين اهل تلك المدينه الى وقت إتيان المسيح‬ ‫دايما ابدً ا امين‬ ‫الثاني له المجد‬ ً “She ordered the river to flood the walls of the city [f. 50a], as it is rumored, and she revealed to them forty wonders that she performed publicly and conspicuously that will not pass away from the eyes of the people of that city until the second coming of Christ, to him be the glory, forever and ever, amen.”

16. Commentary on Romans: ff. 50b–174b

80

S.J. DAVIS

17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. Date, Language, Script, Material

Commentary on 1 Corinthians: ff. 174b–217b Commentary on 2 Corinthians: ff. 218a–237a Commentary on Galatians (Khalāṭīyīn): ff. 237b–247a Commentary on Ephesians: ff. 247b–252a Commentary on Philippians (Fīlubūsīyūs): ff. 252b–256a Commentary on Colossians: ff. 256b–261a Commentary on 1 Thessalonians: ff. 261b–265a Commentary on 2 Thessalonians: ff. 265b–267b Commentary on 1 Timothy: ff. 268a–275a Commentary on 2 Timothy: ff. 275b–279b Commentary on Titus: ff. 280a–281b Commentary on Philemon: ff. 282a–283a Commentary on Acts: ff. 283b–305b Commentary on James: ff. 306a–307a Commentary on 1 Peter: ff. 307a–308a Commentary on 1 John: ff. 308a–309b Commentary on Acts: ff. 310a–340b

Date: Monday, 24 Abīb, AM 1537 [= 1821 CE] (f. 340b) Language and script: Arabic. Black ink, with titles, headings, punctuation, and biblical texts in red ink. First hand on ff. 3v–59b: medium-to-large rather fluid script. Second hand on ff. 60a–209a: less practiced, varying in size from large to small. Third hand on ff. 209b–217b: small, vertical (taller than wide), elegant, attractive script. Fourth hand on ff. 218a–340b (and in the colophon on f. 341a): medium, heavy hand with thick stroke. The handwriting changes on f. 60a, and again on f. 209b, and again on f. 218a. Material: Paper. Light-to-medium weight European stock, featuring the Tre Lune (triple crescent moon) watermark. Medallion crest watermark also in evidence in the frontmatter, along with the Tre Lune watermark.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Mas‘ūd ibn Yūḥannā al-Shaṭabī, “servant of the children” (khādim al-aṭfāl) in the city of Asyūṭ (f. 341a). Patron/owner: Rafā’īl Malaṭī Abū al-Ru’ūs (f. 341a). Restorer: none identified.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

81

Tables of contents: Inside front board: modern table of contents in blue ballpoint pen. ff. 11b–13a: table of chapters and prophetic testimonies in the Epistles Colophons: f. 44a: after the Introduction to the Pauline Epistles, Acts, and the Epistle of Ps.-Dionysius, a short blessing. f. 174b: after the Commentary on Romans, a short blessing. f. 217b: after the Commentary on 1 Corinthians, a short blessing. f. 237a: after the Commentary on 2 Corinthians, a short blessing. f. 247a: after the Commentary on Galatians, a short blessing. f. 252a: after the Commentary on Ephesians, a short blessing. f. 256a: after the Commentary on Philippians, a short blessing and a prayer for the forgiveness of the scribe through the intercession of Dībārtānūs and the martyrs George (Jā’urjīyūs) and Mercurius (Abū-l-Sayfayn Murqūriyūs). f. 261a: after the Commentary on Colossians, a short blessing. f. 265a: after the Commentary on 1 Thessalonians, a short blessing. f. 267b: after the Commentary on 2 Thessalonians, a short blessing. f. 275a: after the Commentary on 1 Timothy, a short blessing. f. 279b: after the Commentary on 2 Timothy, a short blessing. f. 281b: after the Commentary on Titus, a short blessing. f. 283a: after the Commentary on Philemon, a short blessing. f. 305b: after the Commentary on Acts, the colophon reads: “The explanation of the Letter of the Hebrews is completed. It was written in Antioch and sent by the hand of Timothy. Ibn al-Ṭayyib said that he wrote and completed it in Rome. Glory be to God always, forever and ever.” f. 307a: after the Commentary on James, a short blessing. f. 308a: after the Commentary on 1 Peter, a very short blessing. f. 309b: after the Commentary on 1 John, a short blessing. f. 340b: after the Commentary on Acts; gives the date of completion (Monday, 24 Abīb, AM 1537 [= 1821 CE]). Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 341a: statement by the patron and owner, Rafā’īl Malaṭī Abū al-Ru’ūs, about his donation of the MS to the “Church of the Virgin” at Dayr al-Suryān.

82 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: 2 leaves (ff. i–ii) Numbered folia: ff. 3–341 Backmatter: 6 leaves (ff. 342–347) Coptic cursive matches the Arabic numbering throughout.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 31.5 × 21.5 cm Area of writing: First hand (ff. 3b–59b): 20.5–21 × 13.5–14 cm Second hand (ff. 60a–209a): 22.5 × 14 cm Third hand (ff. 209b–217b): 22 × 15 cm Fourth hand (ff. 218a–340b, 341a): 24 × 14.5 cm 21–22 lines/page (first hand) 20–22 lines/page (second hand) 21 lines/page (third hand) 21–22 lines/page (fourth hand)

Cover, Condition

Red leather binding, worn at the edges, with minor abrasions on the covers. Minor separation at the front inside spine. Major separation at the back inside spine. Pages in reasonably good shape.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Titles include the name of the letter and then an indication Insertions of the number of the letter within the Pauline collection “in Coptic” (fī al-qibṭī). Readers’ insertions: 1. Folia ia–3a are blank except for certain modern penciled/ penned information, including old catalogue number, estimated number of pages, and date. 2. Folia 342–347 are blank except for ornate red medallion-shaped stamp on f. 345a (with the old catalogue number written in pencil at its center) and the old catalogue number (again in pencil) on f. 347b.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

83

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 28 (= MS 88) Old number(s): 250 Ṭaqs; handbook also lists 1 Lāhūt and 153/11-κε

Contents

[Būlus al-Būshī,] Commentary on Revelation, with Miscellaneous Theological Works 1. [Būlus al-Būshī, Commentary on] the Revelation of John, i.e., the Apocalypse: ff. 1a–42b (Copt. [39a]–[80b]) ‫رويا يوحنا الانجيلي الدي هو الابوغالمسيس‬ 2. Mourning of the Prophet David, King of Israel, over the Incarnation of the Messiah, his command to Solomon, and the quarrel between the Angel Michael and Satan: ff. 43a– 49a (Copt. [81a]-[87a]) ‫نياحة داود النبي ملك اسراييل علي المسيح ووصيته لسليمان ومخاصمة‬ ‫الملاك ميخاييل مع الشيطان‬ 3. Seven Sermons (Commandments by one of the sages for his son): ff. 49b–53b (Copt. [87b]-90b) ‫هذه السبعة مواعظ وصايا احد الحكما لولده‬ 4. Ten Questions... regarding the explanation of the Trinity and the Unity [of God], the reason that necessitated the Incarnation and Crucifixion of our Savior Jesus Christ, and what is required of believers with regard to good works: ff. 54a–62b (Copt. 91a–100b) ‫العشرة مسايل سال عنهم بعض التلاميذ من معلمه بين فيهم للعلمانيين‬ ‫تاويل التتليت والتوحيد السبب الذي اوجب تانس مخلصنا يسوع المسيح‬ ‫وصلبه وما يلزم المومنين من الاعمال الصالحه‬ 5. The Book of the Prostration of the Monk, Part Three: ff. 63a–93a (no Copt.): ‫الجزو الثالت من كتاب اسطات ]انسطاح او اسطاح؟[ الراهب‬

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. There seem to be three separate scribes: the first, ff. 1a–2b; the second, ff. 3a–62b; and the third, ff. 63a–93a. The first scribal hand is characterized by an angular, sharp, but legible script. Each sīn is written with a shadda and a fatḥa over top. Black ink with red ink for titles and punctuation. The second scribal hand is characterized by a legible, but horizontally cramped script. The word shayṭān is

84

S.J. DAVIS

usually written with an upside down nūn. Black ink with red ink for titles, punctuation, and the crossing out of passages (see ff. 3a, 13b). The third scribal hand is characterized by larger letters with a wider pen stroke. The writing occasionally becomes very loose (see f. 68b), with little space between words, despite larger letters and word size. Each sīn is written with a tanwīn fatḥa above the letter. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock, with shieldwith-man-in-the-moon and AG (Andrea Galvani [Pordenone]) watermarks. Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Hindī Mas‘ūd (f. 42b)

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents:

No identification of patron/owner or restorer.

f. ia: modern table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen. Colophons: f. 42b: colophon to the Commentary on Revelation. Announces the end of the text; contains a short blessing and a prayer for the scribe, who identifies himself as Hindī Mas‘ūd . f. 49a: colophon to the Mourning of David. Announces the end of the text and contains a short blessing. f. 53b: colophon to the Seven Sermons. Announces the end of the text and contains a short blessing. f. 62b: colophon to Ten Questions. Announces the end of the text and contains a short blessing. f. 93a: colophon to the Prostration of the Monk, Part Three. Announces the end of the text and contains a short blessing. Endowments (waqf-statements): not indicated

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 6 leaves (ff. i–iv in lower case roman numerals) Numbered folia: ff. 1–93 Backmatter: 3 leaves (ff. 94–96) Arabic numbers are written in the top right hand corner of the verso in blue ballpoint pen ink and occasionally in pencil. Coptic cursive numbers are written in black ink in the top left hand corner of the recto. They start with 41 on f. 3a and run through 100 on f. 62a. Not all pages are numbered, but all pages are correctly numbered. Some numbers are written in red ink,

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

85

but it is difficult to discern a pattern. There seems to be a page of text missing between ff. 2–3, as well as a transition from one scribe to another. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 24.5 × 17 cm Area of writing: ff. 1a–2b: 17.5 × 12 cm ff. 3a–72b: 19 × 11.5 cm ff. 73a–93a: 18.5 × 12.5 cm ff. 1a–2b: 16 lines/page ff. 3a–72b: 19 lines/page ff. 73a–93a: 17-18 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather cover with tooled lines around the border and criss-crossed across the center, with cruciform stamps around the border and in a cross pattern in the center. Part of the red leather strap remains attached to the cover.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folio 3a marks a transition from one scribe to another. Insertions 2. On folio 3a, sections of commentary on Revelation 1:16 and the text of Rev. 1:17–20a have been crossed out with red ink. These represent a repetition of the text on f. 1b (al-kawākib fīhā... ammā al-sab‘ah kawākib). It seems the scribe realized he had re-copied sections of text that had already been written in the MS and crossed this out to correct his mistake. Following this, the text of Rev. 1:20 resumes, along with its commentary. 3. On folio 13b, Rev. 11:19–12:7 is crossed out in red ink. Immediately after this, at the top of f. 14a, Rev. 4:1–5 is written, followed by a commentary on the text. It seems that the scribe wrote out the wrong chapter, as both begin with the same word (thumma). After finishing f. 13b, therefore, he crossed out what had been written from Rev. 11:19–12:7 and began copying the correct text: i.e., Rev. 4:1–5. 4. The Book of the Prostration of the Monk, Part Three, is a defense of the agreement of the Gospels and of Christianity. Readers’ insertions: 1. The handbook mentions Būlus al-Būshī as the composer of the text (i.e. the Commentary on Revelation).

86

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 29 (= MS 89) Old number(s): 8 Muqaddasah

Contents

The Wisdom of Jesus son of Sirach; with a Commentary on Revelation by St. Hippolytus, St. Severus, and Others 1. The Wisdom of Jesus, Son of Sirach, translated from Greek to Arabic by Fatyūn ibn Ayyūb: ff. 1b–38b (Copt. 64b–99b) ‫كتاب حكمة يسوع بن سيراخ مما ترجمه فيتون ]فتيون[ ابن أيوب العالم‬ ‫الترجمان ببلاد الشام قدس ﷲ روحه نقل من اليونانى الى العربى‬ Incomplete, ends with the Wisdom of Sirach 49:16. On Fatyūn ibn Ayyūb (Pethion), see GCAL 2, 120. 2. Commentary on Revelation by St. Hippolytus, St. Severus, and Others: ff. 38b–113a (Copt. [174]b, 175a–249a) ‫تفسير ابوغاليمسس وهو الرويا التي راه يوحنا ابن زبدي الانجيلي احد‬ ‫الاثنى عشر البكر فما فسره القديس بنوليطس والقديس ساويروس وغيره‬ On works attributed to Hippolytus, see GCAL 1, 308.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. The MS contains two separate works, written in two different hands. The first part must have been copied before the reader’s note on f. 1a, which was written on 18 Bābah, AM 1150 [= 1433 CE]. Language and script: Two scribal hands are in evidence, one for Sirach and the other for the Commentary on Revelation. The scribe for Sirach wrote in a clear Arabic script, albeit a bit cramped vertically and horizontally. Many short vowels are supplied. Minuscule versions of the letters ‘ayn and ḥāʼ are occasionally written underneath the respective letters for clarification. Black ink with red ink for titles and punctuation. A few areas are smudged. The scribe for the Commentary on Revelation also wrote in a clear Arabic script, but with much more vertical space between lines. Minuscule ‘ayns and ḥā’s are occasionally written underneath the respective letters for clarification. Scribe has a habit of writing three dots underneath each sīn. Black ink with red ink for titles and punctuation. Material: Paper. Thick Middle Eastern stock paper. No watermarks on main text pages. Bound with more recent paper in front- and backmatter bearing shield-with-man-in-themoon watermarks.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents:

87

f. ia: modern table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen ink describing the MS as the Wisdom of Jesus son of Sirach and a Commentary on Revelation. Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 1a: a black oval stamp bearing the words, waqf Dayr al-Sayyidah bi-l-Suryān 1621, indicating that the manuscript was part of the collection in the monastic library, and providing the date, AM 1621 [= 1904/05 CE].

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 3 leaves (ff. i–iii). Numbered folia: ff. 1–16, 18–113 (= Copt. 64–99, [one folio no Copt.], 175–249) Backmatter: 3 leaves (ff. 114–116) Coptic cursive numbers written in black ink on the top left hand corner of the recto. They run as follows: 64–99, [no number], 175–249. The tens digit of the numbers in the 80s series look as if they are 70s. Arabic numbers are written in the top right hand corner of the verso in blue ballpoint pen ink. They run from 1–113, but omit 17. For the purposes of this entry, folia will be labeled according to the Arabic numbers. Quires are marked on f. 8a (Copt. 71, quire 8), f. 19a (Copt. 81, quire 9), f. 29a (Copt. 91, quire 10). They begin again on f. 45a (Copt. 181, quire 19) and run through f. 105a (Copt. 241, quire 25).

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 25.5 × 16.5 cm Area of writing: 19.5 × 12 cm 18 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Old and worn. Red leather wrapped across the spine and halfway across the front and back covers. It seems there used to be brown leather wrapped across the front and back covers, but it has since been all but worn away. Pages are old with many sections eroded and/or taped over. The last few lines of the text are taped over, but the handbook claims that the work is complete.

88

S.J. DAVIS

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions 1. Folio 1a contains a reader’s note and two prayers written in three different hands. The note is written above in a very small hand and it announces the birth of a child named Naṣrallāh to a father named Muṣawwar Sa‘d and a mother named Bint ‘Ammuh. The (anonymous) writer gives the date as 18 Bābah, AM 1150 [1433 CE]. Below it is a prayer for remembrance and forgiveness written in a larger hand. In a tiny hand below both is a short prayer for remembrance. 2. On f. 12a, prayers for forgiveness are written in several areas on the folio, one of which is followed by two dates. One date (AM 1375) is written in what appears to be by the same hand as the rest of the note. The other date (AH 966) is written in a separate hand. 3. Written upside down on the same folio (f. 12a) is a phrase written twice that reads, “I have written [this] script with my hand, and the script bears witness that I will leave it [i.e. this world?] behind one day and depart. O, dweller of the abode, do not forget the departure tomorrow, for whoever dwells in an abode must depart.”

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 30 (= MS 90) Old number(s): 15 Lāhūt and 207/18-ⲕⲉ are listed in the handbook

Contents

Commentaries on Revelation and Commentary on the Nicene Creed

89

1. Commentary on Revelation (the Apocalypse)… by St. Hippolytus, St. Severus (Sāwīrūs), and Others: ff. 2a–68a (Copt. 2a–68a) ‫تفسير ابوغاليمسس وهو الرويا التي راه يوحنا ابن زبدي الانجيلي احد‬ ‫الاثنى عشر المبرك فما فسره القديس بنوليطس وساويروس وغيره‬ On Hippolytus, see Graf GCAL 1, 308. 2. Commentary on the Nicene Creed: ff. 68b–95a (no Copt.) ‫تفسير الامانه التي وضعوها الابا المغبوطين المويدين بنعمت روح القدس‬ ‫التلتمايه وثمانية عشر‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated, but the MS is stamped with the seal of the priest Buṭrus, head of Dayr al-Suryān, which is dated to AH 1143 [= 1730 CE] (see stamps on f. 95a). Language and script: Arabic. Legible script, but written in a seemingly loose and informal style. The letters hāʼ and tāʼ marbūṭah are looped into stars (e.g., in the words al-azaliyyah and al-kalimah on f. 72b). Black ink with red ink is used for titles. Many letters have double line slashes written above them, but these marks often occur in the middle of words and thus do not appear to mark the indefinite accusative. The word al-shayṭān (“Satan”) is written with an inverted final nūn. Material: Paper. Two different kinds of paper are used for the text pages. The bulk of the MS (ff. 1–96) uses medium-to-heavy Middle Eastern stock with no watermark visible. In the frontmatter, the reused folia vi–vii are light-to-medium-weight Middle Eastern stock with no watermark. The rest of the front- and backmatter has been bound with paper bearing the Andrea Galvani Pordenone and shield-with-man-in-the-moon watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe or restorer. Patron/owner: Buṭrus, head of Dayr al-Suryān, in AH 1143 [= 1730 CE] (see stamps on f. 95a, etc.).

90 Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

S.J. DAVIS

Tables of contents: front endpaper: modern table of contents. Describes the MS as containing two pages from the Life of St. Cyriacus (Qiriyāqūs) and Julitta (Yūlīṭa) his mother, a Commentary on Revelation by Hippolytus (Banūlīnṭus), Severus (Sāwīrūs), and others, along with a Commentary on the “Canon of the Eminent Ones” (qānūn al-a’yān), i.e., a commentary on the Holy Creed of the 318 (the Nicene Creed). Colophons: f. 68a: Colophon to the Commentary on Revelation. Signals the end of the work; contains a brief blessing. f. 95a: Colophon to the Commentary on the Nicene Creed. Signals the end of the work; contains a brief blessing. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 95a: Waqf-statement describing the work as endowed with a clear sign or mark [bi-rasm wāḍiḥ al-‘alāmah] and endowing it to Dayr al-Suryān. The muhtamm is identified as Buṭrus, the head of the monastery.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 7 leaves, consisting of 1 blue flyleaf, 2 leaves from a separate MS, and 5 blank leaves (ff. i–vii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–95 (= Copt. [1], 2–94, [95]) Backmatter: 8 leaves (ff. 96–103) Arabic numbers are written in blue ballpoint pen and occasionally pencil in the top left hand corner of the verso, running from ff. 1–95. Coptic cursive numbers are written in black ink, in agreement with newer Arabic numbers, running from ff. 2–94.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 21.5 × 16.5 cm Area of writing: 18 × 11 cm 10 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Modern binding, black cloth on the front and back cover, with black leather on the spine and corners. On the spine, there are embossed gold lines, as well as a title describing the work as a commentary on Revelation. Embossed in gold are also the word qalam, the number 10, and the phrase waqf Dayr al-Suryān. There are various stamps on pages, including what appears to

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

91

be the stamp of Buṭrus, the head of Dayr al-Suryān in AH 1143 [= 1730 CE]. There is also a reoccurring blue oval stamp bearing the name of the monastery (see f. 91b). Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folia via-viib in the frontmatter contain reused leaves Insertions containing an excerpt from the Life of St. Cyriakus the Martyr (Qiriyāqūs) and Julitta (Yūlīṭa) his mother, identified as such in the Arabic handbook. The name Yūlīṭa is mentioned several times throughout these folia. 2. Folia 1 and 33 are blank. 3. In the MS, the word al-shayṭān (“Satan”) is written with an upside down nūn arching over the ṭā’ and the alif. Readers’ insertions: 1. The MS is stamped with the seal of the priest Buṭrus, head of Dayr al-Suryān, in AH 1143 [= 1730 CE] (see, e.g. f. 95a). 2. Folio 95b contains the words of a magical spell: “O Kabkajīj, O Kabkajīj, O Kabkajīj, stop up and hold fast the graveyard.” ‫يا كبكجيج يا كبكجيج يا كبكجيج احبس ومك ]لمسك[ القرافه‬

92

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 31 (= MS 91) Old number(s): 16 Lāhūt; the handbook also lists 135 Ṭaqs and 41 Ṭaqs

Contents

Lectionary with Commentaries on the Readings from the Pauline Epistles, Acts, and the Catholic Epistles [from the Syrian Orthodox Church] 1. Lectionary with Commentaries on Readings from the Pauline] Epistles, Acts, and the Catholic Epistles for celebrations of the Eucharistic Liturgy during the Fifty Days [between Easter and Whitsuntide], on Sundays, Saturdays, and Feast Days, and throughout the year: ff. 1a–105b (no Copt.) ‫دلال تدل على بدايه ونهايه ما يقرا من الرسايل والاخبار الرسل‬ ‫والقاثوليكون في القداسات في ايام الخميس وفي الحدود والسبوت‬ ‫والاعياد وفي ايام السنه جميعها‬ 2. Acts: ff. 106a–133a (no Copt.) 3. The Pauline Epistles: ff. 133b–192b (no Copt.) ‫رسايل القديس بولص السليح وهم أربعة عشر رسالة‬ ff. 133b–144a: Romans ff. 144a–154b: 1 Corinthians ff. 154b–161b: 2 Corinthians ff. 161b–165a: Galatians ff. 165a–168b: Ephesians ff. 168b–171a: Philippians ff. 171b–173b: Colossians ff. 174a–176a: 1 Thessalonians ff. 176a–177a: 2 Thessalonians ff. 177b–180a: 1 Timothy ff. 180b–182b: 2 Timothy ff. 182b–183b: Titus f. 184a: Philemon ff. 184b–192b: Hebrews 4. The Catholic Epistles: ff. 192b–205b (no Copt.) ‫رسايل القثاليقون السبعة‬ ff. 192b–195b: James ff. 195b-198b: 1 Peter

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

93

ff. 199a-200b: 2 Peter ff. 201a-203b: 2 John f. 204b: 3 John ff. 205a-205b: Jude Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Friday, Tashrīn al-Awwal, 1566, according the Greek calendar of Alexander (al-Iskandar al-Yūnānī) [= 1255 CE] (f. 105b). Language and script: Arabic. Clear, careful, elegant Arabic lettering. The majority of the body of the text is written in black ink, with the titles of larger sections written in yellow ink with black outlines and subtitles written in red ink. Punctuations and section numbers are written in red ink as well. Ornamentation has been drawn in red, yellow, and blue ink. Often, the ornamentation includes drawings of two peacocks. Material: Paper. Thick Middle Eastern stock, with no visible watermarks. The front- and backmatter is bound with paper bearing the triple crescent moon (Tre Lune) watermark.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Antony (Anṭūnī) the monk (f. 105b) Patron/owner: none identified. Restorer: Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī, the priest; responsible for the restoration of the text in AM 1519 [= 1802/03 CE] (f. 206a).

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: f. ia: modern table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen. Colophons: f. 105b: Colophon to the Lectionary, written in a stylized hand, announcing the end of the text. The scribe reveals that the text was completed Friday, Tashrīn al-Awwal, at the Monastery of the Virgin in Kaftūn in 1566, according to the Greek Alexandrian calendar (al-Iskandar al-Yūnānī) [= 1255 CE], identifies himself as the monk Antony (Anṭūnī), and concludes with a prayer. f. 144a: Colophon to Romans, describing the epistle as the first of Paul’s letters that he wrote in Corinth and explaining that Paul sent the epistle with Phoebe (Fabwā), who is identified as the “servant” (al-khādimah) of the congregation in Cenchreae

94

S.J. DAVIS

(Kinkhras). The scribe reveals that this section of the MS was written in the Monastery of the Virgin, known as Dayr al-Kaftūn, and concludes with a blessing. f. 154a: Colophon to 1 Corinthians, noting that the epistle was written in Ephesus and sent with Timothy, Stephen, and Fortunatus; it ends with a blessing. f. 161b: Colophon to 2 Corinthians, noting that the epistle was written in Philippi of Macedonia and sent with Titus and Luke; it is followed by a waqf (see below under “Endowments”). f. 165a: Colophon to Galatians, noting that the epistle was written in Rome; it contains a petition for the forgiveness of sins for the monastic scribe Anṭūnī and ends with a blessing. f. 168b: Colophon to Ephesians, noting that the epistle was written in Rome and was sent with Tychicus (Dhashīqūs); it contains a prayer for the forgiveness of sins for the scribe Anṭūnī and for whoever reads or copies the text. f. 171a: Colophon to Philippians, noting that the epistle was written in Rome and was sent with Aphroditus (Ibāfrūdhīṭus); it contains a petition for the forgiveness of sins for the scribe Anṭūnī and for whoever reads the MS and prays for him. f. 173b: Colophon to Colossians, noting that the epistle was written in Rome and was sent with Tychicus (Ṭīshīqūs) and Onesimus (Ūnīsīmūs); it includes a prayer for the forgiveness of sins for the scribe Anṭūnī and for whoever reads, hears, or speaks the words of the MS. f. 176a: Colophon to 1 Thessalonians, noting that the epistle was written in Athens (Athīnās); it is followed by two lines of Syriac that have worn away for the most part. f. 177a: Colophon to 2 Thessalonians, noting that the epistle was written in Athens (Athīnās); the scribe Anṭūnī asks the reader for prayers, asks for the forgiveness of sins for whoever reads the MS, and prays for himself. f. 180a: Colophon to 1 Timothy, noting that the epistle was written in Laodicea (Lādhiqīya); the scribe Anṭūnī writes for the forgiveness of his sins and for the sins of whoever reads the MS and prays on behalf of him. f. 182b: Colophon to 2 Timothy, noting that the epistle was written in the city of Rome and offering prayers on behalf of the scribe Anṭūnī and on behalf of whoever reads, copies, or speaks the words of the text.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

95

f. 183b: Colophon to Titus, noting that the epistle was written in Nicopolis (Nīqūbūlīs). f. 184a: Colophon to Philemon, noting that the epistle was written in Rome and sent with Onesimus (Ūnīsīmūs), and that it consists of one chapter (faṣl). f. 192b: Colophon to Hebrews, noting that the epistle was written in Rome and sent with Timothy, announcing the end of the 14 Pauline Epistles, dating the text to the 15 Kānūn al-Awwal in the year 1566 al-Iskandar al-Yūnānī [= 1255 CE], and ending with prayers on behalf of the scribe, the reader, the listener, and the speaker of the text. f. 195b: Colophon to James, announcing the end of the text, noting that it is comprised of seven chapters (fuṣūl), and invoking prayers on behalf of the scribe and blessings upon whoever reads the text and prays for the scribe. f. 198b: Colophon to 1 Peter, announcing the end of the text, and noting that it is comprised of eight chapters (fuṣūl). f. 200b: Colophon to 2 Peter, announcing the end of the text, noting that it is comprised of four chapters (fuṣūl), and including a prayer for the scribe Anṭūnī and for whoever reads the text and prays for him. f. 203b: Colophon to 1 John, announcing the end of the text, and noting that it is comprised of six chapters (fuṣūl). f. 204a: Colophon to 2 John, announcing the end of the text, noting that it is comprised of one chapter (faṣl), and blessing the scribe, the reader of the text, and the speaker of the text. f. 204b: Colophon to 3 John, announcing the end of the text, describing it as risālat Yūḥannā al-thāwalūghus al-thālitha (“the third epistle of John the Theologian”), and ending with a prayer for the scribe. f. 205b: Colophon to Jude, announcing the end of the text, and containing a prayer on behalf of the reader, the patron, and the scribe. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 161b: waqf-statement endowing the MS to Dayr al-Suryān, cursing anyone who tries to remove it from the monastery, and ending with a brief blessing upon whoever keeps the MS in its place. f. 206a: waqf-statement endowing the text to Dayr al-Suryān in Wadī al-Aṭrūn, that is, the mountain of Father Macarius of Scetis

96

S.J. DAVIS

(Maqārīyūs al-Isqīṭ), identifying the patron of the restoration of the text (muhtamm bi-murammah) as the priest Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī, containing a petition for forgiveness, and providing the date of restoration as AM 1519 [= 1802/03 CE]. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 1 leaf (f. i) Numbered folia: ff. 1–206 Backmatter: 1 leaf (f. 207) Arabic folio numbers are written on the top right-hand side of the verso in blue ballpoint pen ink, and in pencil for ff. 205–206. There is no number visible on folio 1, but it may simply be covered by tape.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 33.5 × 24 cm Area of writing: 25 × 19 cm 24 lines/page (two columns, 24 lines each)

Cover, Condition

Brown leather cover with tooled lines and stamped crosses. Pasted on the front cover is a pentagonal piece of parchment identifying the MS as a commentary on Paul, the Catholic Epistles, and Acts. The back cover has a large chunk missing on the left side. There is also a rectangular piece of parchment pasted to the leather, identifying the MS as Acts and the Pauline Epistles, with the word “commentary” (tafsīr) added in pencil. Front and back endpaper are pasted over with a modern printing of the Gospel of John (chapters 5 and 9) in Arabic, each accompanied by a printed illustration. On folio 106a, the title of Acts is pasted over with a piece of paper used to repair a hole in the MS. On f. 192b, a portion of the colophon is worn away.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions 1. f. 182b: the page with the colophon after 2 Timothy contains a reader’s note with a petition for forgiveness, dated to the year 1200 (written in cursive Coptic numbers, presumably AM) [= 1483/84 CE] 2. f. 203b: the colophon after 1 John is followed by a series of numbers and letters (symbols?) written in a separate hand. 3. f. 205b: the colophon after Jude is accompanied by a note written in a different hand with reflections on the text.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 32 (= MS 92) Old number(s): 41 Ṭaqs

Contents

The Cup of Adjudication and Commentaries on the Biblical Texts to be Read in Sunday Liturgies

97

1. Commentary on the Cup of Adjudication (Ka’s al-mubāhatah), with accompanying commentary: ff. 8b–1b (no Copt.) Text written in Coptic, accompanied by sections of Arabic commentary. [‫كاس المباهتة وهو كاس الامتحان التي كانت اليهود تصنعه للمتهوم ]للمتهم؟‬ ‫بالزنا وهو يسما عندهم ماء البحران‬ “The cup of adjudication, which is the cup of examination that the Jews made for the one accused of adultery. Among them it is called the water of crisis.”

2. Commentaries [on the Biblical Readings] for the Sundays of Kiyakh, Ṭūbah, Amshīr, and High Sunday [Shrovetide?]: ff. 9a–53a (no Copt.) [‫تفسير التقسير ]التفسير؟[ حدود كيهك وطوبة أمشير وأحد الرفع ]الرفاع؟‬ ‫المبارك‬ 3. Commentaries on the Gospels and Epistles to be Read on Sundays of the Holy Fast and Shrovetide: ff. 53b–151b (no Copt.) ‫تفسير الاناجيل والرسايل الذي يقولوا في حدود الصوم المقدس واحد الرفاع‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic and Coptic. Black ink for the majority of the text. Red ink for a few titles, subheadings, and punctuations. Clear Arabic script. The Coptic is written in the Bohairic dialect. The script is vertically compressed and horizontally stretched, with a thick pen stroke. Some pages are smudged. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock. Watermarks showing parts of an elaborate crest and letters (C / GB). One folio (f. 151) in the backmatter bears a D.I.C. watermark.

Scribe, Patron/ Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

98

S.J. DAVIS

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Table of contents: f. ia: the manuscript includes a table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen ink, corresponding for the most part to the “Contents” section listed above.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 1 leaf (f. i) Numbered folia: ff. 1–151 Backmatter: 1 leaf (f. 152) Arabic numbers are written on the verso of each page. Folia 8b–1b are to be turned from right to left in order to account for the Coptic passages inserted from ff. 7b–5a and 4a–2a. There are erroneous page numbers written in pencil on the recto of several pages (e.g. 9a written as 8, 151a written as 149).

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 24.5 × 17.5 cm Area of writing: 17 × 10.5 cm 16 lines/page

Cover, Condition

The cover is brown leather with two paper titles pasted on the front. The first and older title identifies the manuscript as a set of commentaries to be read on Kiyahk and the Great Fasts apart from Easter. The second and newer title contains the same identification, but omits the month of Kiyahk.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folia 7b–5a and 4a–2a are primarily in Coptic. Insertions 2. Folio 9a includes the Christian bismillāh written in hollow black letters. Readers’ insertions: 1. The Arabic handbook gives the following title for “The Cup of Adjudication”: (‫طقس المباهتة الذي يقدمه اليهودي للمتهم بالزنا )ماء البحران‬ “The liturgy of the adjudication that the Jews present to the person accused of adultery (the water of crisis).”

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

99

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 33 (= MS 93) Old number(s): 135 Ṭaqs

Contents

Commentary on the Gospels and the Pauline and Catholic Epistles, Part Two 1. Commentaries on the Gospels and the Pauline and Catholic Epistles, Part Two: ff. 1a–169a (no Copt.) ‫الجزو الثاني من تفسير فصول الاناجيل المقدسه ورسايل بولس والكاطليكون‬

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Tuesday, during the month of Ba’ūnah, AM 1441 [= 1825 CE], equivalent to AH 1243; see also f. ia, where the same date is written in ball point pen. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink. Red ink for the main title of the work, punctuation, and subheadings. While the Handbook describes the manuscript being written in a bad hand [khaṭṭ radīʼ], the handwriting seems fairly clear and is by no means illegible. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock. The first section of the MS is slightly discolored (browned) up to f. 49a. There is evidence for triple-crescent-moon (Tre Lune) watermarks in the main pages. In the frontmatter pages, an elaborate (medallion?) crest watermark is visible on f. vii, and perhaps a shield-withman-in-the-moon watermark on f. vi.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Jirjis ibn al-mutanayyih al-mu‘allim Mīkhāʼīl (f. 169a) Patron/owner: Jirjis ibn al-mutanayyih al-mu‘allim Mīkhāʼīl (f. 169a) Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none Colophon: f. 169a–b: contains a waqf-statement naming the patron and scribe of the text as Jirjis ibn al-mutanayyih al-mu‘allim Mīkhāʼīl, who paid for it with his own money. He indicates that the MS was completed in AM 1441 [1825 CE], equivalent to AH 1243. Endowment (waqf-statement): f. 169a: indicates that the patron Jirjis [al-Suryānī] endowed the MS to Dayr al-Suryān.

100 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: 7 leaves (ff. i–vii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–169 Backmatter: 3 leaves (ff. 170–172) Arabic numbers are written on each page in blue ballpoint pen ink and occasionally pencil. No Coptic cursive foliation.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 22.5 × 16.5 cm Area of writing: 17.5 × 11 cm 12-15 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Tattered brown leather cover with rectangular stamped imprints. Leather cover is completely worn away on the spine, revealing cloth binding. Manuscript has been bound with black cloth ties to hold it together. Many pages have bled ink onto those opposite them. A few of the folia are tattered with holes (see especially 18a, which has a large hole in the center). There are two torn out folia between ff. 47–48. While the passage continues logically from ff. 47b to 48a, f. 48 is written in a different hand, in different ink, and with different formatting (e.g., crosses drawn on f. 48a, only 7 lines on f. 48b) from the rest of the manuscript. As the Handbook states, this manuscript is in need of restoration.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. On f. 169b, in writing the AM date in Coptic cursive, the Insertions scribe seems to have written the numerical character for 40 twice. He then attempted to correct one of these characters in order to render the character for 500. Readers’ insertions: 1. fol. ia: Information regarding the manuscript is written by a later hand in blue ballpoint pen ink. The manuscript is identified as the second part of a commentary of the Holy Gospel, the Letters of Paul, and the Catholic Epistles to be read on the Sundays of the month of Kīhak and Lent. Here, the manuscript is dated (AH 1243 and AM 1441 [sic?]; = 1825 and 1825 CE) and the number of its pages is supplied (169).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 34 (= MS 94) Old number(s): none

Contents

Commentaries on the Gospels and the Epistles to be Read in Sunday Liturgies

101

1. Commentaries on the [Biblical] Readings from the beginning of Kiyakh to the end of Amshīr: ff. 3a–256a (= Copt.) ‫تفاسير الفصول المقروه في الكنيسه من مده اولها شهر كيهك المبارك‬ ‫واخرها شهر امشير المبارك‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Clear Arabic script. Chapter titles (e.g., the first Sunday of Kiyakh) are written in black ink in a larger font. Main title, subheadings, and punctuation are in red ink. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock, with triplecrescent-moon watermarks, some with the words Tre Lune written underneath (see, e.g., f. 256a). Many pages are splattered with drops of wax.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 1 leaf (f. i) Numbered folia: ff. 3–256 Backmatter: none

Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

Clear Coptic cursive numbering begins on folio 2a (= Copt. 3) and continues through the manuscript. Congruent Arabic counterparts are written above in blue ballpoint pen ink. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 30 × 21 cm Area of writing: 22 × 13 cm 15–16 lines/page

102 Cover, Condition

S.J. DAVIS

The cover is tattered reddish-brown leather, with black leather layered around the spine. A three-lined design is tooled into the border of the front and back covers. Each cover has a smaller tooled rectangle as well, the corners of which are connected to the border pattern. A geometric design is pasted onto the middle of the front cover in tan leather.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The manuscript is incomplete, ending abruptly before a Insertions commentary on the Gospel of Luke that is to be read during the fifth Sunday of Amshīr. Readers’ insertions: 1. On folio ia, a single cross is written in black ink, similar to the ink used by a reader on folio 256b (see below). 2. On folio 256b, there is what appears to be a cryptic invocation entitled Ḥawāyah li-l-‘aqrab wa al-thu‘bān written in black ink: ‫حواية للعقرب والثعبان‬ ‫سبحان من الجم كل جبار بلجام قدرته هى قدرتهى وانفذ سرهى فى بحرهى‬ ‫ الحبس[ يا سم‬:‫كادي كرندي كرندي اهندي بصري توني بوني الخبس ]لازم‬ ‫بأذن ﷲ وفارق رأس الحنش والحيه وذبان العقرب له الملك على كل شيء‬ ‫قدير ادم ادم موسى عليهم السلام حكم ايها السم المستحرم الكلب المكلوب‬ ‫ انبت[ العشب‬:‫بحق حرمة ﷲ علام الغيوب يامن يرا ولم يورا وابنبت ]لازن‬ ‫على الثرا يامن يقول للشيء كن فيكون ساقت عاقت قرست ضرست طرحت‬ ‫عصات هارون موسى على عصات على هذه الكلمات سترمهي سترمهي انكستا‬ ‫انكستا يرحما ُيرحما اهبط يا سم ولا تجري في الدم باذن ﷲ وفارق رأس‬ ‫الحنش والحية وذبان العقرب له الملك على الشيء قدير بحق حرمه ﷲ علام‬ ‫الغيوب يامن‬ Magical charm for the scorpion and the serpent. Praise from the multitude [to] each colossal being through the restraint/bridling of his power its power. Penetrate the sea of its mystery [lit. “its mystery in its sea”], Kādī Karnadī Karnadī. May my vision be rightly guided. May you become weak in the weakness caused by obstruction, O poison. With the permission of God, separate the head of the snake and the serpent, and may the flies of the scorpion have dominion over everything that possesses strength. Adam, Adam, Moses, upon them be peace. O sacred poison, judge the rabid dog, through the truth of the sanctity of

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

103

God. The knower of hidden things is trustworthy. He sees and is not seen. He planted grass in the soil. He is trustworthy. He says to something, “Be,” and it comes into existence. I have driven on (sāqattu), I have restrained (‘āqattu), I have been fierce with (ḍarastu), and I have cast out (ṭaraḥtu) the disobedient ones. Aaron Moses, over the disobedient ones with these words, Sataramhī Sataramhī Ankastā Ankastā, may the two of them have mercy; may the two of them have mercy. Subside, O poison, and do not flow into the blood, with the permission of God. Separate the head of the snake and the serpent, and may the flies of the scorpion have dominion over the thing that possesses strength. Through the truth of the sanctity of God. The Knower of hidden things is trustworthy.

104 Cat. No. Contents

Date, Language, Script, Material

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 35 (= MS 95) Old number(s): 72 Ṭaqs; the handbook also has 471 Ṭaqs Commentaries on the Gospels and the Epistles attributed to John Chrysostom, to be read during Kiyakh and the Great Fast 1. Commentaries on the Gospels and the Epistles attributed to John Chrysostom, to be read during Kiyakh and the Great Fast: ff. 2a–248b (Copt. 2a–220b). No general Arabic title is given at the beginning of the manuscript. Date: Thursday, 4 Ṭūbah, AM 1321 [= 1604 CE] (f. 248b). Note that a later reader writing in blue ball point pen misreads the date as AM 1324 (f. ia and 248b). Language and script: Arabic. Fairly clear, with angular, bold strokes. Black ink. Red ink for titles and punctuation. Material: Paper. Thin-to-medium, somewhat delicate Middle Eastern stock. No visible watermarks. No identification of scribe or restorer. Patron/owner: possibly the priest (al-qiss) and monk (al-rāhib) Yūḥannā of Dayr al-Suryān (ff. iva, 248b); see under “Endowments” and “Readers’ insertions” below). Table of contents: f. ia: Table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen ink identifying the manuscript as a set of commentaries by John Chrysostom to be read during Kiyakh and the Great Fast. Colophon: f. 33b: Colophon mentioning the death and burial of Metropolitan Sāwīrūs on Tuesday, 13 Abīb, AM 1233; it also mentions the arrival of Yu’ānnis, bishop of Jerusalem and Greater Syria. f. 248b: a colophon in which the scribe indicates the date of completion as 4 Ṭūbah, AM 1321 [= 1604 CE]. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 248b: Written in a different hand from the rest of the manuscript, the waqf-statement contains a stylized bismillāh and indicates that the manuscript was endowed to Dayr al-Suryān; also includes a petition on behalf of Yūḥannā, priest (qiss) of the monastery (here, Dār Suryān).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Pages, Numbering

105

Frontmatter: 4 leaves (ff. i–iv) Numbered folia: ff. 2a–248b (Arabic) Backmatter: None There is a discrepancy between the Arabic and Coptic page numbers. While the Arabic numbers continue uninterrupted from ff. 2–248, the Coptic system leaves several pages blank and skips numbers between adjacent pages. See below for a comparison of Arabic and Coptic page numbering. Arabic

Coptic

2–32 33–34 35–60 61–62 63–132 133–136 136–248

2–32 [2 leaves missing] 22–272 [2 leaves missing] 33–102 104–107 109–220

Arabic numbers are written in blue ballpoint pen. Coptic cursive numbers were written in black ink by the scribe. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 16 × 11.5 cm Area of writing: 12 × 8 cm 11 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Brown leather cover with tooled lines around the borders, a tooled criss-cross pattern, and various cruciform medallions stamped into the front and back. There are two titles pasted on to the cover: one old and one new. The older title identifies the manuscript as a commentary for the Holy Fast. The newer title identifies it as a commentary for the Great Fast and gives the date as AM 1324 [= 1608 CE]. There are several pages missing from the beginning of the manuscript, which begins in the middle of a commentary. There seem to be several sections in which newer pages have been taped in to replace others (see especially f. 33 and ff. 61–62). Several older pages have been reinforced with tape around the edges of pages. Some of this tape contains bits of Arabic script that is difficult to decipher.

106

S.J. DAVIS

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions 1. There are two pages that contain the beginning of unfinished petitions. These are ff. iib and 62b. 2. On folio iva, written in purple colored pencil are the words al-rāhib Yūḥannā (“Yūḥannā [John] the monk”) in Arabic and Anis in cursive Latin script. 3. On folio 33a one finds the continuation of a commentary on the Gospel of Luke by John Chrysostom, followed by the colophon on f. 33b (see above) and a blank page on f. 34a. The manuscript then resumes with a commentary on the Gospel of Mark to be read in the evening on High Sunday during the first part of Lent. 4. On folia 61a–62a, there is the continuation of a commentary on the Gospel of Mark to be read on the first Saturday of an unspecified month. On folio 62b, there is an unfinished section containing only a few words indicating the beginning of a petition. Then, folio 63a picks up in the middle of what appears to be a separate commentary. 5. On folio 248b, the waqf-statement includes a petition on behalf of the priest (al-qiss) Yūḥannā of Dayr al-Suryān (see under “Endowments” above).

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 36 (= MS 96) Old number(s): 274 Ṭaqs; the handbook also has 342 Ṭaqs.

Contents

Commentaries on the Gospels and the Pauline Epistles to be Read on the Sundays of Lent and Holy Week

107

1. Commentaries on the Gospels and the Pauline Epistles to be read on the Sundays of Lent and Holy Week: ff. 1a–205b (no Copt.) No full Arabic title is given. Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: Wednesday, 13 Kiyahk, AM 1055 [= 1338 CE] (f. 205b); 26 Jumādā al-Awwal, AH 739 (f. 205b) Language and script: Arabic. Two hands in evidence. Original hand (ff. 21a–b, 23a–206b) is small-to-medium in scale, neat and well-practiced. The secondary hand (ff. 1b–19a) is very slightly larger (medium in scale) and a little less practiced. Material: Paper. Original pages are medium-weight Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks. The paper used for the replacement folia (ff. 1–19, 21) and the frontmatter give evidence of the triple crescent moon (Tre Lune) watermark. Folia i and ii bear a W watermark and another watermark with an indecipherable design.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: The scribe is not named, but he reveals that the MS was copied in Shaqq al-Thu‘bān in Cairo (f. 205b).

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Table of contents: none

The patron/owner and restorer are not identified.

Colophons: f. 205b: Dates the MS to Wednesday, 13 Kīhak, AM 1055 and 26 Jumādā al-Awwal, AH 739; reveals that the MS was written in Shiqq al-Nu‘īm, Cairo). Endowments (waqf-statements): none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 3 leaves (ff. i–iii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–206 Backmatter: 2 leaves (ff. 207–208)

108

S.J. DAVIS

Arabic numbers are written on the verso of each folio in blue ballpoint pen ink. There is another Arabic numbering system written in the upper left hand corner of the recto that seems to have been added at some point after the manuscript was completed. They are written in the format [″#′##]. For example, 181 is written as [″١′٨١]. These are absent on the restored pages and worn away on many of the original folia. In general, however, these numbers are 9 less than the numbers written in ballpoint pen ink. Quire numbers are labeled in black ink on the top left of the recto. These quire labels are possibly written in the same hand as the scribe, but the ink has faded so as to appear lighter than in the rest of the text. Many of these are worn away due to the tattering of the MS folia. The first of these belongs to the second quire and is written on folio 21a, the quire’s first original (i.e., non-restored) page. The labels continue every ten pages until the fifth quire (mostly worn away) on folio 51a. The labels for the sixth through twentieth quires, however, are written on folia 60a, 70a, etc. The discrepancy between these two sets of quires and the blue ink Arabic numbers are likely the result of missing and/ or restored pages within the MS. Restored folia: ff. 1–20, 22, 160, 169–170, 179. The edges of folia 177–178 have been reinforced with strips of paper from a Coptic manuscript. The Handbook lists folia 51, 68 and 71 as missing, but they are in fact present in the MS. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 16.5 × 12.15 cm Area of writing: 13 × 9.5 cm 14-17 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Brown leather cover with tooled lines around the edges and in a criss-cross pattern across the front. Crosses are stamped into the leather. A title written on a triangular piece of paper is stamped onto the front, describing the MS as a book of commentaries for Lent and Easter. A similar title is written on a rectangular piece of paper and pasted upside down on the spine of the MS, which is torn at the top. The edges of several folia have been worn down in chunks, giving the side profile of the MS an appearance reminiscent of cardboard chewed by mice.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

109

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. On f. 206b, a scribal note describes the MS as a set of Insertions commentaries before listing various days and times of day within Lent and Easter and the general type of commentary that is to be read on these occasions (e.g., Gospel, Pauline Epistles, etc.). Readers’ insertions: 1. On f. 206a, there is a reader’s note, which states that the MS was read by the monk Yuḥannā in AM 1228 (= 1511/1512 CE) (the date is written in Coptic and Greek numbers).

110

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 37 (= MS 97) Old number(s): 164 Ṭaqs; 255 Ṭaqs

Contents

Commentaries on Hebrews and the Gospels for Palm Sunday and Holy Week 1. Commentary on Paul’s Letter to the Hebrews to be read on Palm Sunday: ff. 1a–7b (no Copt.) ‫فصول احد الشعانين البولس من رسالة العبرانين‬ 2. Commentary on the Gospels to be read during the Holy Week: ff. 8a–148a (Copt. 1a–141a) ‫تفاسير أناجيل البصخه المقدسة‬

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: 27 Tūt, AM 1512 [= 1795 CE], equivalent to AH 1210 (f. 148a) Language and script: Relatively clear, angular Arabic script. Shiny black ink. Shiny red ink for titles, subtitles, and punctuation. There is evidence for more than one scribal hand. Note the transition in writing styles between ff. 7 and 8. Material: Paper. Medium European stock, with Tre Lune watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: not identified, but perhaps the muhtamm Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī Patron/owner: Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī, qiss and khādim at Dayr al-Suryān (f. 148b). Restorer: not identified

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Front endpaper: Written in blue ballpoint pen ink; describes the first section as a commentary for Palm Sunday and the second as a commentary on the Gospels to be read during Easter, including the first Saturday of ‘Āzar. Colophons: f. 148a: colophon at the end of the MS gives the date of completion as 27 Tūt, AM 1512 [1795 CE], equivalent to AH 1210. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 148b: Names Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī as patron (muhtamm); endows MS to Dayr al-Suryān; curses those who attempt to remove the MS from its place, praises those who preserve it.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Pages, Numbering

111

Frontmatter: 5 leaves (flyleaf and 4 leaves) (ff. i–v) Numbered folia: ff. 1–148 Backmatter: 4 leaves (flyleaf and 3 leaves) (ff. 149–152) Arabic numbers begin at f. 1a and proceed sequentially until f. 148a. Coptic numbers begin at f. 8a (Copt. 1) and continue sequentially until 148a (Copt. 141). Quires are listed in Coptic cursive numbers, beginning on f. 18a (Copt. 11) with quire 2 and increasing sequentially until quire 11 (f. 108a, Copt. 101). Although the first surviving quire label belongs to quire 2, the Coptic cursive number 1 is written to the right of it. This is the only quire with two numbers written.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 22.5 × 17 cm Area of writing: 17 × 11 cm 13–15 lines/page More than half of folio iv has been cut/ripped off. Its dimensions are now 22.5 × 8 cm.

Cover, Condition

Brown leather cover with tooled double-line border and tooled single-line cross pattern over the front and back. Cross stamps imprinted onto the front and back cover. There is a broken leather tie in the middle of the vertical edge of the manuscript. A few pages are splattered with ink and stuck together, but for the most part the manuscript is in good condition. The front endpaper and f. ia–b are pages from an old printed Arabic Bible displaying a passage from the Gospel of Luke and a picture of the transfiguration. They are of a slightly smaller dimension than the other pages (21.5 × 15.5 cm). The back endpaper and folia 152a–b are also pages from an old printed Arabic Bible displaying passage from the Gospel of Luke and a picture of Jesus bringing a child into the midst of his disciples.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions 1. Folio ia includes the date of composition (AM 1512), the manuscript number (97), the number of folia (148), the number of lines per page (13). 2. The older registration numbers for the MS are written on various frontmatter and endmatter pages (ff. iiia, iiib, va, 149a, 150b).

112

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 38 (= MS 97a) Old number(s): Silsilah 766

Contents

Commentaries on the Gospels to be read during Holy Week 1. Commentaries on the Gospels to be read during Holy Week ff. 1a–6a: Commentary on a chapter from the Gospel of John on Lazarus Saturday ‫أ‬١ ‫ف‬ ‫نبتدي بعون ﷲ تعالي وحسن‬ ‫توفيقه بنسخ كتاب تفاسير اناجيل‬ ‫البصخة المقدسة أول ذلك سبت العازر من انجيل يوحنا‬ ff. 6a–11a: Commentary on a chapter from the Gospel of Matthew (the beginning of the reading) for Sunday night of the Olives (laylat aḥad al-zaytūnah) ff. 11a–18b: Commentary on a chapter from the Gospel of John read at dawn on Sunday of the Olives (bākir aḥad al-zaytūnah) ff. 18b–21a: Commentary on a passage from the Catholic Epistles, the beginning of 1 Peter ff. 21a–28a: Commentary on a chapter from the Gospel of the Mass for Palm Sunday (aḥad al-sha‘ānīn) ff. 28a–36a: Chapters of the Passion for dawn of Holy Monday: ff. 36a–41b: Monday evening prayer and the night [leading into] Tuesday (Yawm al-ithnayn ‘ashiyat laylat al-thulathā) ff. 41b–61b: Tuesday dawn during Passion Week (Bākr yawm al-thalāth min jum‘at al-ālām) ff. 61b–72a: Commentary on the chapter from the Gospel of John reading on Wednesday of Passion Week ff. 72b–74b: Commentary on the chapter from the Gospel of Matthew read during the evening prayer Wednesday night. Note: “Wednesday” has been crossed out in pencil and “Thursday” has been written above the line in pencil.]

ff. 75a–87a: Commentary for Thursday dawn during Passion Week ff. 87a–89a: Commentary on the chapter read over the basin (‘alā al-qaṣriyyah)

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

113

ff. 89a–91a: Commentary on Paul at the Liturgy after the [Service of] the Basin (al-laqān) ff. 91a–93b: Commentary on a chapter from the Gospel of Matthew read at the Mass on the Great Thursday [of Holy Week] ff. 93b–99a: Chapters of the Paraclete (al-bārqilīṭ) [read at] the First Hour Friday night ff. 99a–102a: Commentary on the Gospels read at the Third Hour on Friday night ff. 102a–109b: Commentary on the Gospels read at the Sixth Hour on Friday night ff. 109b–116b: Commentary on the Gospels read at the Eleventh Hour on Friday night ff. 116b–119b: Commentary on the Gospels read at the Third Hour on Good Friday ff. 119b–130a: Commentary [on the Gospels] read at the Sixth Hour on Good Friday ff. 130a–138a: Commentary on the Gospels read at the Ninth Hour on Good Friday ff. 138a–139b: Commentary on the Gospels read at the Eleventh Hour on Good Friday ff. 139b–140a: Commentary on the Gospel read on the Saturday of Joy (sabt al-faraḥ): ff. 140a–144b: Commentary on a chapter of the Gospel of the Mass read on the Saturday of Light (sabt al-nūr) ff. 144b–146a: Commentary on the Gospel of Mark on the Resurrection of our Lord Jesus Christ read on Easter ff. 146a–150b, 150bisa–b, 151a–152a: Commentary on the Gospel of the Mass at the Glorious Easter/Pascha (al-fiṣḥ al-majīd) Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: 11 Bashans, AM 1579 [= 1863 CE] (f. 152a) Language and script: Arabic. Large, square, clear script. Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red. Material: Paper. Medium European stock with shield-with-manin-the-moon and AG [Andrea Galvani] watermarks (on main pages of text and in frontmatter). In the backmatter, a watermark with a shield and stars is visible in the upper inside corner.

114

S.J. DAVIS

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none

Patron/owner: Sulaymān Abū Yūsif from Samālūṭ al-Qāṭin in the area/district of Manshāh (f. 152a); etc.

Colophons: f. 152a: a colophon written in the hand of the scribe (who remains unidentified), indicating the date (11 Bashans, AM 1579 [= 1863 CE]). Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 152a: a waqf-statement indicating the endowment of the MS to the Church of the Virgin at Dayr al-Suryān; indicates the name of the patron (Sulaymān Abū Yūsif), who paid for the MS with his own money and donated it to the monastery. f. 152b: a second waqf with warnings against breaking it, invoking the names of the Simon [Magus] the Unbeliever (al-Kāfir) and Judas Iscariot.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 5 leaves (ff. i–v) Numbered folia: ff. 1–150, 150bis, 151–154 Backmatter: 5 leaves (ff. 155–159) Arabic folio numbering written in pencil (very small). No Coptic cursive foliation. Folia 153 and 154 are blank, except for some page number calculations written in pencil on f. 153a.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 22 × 15.5 cm Area of writing: 18–18.5 × 12 cm 15–17 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather cover, with pointed oval mandorla stamp design in the center, with doubled triple-lined rectangular tooled border. The cover is highly faded and worn, although the flap covering the outside page edges is intact and in good shape. The inside of the flap originally had a leaf/floral design in tan, green, and red, which is now mostly worn away (only traces remain), revealing a lined paper/board backing. The cover design has an extra layer of red leather over the spine added later for reinforcement, which is now also well worn.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

115

Folia are intact, but stained and smudge, with signs of water/ moisture damage and mildew at the front of the MS (esp. at the upper outside corner but at other places as well). Some pages have been reinforced with strips of paper at the upper and lower edges of the spine. Signs of looseness/separation at the spine. Folio ii is almost detached. Folio 9 is completely detached. The MS is in need of conservation. Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions

116

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 39 (= MS 98) Old number(s): 259 Ṭaqs

Contents

Liturgical Commentaries on the Prophecies [of Daniel] and the Hymns [of the Three Young Men] to be Read on Holy Saturday; The Story of Susanna and Commentaries on Prophetic Books to be Read during Holy Week 1. Commentary on the Prophecies [of Daniel] and the Hymns [of the Three Young Men] to be read on Holy Saturday [and through Holy Week]: ff. 30b–5b (no Copt.) Text is written in parallel Coptic and Arabic script, with the page order running from left to right. The commentary starts with Psalm 151. ‫كتاب تفسير النبوات وتسابيح سبت الفرح‬ 2. The Story of Susanna, Daughter of Hilkiah, Wife of Joakim the Israelite, from the Book of Daniel the Prophet: ff. 5b–1a (no Copt.) ‫قصت سوسنا ابنة خلقيوا زوجت يواقيم الاسراييلي من كتاب دانيال النبي‬ ‫بركاته علينا‬ Arabic Script, but with pages turning from left to right. Possibly part of the previous text. 3. Commentaries on the Prophetic Books to be Read throughout Holy Week, beginning on Monday: ff. 33a-72b (no Copt.) ‫تفسير التفسير النبوات الذي يقروا في جمعت البصخه‬ 4. Litany to be Read during Holy Week, in Evening Prayers without Performing Metanoia, and in the Days of High Prices, Misfortunes, and Trials: ff. 75b-80b (no Copt.) ‫طلبة تقري في جمعت الام مخلصنا يسوع المسيح في صلات المسا‬ ‫بغير ضرب مطانوات وتقال ايضا في ايام الغلا وفي جميع الشايد والضوايق‬ 5. Prayer for Mercy from the Office of Vespers and Matins and a Coptic Prayer of Dismissal: f. 81a–b (no Copt.) ‫ثم يقول هذه البركة‬ ⲫϯ ⲛⲁⲓ ⲛⲁⲛ ⲑⲁϣ ⲓⲏⲥ ⲡⲭⲥ ⲡⲉⲛⲁⲗⲏⲑⲓⲛⲟⲥ ⲛⲛⲟⲩϯ Then he says this blessing: O God, have mercy on us. Establish… Jesus Christ, our True God…

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Date, Language, Script, Material

117

Date: The volume consists of two separate parts, originally from two different manuscripts. The first part (ff. 30b–5b) is dated to 15 Tūt, AM 1553 [= 1836 CE]. The second part of the manuscript is dated to 14 Misrā, AM 1552 [= 1836 CE], equivalent to 7 Rabī‘ah al-Thānī, AH 1253 (f. 72b). Language and script: Arabic and Coptic. Clear Arabic script written in black ink, with titles, subtitles, and punctuation in red ink. Coptic written in black ink with red highlights and punctuation. Occasional ornamental design (see esp. f. 30b). The volume consists of three parts with three hands in evidence. The first part (ff. 30b–5b) is written in Coptic and Arabic. The Coptic is written in a short, squat uncial script with thick vertical strokes and thin horizontal strokes. The Arabic text is small in scale and complementary to the primary Coptic text. A second Arabic scribal hand, also rather small in scale, is in evidence on ff. 33a–40b. A third hand, medium in scale and written with thick, short ink strokes, was responsible for ff. 40a–72b. A fourth hand, with more abundant use of red dots, is found on ff. 75b–80b. Material: Paper. Thin European stock, with triple crescent moon (Tre Lune) watermarks on text pages. The front- and backmatter are bound with folia bearing Andrea Galvani Pordenone watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe(s): al-qiss Manṣūr (f. 1a); al-qiss Bishārah (f. 80b). Bishārah seems to be the scribe of the final text only, as it is written in a different hand from the rest of the MS. Patron/owner: The archdeacon Yūḥannā al-Ḥawāratī of the Ḥawāratah family from Upper Egypt (f. 32b) Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Front endpaper: a table of contents is written in blue ballpoint pen, as follows: [Readings from] Prophetic Books and Hymns to be read on Holy Saturday, including the Story of Susanna, the Hymn of the Three Young Men, and the Revelation of Daniel ([f.] 1) Commentaries on the Prophetic Books to be read throughout Holy Week, beginning on Monday ([f.] 33)

118

S.J. DAVIS

Litany to be read during Holy Week in the evenings and days of high prices, misfortunes, and trials ([f.] 75) Colophons: f. 32a: Identifies the patron as Yūḥannā al-Ḥawāratī; contains a waqf; and curses any who attempt to remove the manuscript from Dayr al-Suryān. f. 72a: Dates the manuscript to 14 Misrā, AM 1553 [= 1837 CE] and 7 Rabī’a II, AH 1253 [= 1837 CE] f. 80b: Identifies the scribe as Bishārah the priest; contains a waqf. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 32a: Indicates that the MS was endowed by Yūḥannā al-Ḥawāratī to Dayr al-Suryān f. 80b: Endowment to Dayr al-Suryān. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 8 leaves [1 blue flyleaf, 4 newer pages, 3 blank MS folia] (ff. i–viii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–81 Backmatter: 7 leaves (ff. 82–88) Arabic folio numbers written in blue ballpoint pen on the recto of each page. At the start of every quire, Arabic quire numbers are written on the verso in red colored pencil (i.e., 10, 20, etc.).

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 22.5 × 17 cm Area of writing: 18 × 11.5 cm 15–17 lines/page (Arabic) 17–18 lines/page (Coptic)

Cover, Condition

Black cloth binding with reddish black leather corners and spine. This is a modern (re-)binding, described in the Handbook as a “foreign binding.” The top of the spine reads “Commentary on the Prophets for Holy Saturday (sabt al-faraḥ),” which is embossed in gold letters, while the number 8 (Arabic) is embossed at the bottom. Apart from a few stains, drops of wax, and small holes, the pages are in good condition. Drops of wax are especially prevalent on from f. 75b to the end of the MS.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

119

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folia 30b–5b are written in Coptic with an Arabic translation. Insertions The title of this section reads as follows: ‫هذه ما يجب قراات في سحر سبت الفرح بلحنه المعروف اول ذلك مزمور‬ ‫[ قول الليليوياه‬١٥١] “These are the required readings for the dawn service of Holy Saturday with the familiar melody/chant. The first of them is Psalm 151, the saying of Hallelujah.”

Readers’ insertions:

120

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 40 (= MS 720) Old number(s): 787 Musalsal Ṭaqs

Contents

Commentary on the Wisdom of Solomon 1. Commentary on the Book of Wisdom: ff. [1a–63b] Incomplete. The beginning is missing. The surviving text begins with the following: ...‫ ولا تبكت صاحبك على الشرب وتشوش عليه في فرحه‬... 2. Commentary on the Story of Aphikia (Afīqiyā), wife of Joshua ibn Sirach: f. [63b] ‫شرح قصة افيقيا امرأت يشوع ابن سيراخ مع سليمان ابن داوود‬ Only the title and beginning are extant on the lower half of folio [63b].

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink, with no headings. Medium-sized script (~ 6–8mm in height), but with variability in legibility, size, thickness of strokes. Paper. Thick Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none

Pages, Numbering

Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): f. [63b]: waqf written vertically in the right margin, endowing the MS to Dayr al-Suryān … ‫وقف دير السيدة بالسريان‬ Frontmatter: none Numbered folia: ff. [1–63] Backmatter: none No foliation numbers. The numbers above are provided virtually for reference.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 19.5 × 14 cm Area of writing: 16.5 × 10.5 cm 13–14 lines/page

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cover, Condition

121

No cover. Pages held together by three thick pieces of thread. The folia are in reasonable condition with relatively little wear along the edges. There are minor discolorations in the first and last folia.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. At the bottom center of each verso, the scribe has written a Insertions catchword to indicate the first word of the following recto. 2. f. [9a]: The scribe struck through a short phrase to correct an error. 3. f. [63b]: The opening blessing for the Commentary on the Story of Ifītīyā reads as follows: ... ‫بسم ﷲ الرؤوف الرحيم الازلي القديم‬ In the name of God the compassionate and beneficent, the eternal and preexistent... Readers’ insertions:

122

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 41 (= MS 789) Old number(s): none

Contents

Commentaries on the Gospels of Matthew and John 1. Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew: Copt. 1a–94b ‫ تفسير معاني انجيل متى البشير‬:‫أ‬١ ‫ف‬ Incomplete. Ending missing. The text consists of short sections of commentary attributed to various church fathers, especially John Chrysostom (who is cited far more than anyone else), but also Epiphanius, Eusebius, Severus of Antioch, Cyril of Alexandria, Gregory [Nazianzen], Anbā Sīmūn (?), etc. The surviving text breaks off in the 92nd section (faṣl). 2. Commentary on the Gospel of John: Copt. 213a–225b ‫ تفسير معاني انجيل يوحنا البشير‬:‫ب‬٢٢٥ ‫ف‬ Incomplete. Beginning missing. As in the case of the Commentary on Matthew above, the text consists of short sections of commentary attributed to various church fathers. The surviving text begins in the midst of the 29th section (faṣl) and ends with the 46th section (faṣl).

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink, with red headings. Medium-sized script that varies widely in size (~ 6–8mm in height) and spacing. The surviving folia may represent the work of more than one hand, or that of a scribe who was not very practiced and whose execution of letters varied widely. Paper. Thin European stock with laid lines visible and possible signs of watermarks, but they are not legible.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none Colophons: Copt. 225b: colophon includes a prayer for the preservation of the text, and for the scribe (al-nāsikh), copyist or translator (al-nāqil), and the reader (al-qāri’). Endowments (waqf-statements): none

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Pages, Numbering

123

Frontmatter: none Numbered folia: Copt. [1–3], 4–8, 10–11, 13–16, 25–36, 81–94, 213–225. Backmatter: none The Coptic cursive foliation is visible throughout, except for the first three folia. The later Arabic foliation is present inconsistently. While it usually matches the Coptic, it misreads the sequence Copt. 81–90 entirely, rendering it as ff. 91–97, [missing number], 98–99.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 21.2 × 15.6 cm Area of writing: 15.5–17.5 × 10–10.5 cm 16–20 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No cover. Loose folia, which show signs of wear around the edges (esp. toward the front of the MS), smudges, and discoloration due to water damage.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions 1. Copt. 225b: a reader’s prayer for remembrance written by Mikhā’īl al-Bannā ibn Sulaymān ibn Ibrahīm ibn al-qummuṣ Zikrī ibn al-qissīs Gubrīyāl ibn Tādrus on behalf of himself and his lineage/ancestors.

124

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 42 (= MS 790) Old number(s): none

Contents

Commentaries on the Pauline Epistles 1. Commentary on Romans: Copt. 44a–50b Incomplete. Beginning and ending missing. 2. Commentary on 1 Corinthians: Copt. 54a–63b, 68a–71b, 73a Incomplete. Beginning missing. 3. Commentary on 2 Corinthians: Copt. 78a Incomplete. Only the last folio survives. 4. Commentary on Galatians: Copt. 78b–80b, 82a–b Incomplete. Section in the middle missing. 5. Commentary on Ephesians: Copt. 82b–84b 6. Commentary on Philippians: Copt. 84b–86b 7. Commentary on Colossians: Copt. 86b–88b 8. Commentary on 1 Thessalonians: Copt. 88b–89b 9. Commentary on 2 Thessalonians: Copt. 89b–90b 10. Commentary on 1 Timothy: Copt. 91a–93b 11. Commentary on 2 Timothy: Copt. 93b– 94b Incomplete. Ending missing. 12. Commentary on Hebrews: Copt. 97a–b, 99a–b, 101a–107b, 109a–b Incomplete. Beginning, ending, and internal sections missing.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink, with no use of red. Small-to-medium scale (5–7mm high) letter forms. A clear, consistent, legible hand characterized by the lack of the upper stroke in the letter kāf. Material: Paper. Medium-to-thick stock Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

125

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered folia: Copt. 44–50, 54–63, 68–71, 73, 78–80, 82–94, 97, 99, 101–107, 109. Backmatter: none

Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

The Arabic foliation is inconsistent throughout the text, but where present it matches the Coptic cursive system. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 20.2 × 14.2 cm Area of writing: 15 × 10 cm 12 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No cover. Loose folia. Pages are worn at the edges, with various folds and tears. Water damage is evident at the outside corners of Copt. 56–57.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions 1. Copt. 58a: in the margin someone has written: “The Son, the Father, and the Holy Spirit” ‫الابن والاب والروح القدس‬

2. The same hand has written a gloss on the text in the margin of Copt. 80. 3. Copt. 85b, 88a: A larger hand using thicker/bolder ink strokes has written comments/glosses on the text in the margins of these folia.

126

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 43 (= MS 832) Old number(s): none

Contents

Commentary on the Gospels of Mark, Luke, and John 1. Commentary on the Gospel of Mark: f. 129a Only the final page survives. 2. Introduction to the Gospel of Luke: f. 129b 3. Commentary on the Gospel of Luke: ff. 131a–199a: The text is divided into 86 chapters (fuṣūl) designated for reading on different days in the church calendar. Includes sections attributed to al-mufassir (“the interpreter”), with the name of the church father identified in the adjacent margin. These interpreters include: Severus, Eusebius, Athanasius, Titus, Cyril [of Alexandria?], John Chrysostom, and Theophilus. 4. Introduction and Table of Contents for the Commentary on the Gospel of John: ff. 199b–200a 5. Commentary on the Gospel of John: ff. 200b–239b The text is divided up into chapters designated for reading on different days in the church calendar. It breaks off in the middle of chapter 39 (in the midst of John 18:31, when Pilate tells the Jews, “Take him and judge him according to what is in [your law].”). Includes sections attributed to al-mufassir (“the interpreter”), with the name of the church father identified in the adjacent margin. These interpreters include: John Chrysostom, Eusebius, Clement [of Alexandria?], Cyril, Severus, and the Book of the Canons.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings, punctuation, marginal commentary, and double line rectangular border for the writing area. Script is small-to-medium in scale, square and vertical in orientation. Material: Paper. Medium-to-thick European stock, with Tre Lune watermarks.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents:

127

[f. 130a–b]: This folio is missing. But given the layout of the commentary on John that follows (see below: f. 200a), it originally would have had a table of contents for the Gospel of Luke. f. 200a: table of contents for the Commentary on the Gospel of John. Colophons: f. 199a: The Commentary on Luke ends with a request for blessings on behalf of the patron (al-muhtamm), reader (al-qāri’), owner (al-qānī), and the scribe (al-nāsikh), none of whom are named. Endowments (waqf-statements): none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered folia: 129, 131–148, 188–239 (= Copt.) Backmatter: none

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 33.4 × 22.2 cm Area of writing: 24.7 × 14. 20–21 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No cover. The leaves of the MS are loose with frayed edges. There are a few signs of attempts to conserve the MS, including the use of strips of paper along the spine and along the page edges for reinforcement.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Insertions Readers’ insertions:

128

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 44 (= MS 961) Old number(s): none

Contents

Commentary on the “Books of Deuteronomy” 1. Commentary on the “Books of Deuteronomy” (Dutranāmus), Part One: [Copt. 121a–195b] Incomplete. Beginning missing, but ending preserved. Divided into 27 sections. Begins in the middle of section 2 and continues to the end through section 27. Text begins on [Copt. 121a] with a quote from 2 Samuel 15:1 and ends on [Copt. 195b] with a quote from 1 Kings 8:11. Title given at the end of the text on [Copt. 195b]: ‫الجزو الأول من كتاب اسفار دترنامس الذي تفسيره بن اليمين‬ “The first part of the book of the Books of Deuteronomy which Benjamin interpreted.”

2. Commentary on the “Books of Deuteronomy” (Dutranāmus), Part Two: [Copt. 196b–219a] Title given at the beginning of the text on [Copt. 196b]: ‫الجزو الثاني من سفر دترنامس الذي تفسيره بن اليمين وهو الجزو الرابع من‬ ‫سفر الملوك تسبحة سليمان‬ “The first part of the book of the Books of Deuteronomy which Benjamin interpreted. It is the fourth book of the Book of Kings. The Praise of Solomon.”

Title given at the end of the text on [Copt. 219a]: ‫الجزء الثاني من كتاب سفر الملوك‬ “The second part of the book of the Book of Kings.”

3. Further Commentary on Old Testament Books: [Copt. 231–262, 271–291, plus 20 unnumbered and uncollated folia] The beginning and end of the text are missing and there are no headings apart from a stray section reference (“chapter/ section 37”) in the 20 unnumbered and uncollated folia at the end. Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with minimal use of red ink (only for bulls-eye dotted-circles flanking section headings. Small-scale letters, closely-spaced and somewhat cramped. Material: Paper. Medium-weight Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none

129

Colophons: [Copt. 195b]: a colophon that concludes with a prayer for mercy on behalf of the reader (al-qāri’), patron/owner (al-muhtamm), and the scribe (al-nāsikh) himself. [Copt. 219a] f. [1362]b: colophon in which the scribe writes a prayer for mercy on behalf of the scribe/patron (al-muhtamm), its purchaser/owner (al-muqtanī), the reader (al-qāri’), the listener (al-sāmi‘), and himself as “the poor, sinful scribe” (al-nāsikh al-miskīn al-khāṭi’). Endowments (waqf-statements): none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: Copt. [121–129, 131–169, 171–179, 181–190] (= ff. 1–68); [Copt. 191–199] (= f. 69, plus 8 unnumbered folia); [Copt. 201–202, –214, 217–219, 231–262, 271–291] Backmatter: none The hypothetical Coptic cursive foliation of this manuscript has been reconstructed on the basis of quire labels and collation of the remaining loose leaves. Quire labels attested include those for quires 13–22, 24–30. A modern Arabic foliation was applied to quires 13–19 and the first folio in quire 20, but this foliation sequence continues without break or interruption despite the fact original folia left out in an attempt to restore the manuscript, which disrupted the original layout of the manuscript. The quires are indicated in the upper left corner of the recto on the first folio of each quire. Here is an accounting of the current quire label organization and the modern Arabic folio numbers. The reconstructed original foliation is indicated in square brackets): Quire 13: [Copt. 121–129] (= ff. 1–9) [In place of the missing [Copt. 130], an unnumbered, blank modern leaf has been inserted for the sake of reconstituting the quire. The modern Arabic folio numbers skip over it.] Quire 14: [Copt. 131–140] (= ff. 10–19)

130

S.J. DAVIS

Quire 15: [Copt. 141–150] (= ff. 20–29) Quire 16: [Copt. 151–160] (= ff. 30–39) Quire 17: [Copt. 161–169] (= ff. 40–48) Quire 18: [Copt. 171–179] (= ff. 49–57) Quire 19: [Copt. 181–190] (= ff. 59–68) Quire 20: [Copt. 191–199] (= f. 69, plus 8 unnumbered folia) Quire 21: [Copt. 201–202] Quire 22: [Copt. 211–214, 217–219] [Quire 23 missing] Quire 24: [Copt. 231–240] Quire 25: [Copt. 241–250] Quire 26: [Copt. 251–260] Quire 27: [Copt. 261–262] Quire 28: [Copt. 271–280] Quire 29: [Copt. 281–290] Quire 30: [Copt. 291] Plus 20 unnumbered and uncollated folia There are blank unnumbered (modern) pages inserted at the end of quire 13 and quire 17. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 19 × 13.2 cm Area of writing: 15 × 8.5 cm 17–18 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. The manuscript is in the form of loose leaves and quires, which have mostly been collated with the help of the quire labels. Twenty unnumbered and uncollated loose leaves at the end remain unplaced. There is evidence of a modern restoration of some folia, with page edges reinforced with paper. Other page edges exhibit small rips and discolorations.

Notes on Scribal practice: Scribal Practice 1. Folia [Copt. 196a and 219b] are left blank. and Readers’ 2. The scribe has occasionally written short notes as commentary Insertions in the margins. Readers’ insertions:

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 45 (= MS 962) Old number(s): none

Contents

Commentary on the Gospel of Luke (?)

131

1. ff. 4 (out of 14?), [7?] Incomplete. Only two folia survive from one quire. Folio 4a begins with the following: ...‫ وتسليطة نفسه على الاكل والشرب‬... :‫أ‬٤ ‫ف‬ Red heading on f. 4a introducing a passage from Luke, section 36 (the number is written in Coptic cursive in the MS): ٣٦ ‫ قال لوقا الرسول‬:‫أ‬٤ ‫ف‬ ...‫لا تخف أيها القطيع الصغير فقد اثر ابوكم ان يمنحكم الملكوت‬ The passage from Luke ends with the following on f. 4b: ...‫ وصرت عبيد سيده واماه ويبدى بالاكل والشرب والشكر‬... :‫ب‬٤ ‫ف‬ Folio [7?]a begins with the following: ‫ من زمان مولده واللي زمان صعوده والذين من زمان صعوده‬:‫؟[أ‬٧] ‫ف‬ ...‫والى وروده الثاني ان فعلوا الفضايل والتقوي استخقوا الخيرات‬ Folio [7?]b ends with the following: ٍ ...‫وحينئذ انفذ روح القدس‬ ‫ واقوم واصعد‬... Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings. The script is written with a small, exact hand. Letters are less than 5mm high. Material: Paper. Light European stock with laid lines, but no watermarks are discernible on these two folia.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

132 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: ff. 4 (out of 14?), [7?] Backmatter: none The upper left recto of the first folio bears what appears to be the following folio number: ٤ ‫من‬ ١٤ The second folio is unnumbered, but because it was attached to the first folio as part of a quire, we can tentatively surmise that, if the first folio was numbered 4, the second would be folio 7.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 24 × 16.3 cm Area of writing: 18 × 11 cm 17 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. Only two folio from a single quire survive. There are signs of water damage at the top and the lower edges of both folia are tattered.

Notes on Scribal practice: Scribal Practice 1. The writer has written chapter/section notations in the and Readers’ margins in black ink. After each line in the passage from Insertions Luke, the writer has added an ornamental siglum that looks like •>. Readers’ insertions:

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 46 (= MS 963) Old number(s): none

Contents

Commentary on the Pauline Epistles

133

1. Commentary on 2 Corinthians: Copt. 74a–77b Incomplete. The beginning is preserved but not the end. ‫ سبب كتابة الرسول الرسالة الثانية الى اهل قرنثية‬:‫أ‬٧٤ ‫ف‬ 2. Commentary on 2 Timothy: Copt. 95a Incomplete. The beginning is missing. Only the end of the commentary is preserved. The text ends with the following related to the figure of Linus: ً ‫اسفقا على رومية بعد بطرس‬ ‫ واما لينوس فقيل انه صار‬:‫أ‬٩٥ ‫ف‬ 3. Commentary on Titus: Copt. 95a–b Complete. Only five lines of commentary. ‫ شرح رسالته الى طيطس تلميذه‬:‫أ‬٩٥ ‫ف‬ 4. Commentary on Philemon: Copt. 95b–96b Incomplete. The beginning is preserved but not the end. ‫ سبب رسالته الى فيليمن‬:‫ب‬٩٥ ‫ف‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with no use of red ink. The script is rather small, with closely spaced letter forms, although in the latter fragment the script becomes slightly larger. Material: Paper. Medium-to-thick stock European paper with laid lines but no watermarks visible.

Scribe, Patron/ Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: Copt. 74–77, 95–96 Backmatter: none

Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

134

S.J. DAVIS

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 20.3 × 14.3 cm Area of writing: 14 × 11.5 cm 12 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. Parts of two quires are preserved, with four folia in the first and two folia in the second.

Notes on Scribal practice: Scribal Practice Readers’ insertions: and Readers’ 1. A secondary hand using a thicker but lighter pen has made a Insertions couple of notes in the margins.

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 47 (= MS 964) Old number(s): none

Contents

Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew

135

1. Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew: Copt. 146–151 Incomplete. Only six folia survive. Beginning and ending missing. Includes commentary on chapters/sections (fuṣūl) 5, 13, 14, [unnumbered], and 23. The passages commented on include the following: Section 5 of the Gospel (Copt. 146a): ‫ واوليك الذين كانوا يرعون هربوا ومضوا الى المدينة فخبروا‬:‫أ‬١٤٦ ‫ف‬ ...‫بكل شي كان‬ Section 13 of the Gospel (Copt. 147b): ...] ‫ وصعد المركب وعبر فاتي مينته وقدموا له زم ًنا‬:‫ب‬١٤٧ ‫ف‬ Section 14 of the Gospel (heading on Copt. 149a; text begins on Copt. 149b): ‫ ولما جار يسوع من هناك بصر رجل جالس بين المكسه‬:‫ب‬١٤٩ ‫ف‬ ...‫اسمه متي‬ Unnumbered section of the Gospel (Copt. 150a): ...‫جلوسا جا كثيرون من العشارين والخطائين‬ ‫ في يتباهم في البيت‬:‫ف ]؟[أ‬ ً Section 23 of the Gospel (Copt. 154b): ...‫[رب اليه بايعوا يوحنا وقالوا‬.]‫ حينئذ يـ‬:‫ب‬١٥٤ ‫ف‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings. Small-to-medium scale script (3–7mm high), with larger headings. Closely packed, somewhat cramped letter forms with inconsistent pointing. Material: Paper. Medium weight Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

136

S.J. DAVIS

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: Copt. 146–151 Backmatter: none

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 25.5 × 18 cm Area of writing: 17.5 × 10.5 cm 15 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. Loose folia. Only parts of two quires survive. Pages have some signs of moisture damage with worn edges.

Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

Notes on Scribal practice: Scribal Practice 1. The sections of text and commentary are clearly marked off and Readers’ by large headings in red ink. The commentary alternates Insertions between passages from Matthew (qāla Mattā al-rasūl) and sections of interpretation (qāla al-mufassir). 2. The scribe marks sections in the margins relatively infrequently, although he provides the chapter numbers consistently, either in the margin or between the end of commentary sections and the next heading. Readers’ insertions:

ARABIC BIBLICAL COMMENTARIES

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Commentary 48 (= MS 965) Old number(s): none

Contents

Commentary on Jonah

137

1. Commentary on Jonah: Copt. 74a–b, 77a–b Incomplete. Only 2 folia survive. The content of the surviving text contains commentary on Jonah 3:2–8 and 4:5–9. Begins on Copt. 74a with a quote from Jonah 3:2: ...‫ قم فاتطلق نينوي المدينه العظيمه وناد فيها بما أقول لك‬... :‫أ‬٧٤ ‫ف‬ Breaks off on Copt. 74a with a quote from Jonah 3:8: ...‫وليرخع‬

‫ وليدعوا الى ﷲ بالسجود والركوع‬... :‫ب‬٧٤ ‫ف‬

Begins on Copt. 77a with the following commentary: ‫ ونلازم الاصوام والصلواة اغتم النبى وحزن لما نظران نداوه‬... :‫أ‬٧٧ ‫ف‬ ‫لم يتم خاف يوحد كاذ ًبا فانظروا وتاملوا اعمال الرب الاله كيف يعزي‬ ‫عبيده بامور عجيبه‬ This is followed on the same folio by a quote from Jonah 4:5 ‫ تم ان يونان خرج الى خارج المدينه واتخذ له مظله‬... :‫ب‬٧٧ ‫ف‬ ...‫وجلس تحتها‬ Breaks off on Copt. 77b with a quote from Jonah 4:9: ...‫القرعه‬

Date, Language, Script, Material

‫ فقال الرب الاله له ليونان لقد حزنت جدا على هلاك‬... :‫ب‬٧٧ ‫ف‬

Date: none Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with punctuation dots in dark red ink. Medium-to-large letters written with bold, somewhat blocky strokes. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock with laid lines but no watermarks discernible.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

138 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: Copt. 74, 77 Backmatter: none The original Coptic cursive foliation is mirrored by later Arabic folio numbers written in blue ballpoint pen.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 20.5 × 15.3 cm Area of writing: 16 × 10.5 cm 13 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. Two folia connected at the fold, originally part of the same quire. There is a rip at the upper edge and some discolorations, perhaps from water stains.

Notes on Scribal practice: Scribal Practice Readers’ insertions: and Readers’ Insertions

PART TWO

ARABIC CANONS

141

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 1 (= MS 100) Old number(s): 132 Lāhūt

Contents

Acts and Teachings of the Apostles, and Canons of Biblical Books, Councils, and Patriarchs 1. The Books of the Old Testament, called the Book of the Six Tables/Hexapla (?) (Maṣḥaf al-Iksiṭābulus): ff. 1a–25a. ‫كتب العتيقة وتسمى مصحف الاكسطابلس‬ Includes a summary of each book. 2. The Books of the New Testament, with the Ten Canons of Eusebius and Ammonius: ff. 25a–36b. ‫كتب الحديثة منذ بدء البشاره المسيحية‬ Includes titles for the chapters of the four gospels and an introduction to each evangelist. 3. The Canons (Acts) of the Apostles, Book One: ff. 37a–39b. ‫ قانونًا‬٧١ ‫الكتاب الاول من اعمال الرسل‬ Includes 71 canons. 4. The Canons (Acts) of the Apostles, Book Two: ff. 39b–41b. ‫الكتاب الثاني ستة وخمسون قانونًا فيما ُيذكر‬ Includes 56 canons. 5. Didaskalia (al-Dusquliyyah), the Teachings of the Apostles: ff. 42a–43a. ‫الدسقلية تعاليم الرسل الاتني عشر‬ Includes 39 canons. 6. Canons of the Council of Gangra: ff. 43b–44b. ‫قوانين المجمع المجتمع بعنجرا‬ Includes 20 canons. 7. Canons of the [First] Council of Constantinople: ff. 44b–45b. ‫قوانين المجمع المجتمع بالقسطنطينية‬ Includes 23 canons.

142

S.J. DAVIS

8. Canons of the Council of Ancyra (Anqarā): ff. 45b–47b. ‫قوانين المجمع المجتمع بمدينة انقرا من بلاد غلاطيا‬ Includes 25 canons. 9. Canons of the Council of Carthage: ff. 47b–48a. ‫وهي قيسارية وتسمى مجمع قرطاجنة قوانين المجمع المجتمع ببااوكاسا‬ Includes 15 canons. 10. The Names of the Bishops at the Council of Laodicea: f. 48a. ‫وهذه اسما مجمع اللادقية‬ 11. Canons of the Council of Antioch: ff. 48a–51b. ‫قوانين المجمع المجتمع بانطاكية‬ Includes 83 canons. 12. Canons of the [Second] Council of Constantinople: ff. 51b– 53b. ‫قوانين المجمع الثاني من المجامع الكبار‬ Includes 7 canons. 13. Canons of Hippolytus (Abūlīdus): ff. 53b–55a. ‫القوانين التي وضعها ابوليدس‬ Includes 38 canons. 14. Canons of Basil: ff. 55a–58b. ‫قوانين العطيم باسيليوس اسقف قيسارية قبادوقية‬ Includes 106 canons. 15. Canons of John Chrysostom: f. 58b. ‫قوانين القديس يوحنا فم الذهب اول اساقفة القسطنطينية‬ No table of contents. 16. Canons of the Council of Nicaea, Book One: ff. 58b–66a. ‫قوانين المجمع الخامس‬ Includes 20 canons, and is followed by a list of more than 29 canons and a second list with additional 84 canons.

143

ARABIC CANONS

17. Canons of the Council of Laodicea (al-Ādiqīyah): ff. 66b– 68b. ‫قوانين المجمع السادس المجتمع بالادقية وهو من المجامع الصغار بسبب‬ ‫المنطاييين والمنانيين وباقي المخالفين‬ Includes 59 canons. 18. Canons of the Council of Sardica/Serdica: ff. 68b–70b. ‫قوانين المجمع بسرديقية‬ Includes 21 canons. 19. Canons of the Disciples, called in Greek, Those Blotted Out (al-Taṭallasāt): ff. 70b–72b. ‫قوانين التلاميذ المسماه باليوناني التطلسات‬ Includes 81 canons. 20. Canons of the Emperors, in four books: ff. 72b–80b. ‫الكتب الاربعة التي لقوانين الملوك‬ Note that only Books 1, 2, and 4 are listed here. Book 3 is included separately later in the MS (see ff. 86a–88a below). ff. 72b–74a: Canons of the Emperors, Book One (Those Blotted Out, 40 in number; 577 parts): ff. 72b–74a. ‫الاول منها وهو التطلسات وعدته اربعون‬ ff. 74a–79b: Canons of the Emperors, Book Two (130 canons). ‫الكتاب الثاني من قوانين الملوك‬ ff. 79b–80b: Canons of the Emperors, Book Four (27 chapter). ‫الكتاب الرابع من قوانين الملوك‬ 21. Canons of the Council of Carthage: ff. 81a–85b. ‫قوانين المجمع السابع من المجامع الصغار وهو الذي اجتمع بمدينة‬ ‫قرطاجنة وهو غير المجمع الصغير وعدتة مايه وثلثة وعشرون قانونًا‬ Includes 123 canons.

144

S.J. DAVIS

22. Canons of the Emperors, Book Three (translated from Greek into Arabic): ff. 86a–86b. ‫الكتاب الثالث من قوانين الملوك المؤمنين وهم لاون وقسطنطين واسطبانوس‬ ‫نقل من اليونانية الى العربية‬ Includes 26 canons. 23. Canons from the Old Testament, Book Three: ff. 86b–88a. ‫الكتاب الثالث ما اثبت من أحكام العتيقة‬ 24. Canons of [Ps.-]Athanasius of Alexandria, the 25th Patriarch: ff. 88a–91a. ‫ من البطاركة‬٢٥ ‫قوانين الاب اثناسيوس الرسولي بطريرك الاسكندرية‬ ‫وعدتها ماية وسبع قوانين‬ Includes 107 canons. 25. Letter of Peter to his disciple Clement, Pope of Rome: ff. 91b–92b. ‫رسالة بطرس الى اكليمنطس تلميده بابا رومية‬ Includes 40 sentences. 26. Canons of Cyril [III] the [75th] Patriarch [of Alexandria]: ff. 93a–93b. ‫قوانين وضعها انبا كيرلس البطريرك في مملكة امير الجيوش بتقدمة اليه‬ ‫بوضعها‬ Includes 31 sayings, with no table of contents. 27. Canon of Christodoulos, the 66th Patriarch (AM 764 [= 1047/48 CE): f. 93b. ‫قانون كتبه انبا اخرسطادلس السادس والستون من بطاركة الاسكندرية‬ ‫ للشهدا الاطهار بركاتهم علينا‬٧٦٤ ‫بتاريخ ثامن مسرى سنة‬ Includes 31 canons, with no table of contents. 28. Canons attributed to the Teachers of the Holy Catholic Church: ff. 93b–94a. ‫قوانين منسوبة الى معلمي الكنيسة المقدسة القاتوليقية‬ Includes 62 chapters, with no table of contents.

145

ARABIC CANONS

29. Anonymous Canons: ff. 94a–94b. ‫قوانين اخرى غير منسوبة لاحد معين‬ Includes 26 chapters, with no table of contents. 30. Canons of Gabriel (Ghubriyāl) ibn Turayk the 71st Patriarch (Ba’unah AM 895 [= 1179 CE]): f. 94b. ‫قوانين مختص بالكهنة والبيع بالاسكندرية وضعها البطريرك انبا غبريال‬ ‫ تختص‬٨٩٥ ‫ من بطاركة الاسكندرية في شهر بؤونة سنة‬٧١ ‫بن تريك‬ ‫بالكهنة والبيع بالاسكندرية‬ No table of contents. 31. Canons of Cyril [III], the 75th Patriarch, in agreement with the bishops and the lay leaders: ff. 95a–97b. ‫قوانين جمعها انبا كيرلس الثالث الخامس والسبعون من بطاركة الاسكندرية‬ ‫وحرم على من يخرج عنها‬ ‫باتفاق من الاساقفة والاراخنة عملها‬ ّ ً ‫ للشهداء‬٩٥١ ‫بطريركا سنة‬ ‫و هذا انبا كيرلس ابن لقلق الذي صار‬ 5 chapters in 19 parts. Includes mentions of the Canon of Macarius (Maqāra) the 69th Patriarch; the Canon of Anbā Gabriel (Ghubriyāl) ibn Turayk the 70th (sic; read 71st) Patriarch; and the Didaskalia (al-Dusqaliyah), also known as the Teachings (al-Ta‘ālīm) and the Book of Clement (Iqlīmus). 33. [Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome], Books 2–8: ff. 97b–106a. Book 2, ff. 99b–100b: Canons of the Twelve Apostles, Book One, which is the second written by Clement (Iqlīmus). Includes 29 canons. ‫قوانين الرسل الاتني عشر الاول وهو الثاني بيد اقليمس‬ Book 3, ff. 100b–101a: Index of Canons on account of [Spiritual] Gifts: which is the third written by Clement (Iqlīmus). Includes Canons 30–68. ‫فهرست قوانين كنايسية لاجل المواهب وهو الثالث بيد اقليمس‬ Book 4, ff. 101a–101b: Ecclesiastical Canons on account of [Spiritual] Gifts and the Laying On of Hands, [which is] the fourth [written by Clement]. No table of contents. ‫قوانين كنايسية لاجل المواهب ووضع اليد وهو الرابع‬

146

S.J. DAVIS

Book 5, ff. 101b–102a: The Order of the Apostles on account of the Laying on of Hands with Hallelujah, the fifth written by Clement (Iqlīmus). Includes 12 or 13 canons. ‫ترتيب الرسل لاجل وضع اليد بايولويو وهو الخامس بيد اقليمس‬ Book 6, f. 102a: Canons of Simon the Canaanite, which is the sixth written by Clement (Iqlīmus). Includes Canons 14– 24. ‫لسمعون القاناني لاجل القوانين الكنايسية وهو السادس بيد اقليمس‬ Book 7, f. 102b: Ecclesiastical Canons [called] the Order of Paul the Apostle, which is the seventh written by Iqlīmus. Canons 25–27. ‫قوانين كنايسية ترتيب بولس الرسول وهو السابع بيد اكليمس‬ Book 8, ff. 102b–106a: Canons of the Holy Apostles, which is the eighth written by Clement (Iqlīmus), disciple of Peter. Includes 87 canons. ‫قوانين الرسل القديسين وهو الثامن بيد اقليمس تلميذ بطرس‬ 34. Canons of Some Synods: ff. 106b–107b. Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Medium-scale, fluid and elegant hand. Black ink. Titles, headings, and Coptic cursive references within the text in red ink. Material: Paper. Original folia are thick Middle Eastern stock. Folio v (frontmatter, with no text) has a shield-with-man-in-themoon watermark. Folia i–iv are more recent but with no watermark.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: ff. vi–vii: Table of contents of the manuscript in a later hand in black ink with remarks in red. Colophons: none

147

ARABIC CANONS

Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 1a: waqf in a later hand in the left margin endowing the MS to Dayr al-Suryān. In the upper margin with a pencil, someone has written the following: ‫دير مار اوكين قبطي سوري ماردين‬ “The Monastery of Mār Ūkīn, Coptic and Syriac, Mardin”

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 8 leaves (ff. i–viii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–108 Backmatter: 1 leaf (f. 109) Arabic numbering throughout, with Coptic cursive numbering until folio 35.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 23 × 12 cm Area of writing: 19 × 11.7 cm 15 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather cover, very worn. Cover has become completely detached and needs conservation. The folia themselves are in good shape, but there has been some restoration of corners toward the beginning of the manuscript (with new text supplied on the corner areas). The original folia 36–37 have been replaced with newer pages.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. f. 85b: The Canons of the Council of Carthage end with the Insertions following text: ‫ذكر كاتب النسخة المنقول منها ان هذا هو اخر الفهرست الذي وجد ولم‬ ‫ناقصا‬ ‫مخروما في اخره‬ ‫يكن الكتاب مستكمل ًا لما فهرسه في اوله بل وجده‬ ً ً ‫من النقص للفهرس‬ “The writer of this copy has remembered/mentioned that what is transmitted from it is the last table of contents that was found [in it]. The book was not finished when he wrote the table of contents for it at its beginning, but instead he found it incomplete at its end, lacking content from the lacuna to the table of contents.”

Readers’ insertions: 1. f. 48a: includes a marginal remark in red that these 6 lines on this page should be moved to folio 66.

148

S.J. DAVIS

2. f. 96a: a marginal remark was written in a later hand: ‫وهو المجموع الصفوي الذي جمعه الشيخ العلامة الصفي ابن العسال في نحو‬ ‫ للشهداء او غيرها من اواسط الجيل العاشر لشهداء‬٩٥٥ ‫سنة‬ “This is the Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī, which the most learned al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl collected around the year AM 955 [= 1238/39 CE] or so in the midst of the tenth generation of the martyrs.”

149

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 2 (= MS 101) Old number(s): 30 Lāhūt

Contents

Canons of the Apostles, Basil the Great, and the Council of Constantinople 1. Anonymous Canons: ff. 1a–8b. 2. The Didaskalia of the Twelve Apostles, Paul the Apostle and James, the bishop of Jerusalem, the brother of the Lord, in 39 chapters: ff. 11a–146b. ‫نبتدي بعون ﷲ وحسن توفيقه بكتب كتاب الدسقلية وهو كتاب التعليم الذي‬ ‫وضعه الاباء الرسل الاثنى عشر الاطهار وبولس الرسول المنتخب ويعقوب‬ ‫اسقف يروشليم المسمى اخو الرب وعدة فصوله تسعة وثلثون فصل ًا‬ ff. 11a–14a: Table of contents a. Main section (ff. 11a–13b) b. Section entitled Ḥāshīyah ghayr dhālika (ff. 13b–14a) ff. 14a–146b: The Didaskalia, containing 39 chapters. 3. Canons of the Apostles [Books One and Two]: ff. 147a– 212a. ff. 147a–152b: Table of Contents for the Canons of the Apostles, the Elected Fathers. 71 canons listed. ‫فهرست لقوانين الاباء المنتخبين الرسل‬ ff. 152b–157a: [Table of Contents for the] Canons of the Church presented by the Apostles, by the hand of Clement (Iqlīmus), in 56 chapters. ‫قوانين الكنيسة التي دفعوها الرسل على يد اقليمس الذي ارسلوه وهي ستة‬ ‫وخمسون بابا‬ ff. 157b–199a: Canons of the Apostles, containing 71 canons. ‫هذه قوانين ابهاتنا الرسل التي رتبوها لقيام الكنيسة‬ See also DS Arabic Canons 1, ff. 37a–39b. ff. 199b–212a: Canons of the Church presented by the Apostles, sent by the hand of Clement, containing 56 chapters. ‫قوانين الكنيسة التي دفعوها الرسل على يد اقليمنطس الذي ارسلوه‬ See also DS Arabic Canons 1, ff. 39b–41b.

150

S.J. DAVIS

4. Canons of Basil the Great, Bishop of Caesarea: ff. 212b–265b. ff. 212b–220a: Table of contents ‫فهرست لقوانين العظيم باسليوس اسقف قيسارية القبادوق‬ ff. 220b–265b: The Canons of Basil, containing 106 canons. 5. Canons of the [First] Council of Constantinople, in 23 chapters: ff. 266a–268b. ‫القوانين الذي وضعوها الماية والخمسون اسقفا الذين اجتمعوا بالقسطنطينية‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Large, clear but not refined script. Second hand on replacement folia ranges from medium to quite small. Material: Paper. Original leaves are thick/heavy Middle Eastern stock. Restored leaves (ff. 9–36) are of European stock, showing a watermark with a floral crest. Paper used for front- and backmatter has Andrea Galvani Pordenone and man-in-the-moon watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Yūḥannā ibn Fakhr is the scribe of the original leaves (f. 268b); Bishārah, priest in the desert of Scetis, “the Weigher of Hearts” (Mīzān al-Qulūb), is the scribe of the restored leaves (f. 13b) Patron/owner: Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī (ff. 146b, 269a) Restorer: Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī (ff. 146b, 269a)

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Inside front board: modern table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen. ff. 11a–13b: Table of contents for the Didaskalia of the Twelve Apostles ff. 147a–152b: Table of contents for the Canons of the Apostles, the Elected Fathers [= Book One] ff. 152b–157a: [Table of Contents for the] Canons of the Church presented by the Apostles, by the hand of Clement (Iqlīmus) ff. 212b–220a: Table of contents for the Canons of Basil the Great, Bishop of Caesarea

ARABIC CANONS

151

Colophon: f. 13b: Colophon after the table of contents for the Didaskalia of the Twelve Apostles; indicates the name of the scribe for the replacement folia, Bishārah from Scetis (ff. 9–36) f. 268b: Colophon after the Canons of the 150 bishops; provides the name of the original scribe, Yūḥannā ibn Fakhr. Endowments (waqf-statements): ff. 146b, 269a (restorer) f. 146b: waqf by later hand, written by a certain John (ⲡⲓϩⲏⲕⲓ Ⲓ⳱Ⲱ⳰Ⲁ) and indicating the endowment of the MS to Dayr al-Suryān. This is probably the restorer Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī (see below). f. 269a: later waqf by the restorer, the priest Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: ff. i–v Numbered folia: ff. 1–269 Backmatter: 7 leaves (ff. 270–276) Some leaves have original Coptic cursive numbers.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 26 × 19 cm Area of writing: 20 × 13.5 cm 14 lines/page Restored leaves (ff. 9–36): Dimensions: 24.5 × 17 cm Area of writing: 17 × 11.5 cm 15–19 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Black modern cover, with leather spine. The folia are in decent shape. Folio 269b cut down in size (25.5 × 17.5) with upper and lower edges reinforced. The manuscript was restored by Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī (f. 269a). The original first pages are not preserved. Folia 9–36 are not original.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. On folio 157b, there is a marginal remark in red in the hand Insertions of the original scribe:

152

S.J. DAVIS

‫ الكتاب التالي‬... ‫وجد في نسخة ذكر يوحنا بن موهوب الاسكندراني ان هذا‬ ‫من الكتب المنفدة ]المتنفذة؟[ على يد اقليمنطس وهي ثمانية‬ “Found in [this] copy, there is a mention by Yūḥannā ibn Mawhūb al-Iskandarī that this… following book [is] from the influential books [written] by Clement (Iqlīmanṭus) and they are eight [in number].”

2. Folia 270a–271b are two leaves from a printed (and illustrated) version of the Gospels in Arabic: Gospel of Matthew, end of section 91, beginning and end of section 92, and beginning of section 93. They are used here as backmatter. The pages contain images of Judas’ kiss of betrayal in the garden (f. 270a), Jesus seated wearing the crown of thorns (f. 271a), and Jesus lying prone while his hands are nailed to the cross (f. 271b). Readers’ insertions: 1. Folio 269b contains what appears to be a letter sent to Fānūs Abū Ḥannā written in a different hand by a certain Maḥmūd, perhaps dealing with a financial matter (the term rīyāl appears in the text).

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 3 (= MS 102) Old number(s): 234 Lāhūt

Contents

Canons of the Disciples, Apostles, and Councils

153

1. Reports of the Apostles (Akhbār al-rusul) including 30 canons (beginning missing): ff. 3a–16b. 2. Canons of the Disciples, which Clement announced (81 canons): ff. 17a–39a. ‫هذه قوانين الآبا التلاميذ الاطهار التي اخبر بها اقليمنطس وهي التطلسات‬ ‫التي اجتمعت عليها رسل سيدنا يسوع المسيح وعددها احد وثمانون قانونًا‬ This set of canons may correspond to the Canons of the Disciples (Those Blotted Out): DS Arabic Canons 1, ff. 70b–72b. Canons 80 and 81 give a list of the Biblical books in Arabic and Greek. 3. Canons of the Apostles [al-salīḥiyyīn] (6 chapters): ff. 39b–55b. ‫ايضا قوانين السليحيين رزقنا ﷲ شفاعتهم‬ ً ‫وهذه‬ The text describes itself as presenting “the organization of the priesthood by Simon the Canaanite” (niẓām al-kahanūt li-Sim‘ān al-Qiyānī). 4. Book of the Councils and their Canons: ff. 56a–60b. ‫هذا كتاب السنودسات وقوانينها التي ترجمتها حدود ﷲ عز وجل الواجبة‬ ‫على النصارى‬ Provides lists of 13 + 6 + 2 councils without detailed content of their canons. 5. Canons of the Council of Ancyra (Anqarā) (24 canons): ff. 61a–71b. 6. Canons of the Council of Carthage (14 canons): ff. 72a–77a. 7. Canons of the Council of Gangra (‘Īghrās) (20 canons): ff. 77b–85b. 8. Canons of the Council of Sardica (21 canons): ff. 86a–97b. 9. Canons of the Council of Antioch (25 canons): ff. 98a– 109b.

154

S.J. DAVIS

10. Canons of the Council of Laodicea (al-Lāḏiqīyah) (59 canons): ff. 110a–127b. 11. The Council of Nicaea and its Canons (20 + 84 canons): ff. 128a–199a. Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: 29 Baramūdah, AM 1059 [= April 24, 1343 CE] (f. 199b). Language and script: Arabic. Small, clear script, although sometimes cramped. Material: Paper. Heavy/thick Middle Eastern stock. Bound with more recent paper in the front- and backmatter with Andrea Galvani and shield with man-in-the-moon watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/ Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Inside front board–f. ia: modern table of contents written in blue ballpoint pen. Colophons: f. 199b: Colophon gives the date 29 Baramūdah, AM 1059 [= 1343 CE] and asks for a prayer on behalf of the scribe and patron (name[s] not mentioned). The beginning of the colophon reads: ‫وكان الفراغ من نسخ هذا الكتاب يوم الخميس التاسع والعشرين من شهر‬ ‫برمودة سنة الف تسعة وخمسين للشهدا الموافق لسنه تلتة واربعين وسبعماية‬ Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 109b: waqf in a later hand mentioning the Metropolitan Severus, abbot of Dayr al-Suryān.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 5 leaves (ff. i–v) Numbered folia: ff. 3–197 Backmatter: 4 leaves (ff. 198–201) The Arabic and Coptic cursive page numbers match throughout.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 19 × 13.5 cm Area of writing: 15 × 10 cm 13 lines/page

ARABIC CANONS

Cover, Condition

155

Black cloth cover, with red leather corners and black leather spine. Spine and manuscript folia in good shape.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folia 1–2 are missing. Insertions Readers’ insertions: 1. Folio 199a contains a short, illegible reader’s note written in a different hand than that of the scribe.

156

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 4 (= MS 103) Old number(s): 66 Lāhūt

Contents

The Canon Collection of al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl (al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī) and Other Canonical Works 1. al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī: ff. 1b–334a ff. 1b–11a: Introduction to al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī, with table of contents listing 51 chapters. ff. 11b–325b: al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī. 51 chapters in two parts. Part 1, ch. 1–22. Part 2, ch. 23–51. 2. [al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl,] Explanation of the Meaning of the 51 Chapters [in al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī]: ff. 326a–333b. 3. [al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl,] Chapter on Inheritance: f. 334a. 4. Mikhā’īl, bishop of Malīj, Thirty-seven Questions: ff. 335a–338b ‫نبتدي بمعونة ﷲ تعالى اسمه بكتب مسايل وجدت بخط الاسقف انبا‬ ‫ميخاييل اسقف مليج وعدتهم سبعة وثلثين مسل ٍة‬ 5. al-As‘ad ibn al-‘Assāl, Poem (Urjūzah) on the Inheritance of Christians (with additional parts by others): ff. 339a–341b. ‫ارجوزة متضمنة ميرات النصارى على طبقاتهم تاليف الشيخ الاجل الاسعد‬ ‫بن العسال نيح ﷲ نفسه وزاد غيره فيها ابيات‬

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: 2 Baramūdah, AM 1078 [= March 28, 1362 CE], equivalent to 1 Jumādā al-Thānī (f. 334a). The scribe also provides a date for al-Ṣafī’s original production of his collection: 17 Tūt, AM 955 [= 1240/41 CE] (f. 325b/Copt. 382a), during the time of Cyril [III] ibn Laqlaq (#75, fl. 1235–1243; f. 333b/Copt. 382a, 390a). Language and script: Arabic. Two hands in evidence. Original hand (ff. 3–22 [= Copt.], 278–289 [= Copt. 127–138] and ff. 318– 342 [Copt. 175–199]): medium-sized script, well-formed; black ink, with titles, headings, and dots in red. Secondary hand (ff. 23–277 and 290–317): smaller script; black ink with titles/ headings in red (no dots). Tertiary hand (ff. 1–2): medium-sized script with thicker strokes. Material: Paper. Original folia consist of heavy/thick Middle Eastern stock. Replacement folia are of medium weight/ thickness. Neither have visible watermarks.

ARABIC CANONS

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

157

Scribe: Yūḥannā ibn Mikhā’īl ibn al-Duhayr (f. 334b, note in left margin), on the basis of an earlier MS copied from an autograph copy by al-Ṣāfī ibn al-‘Assāl (ff. 334a–b). Patron/owner: al-shaykh al-Shams Naṣrallah al-Gharāwī (f. 334b) Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: ff. 9a–11a: table of contents by original scribe. Colophons: f. 334a–b: colophon describing the history of the manuscript and supplying the date of the MS itself: Monday, 2 Barmūdah, AM 1078 AM (= 1362 CE); 1 Jumād al-Ākhirah, AH 763 (f. 334a). The scribe indicates that this manuscript was produced during the patriarchate of al-Anbā Murquṣ (Mark IV, 1348–1363) (f. 334b) and makes reference to the original copy checked by al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl (f. 334b). The date of that original copy is not provided, but the colophon contains testimony to the fact that the current copy was made from the one that al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl inspected and approved. ‫كمل نسخ القوانين المقدسة رزق ﷲ ساير بني المعمودية بركات صلوات من‬ ‫عمل بما فرض عليه فيها امين وذآلك في يوم الاتنين التاني من شهر برمودة سنة‬ ‫ثمانيه وسبعين والف للشهداء الاطهار الموافق لمستهل جماد الاخرة سنة ثلث‬ ‫وستين وسبع ماية العربية نقلت هذه النسخة الطاهرة من نسخة كتبت بخط‬ ‫ب( من‬٣٣٤) ‫الشيخ المرحوم السديدين نيح ﷲ نفسه ومنحه رحمة أمامه بشفاعه‬ ‫ارضا الرب ويرضيه امين انها نقلت من نسخة المولى الرييس الذين المسيحي‬ ‫الارثذكسي العالم الفاضل والمعلم الكامل الشيخ الصفي ابن العسال قدس ﷲ‬ ‫ايضا انه قابل عليها الشيخ الصفي المذكور مشافهة فلأجل ذالك‬ ً ‫روحه وذكر‬ ‫رغب فيها ونقلت هذه النسخه منها في أيام بطركية الاب السيد المنتخب انبا‬ ‫مرقص على الكرسي المرقصي ادام ﷲ سعدها وضاعف مجدها وعلوها وذالك‬ ‫باهتمام المولى الرييس العالم العامل الفاضل الذين المسيحي الارتذكسي الشيخ‬ ‫الشمس نصر ﷲ الفراوي حفظه ﷲ تعالى بملاك السلامة ويفرحه ببهجة الخلاص‬ f. 338b: colophon after the Thirty-seven Questions, containing a prayer for mercy on behalf of the scribe. f. 341b: The scribe has written a colophon in Coptic identifying himself as Michael (ⲙⲏⲭⲁⲏⲗ).

158

S.J. DAVIS

Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 120a: waqf in a later hand indicating the donation of the MS to Dayr al-Suryān. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 3 leaves (ff. i–iii) Numbered folia: ff. 1–344 Backmatter: none Folia 3–22, 278–289 (Copt. 127–138) and 318–342 (Copt. 175–199) are original with Coptic cursive page numbers. Folia 23–277 and 290–317 have been added (probably only a little) later and have only modern Arabic page numbers. Folia 1–2 are more recent replacement pages of slightly smaller dimensions. The handbook reports that an error was made in restoration, with the repetition of one page.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 17.5 × 25 cm Area of writing: 10 × 18 cm 13 lines/page Folia 1–2: Dimensions: 15 × 22.5 cm Area of writing: 13 × 17.5 cm 15 lines/page (but folio 1b has only 12)

Cover, Condition

Brown leather binding, well worn, with a tooled rectangular double-lined border bisected by an X. There is some separation/ looseness at the spine. A few pages have been reinforced at the edges with strips of paper. The MS is in need of conservation. Folia i–iii and 343–344, as well as two pages glued to the inside of the front and back covers, are reused pages from a Coptic text, all with writing except the back inside cover, which has a decorative design on its lower half. Folia 1–2 have been replaced with later leaves with smaller format. There is evidence for an older attempt to restore page edges with strips of paper from a Coptic manuscript (seem to be readings from biblical texts).

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The front endpaper, the first three leaves (ff. i–iii), and the Insertions last two leaves (ff. 343–344) contain biblical readings for the liturgy from Acts, 1 Peter, Colossians, the Psalms, and the

ARABIC CANONS

159

Gospel of John. Some of these readings are associated with the month of Ba’ūnah. These were added as part of the text’s restoration. f. ia (ⲏ) ⲠⲢⲀ ⲜⲒⲤ ⲢⲖⲂ f. ib ⲕⲁⲑⲟⲗⲓⲕⲟⲛ ⲡⲉⲧⲣⲟ⳯ Ⲁ ⲔⲆ f. iia (ⲅ) ⲕⲁⲑⲟⲗⲓⲕⲟⲛ ⲡⲉⲧⲣⲟ⳯ Ⲁ Ⲓ f. iib ⲁⲡⲟⲥⲧⲟⲗⲟⲥ ⲕⲟⲗⲁⲥⲁⲓⲥ Ⲓ Ⲃ f. iiia (ⲉ) ⲕⲁⲑⲟⲗⲓⲕⲟⲛ ⲡⲉⲧⲣⲟ⳯ Ⲁ Ⲅ ⲒⲖ Labeled in modern pen: ‫شهر بؤونة‬ b

f. iii : no headings [f. 343 is upside down] f. 343a ⲡⲣⲁⲝⲓⲥ ⲋⲭⲗ Ⲏ ⲠⲄ f. 343b ⲯⲁⲗⲙⲟⲥ ϤⲖ f. 344a: no headings f. 344b ⲉⲩⲁⲅⲅⲉⲗ (ⲕ?)ⲉ? ⲁⲒⲰ ⲒⲂ ⲘⲈ 2. f. 334b: Note in right margin: ‫يتلوا هذا الكتاب الشريف مسايل وجدت بخط الاسقف انبا مخايل اسقف‬ ⲗⲍ ‫مليج نيح ﷲ تعالى نفسه مع الشهدا والقديسين والمجد دايما ابدا‬ ‫مسلة‬ “This noble book is followed by questions found in the handwriting of Bishop Anbā Mikhā’īl, bishop of Malīj. May God (may he be exalted) give his soul rest along with the martyrs and the saints. Glory [to God] always and forever. 37 questions.”

3. f. 334b: A note in the left margin names the scribe, Yūḥannā ibn Mikhā’īl ibn al-Duhayr, who checked the text for errors:

160

S.J. DAVIS

‫قوبل باجتهاد كثير والمجد ﷽ دايما وتكملة هذه النسخة بخط الحقير في‬ ‫خليقة ﷲ تعالى الغير مستحق ان يسمى إنسانا القس يوحنا بن مخاييل بن‬ ‫الدهير نيح ﷲ تعالى نفسه مع الشهدا والقديسين والذين ارضوا الرب‬ […] ‫باعمالهم‬ Checked through great effort. Glory to God always. This copy was completed by the hand of the one who is poor among God’s creatures (may he [i.e. God] be exalted), the one not worthy to be called a human being, al-qiss Yūḥannā ibn Mikhā’īl ibn al-Duhayr. May God (may he be exalted) give rest to his soul along with the martyrs and the saints and those who have pleased God through their works […] 4. There are marginal comments in black and red ink at different places throughout the manuscript. Readers’ insertions: 1. f. 341b: a reader has written al-ḥamdulillāh dā’iman abadan in a very smudgy and unpracticed hand. 2. f. 342a: a reader has written a note in Coptic identifying himself twice as a deacon (ⲡⲇⲓⲁⲕⲟⲛ / ⲡⲇⲓⲁⲕⲱⲛ) and as “the son of Lazarus the hegoumen and the son of John the hegoumen” (ⲡϣⲏⲣⲓ ⲛⲗⲁⲍⲁⲣⲟⲥ ⲡⲓϩⲓⲅⲟⲩⲙⲉⲛⲟⲥ ⲡϣⲏⲣⲓ ⲛϩⲓⲅⲟⲩⲙⲉⲛⲟⲥ ⲓⲱⲀ). The style of the note mimics that of the scribe Michael on f. 341b. Immediately below the note, in a smaller and less practiced hand, someone else has begun writing the same formula but breaks off in the middle of the second word. 2. f. 342b: contains four reader notes in Arabic, as well as the beginning of a Coptic blessing (ϧⲉⲛⲡⲣⲁⲛ, “in the name of…”) above a brocaded design at the bottom of the page. The first note is a four-line prayer for the writer. The second is a short prayer. The third marks the death of a certain al-qummuṣ Farīj on Tuesday, 17 Baramhāt, AM 1284 [= 1568 CE]. The fourth is a blessing or prayer addressed to “the Lord God, the Creator of creation.”

ARABIC CANONS

161

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 5 (= MS 104) Old number(s): 104 Lāhūt

Contents

The Spiritual Medicine (al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī) by Bishop Michael of Atrīb, and Selected Monastic Works 1. Table of contents: ff. 1b–5b (no Copt.) 2. 85th Saying of St. Basil: ff. 5b–6a (no Copt.) ‫القول الخامس وثمانين للقديس باسيليوس‬ 3. Mikhā’īl, bishop of Atrīb, The Spiritual Medicine (al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī), in 49 chapters: ff. 7b–68b (Copt. 1b–62b) ‫كتاب الطب الروحاني مما جمعه انبا ميخاييل اسقف اتريب‬ 4. Theodore the Studite (Anbā Tāwadūrūs ra’īs Dayr al-Isṭūdiyūn), A chapter for those who confess their hidden sins and for the teachers who receive them: ff. 69a–75a (Copt. 63a–69a) ‫هذا مما رسم رسم الاب القديس انبا تااودوروس رييس دير الاسطوديون‬ ‫من اجل الذين يعترفون بخطاياهم الخفية ومن اجل المعلمين الذين يقبلوهم‬ ‫صلواته معنا امين‬ 5. Questions/subjects and chapters concerning matters that happen to priests, monks, and Christians, answered by the priest Jirjis, father of the monks in the holy communities and the desert of al-‘Araba (the Eastern Desert): ff. 75b–84b (Copt. 69b–78a) ‫هؤلا مسايل وفصول في امور تحصل للكهنة والرهبان والمسيحيين مما‬ ‫استعلم ذلك من الاب المكرم والكاهن المؤتمن والمعلم الصالح ابينا‬ ‫القس جرجس اب الرهبان بالمجامع المقدسة وببرية العربة‬ 6. Sayings of our holy fathers, the teachers of the church: ff. 84b–99a (Copt. 78b–93a) ‫من اقوال ابايينا القديسين معلمي البيعة‬

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: before 10 Abīb, AM 1192 AM [July 4, 1476 CE] (f. 99b). Language and script: Arabic. Small, legible, careful hand. Black ink with titles, headings, and occasional punctuation in red.

162

S.J. DAVIS

Material: Paper. Medium weight, Middle Eastern stock. No watermarks. Folio 101 is a reused folio from an Ethiopic MS, showing a watermark with the letters G[E?]. Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: none identified. Patron/owner: the monk and priest Yūḥannā from the Scetis of St. Macarius bought this MS from the monk and priest Ya‘qūb for the priest Naṣr al-Tillāwī from the Monastery of St. Samuel al-Qalamūn (f. 99b). Restorer: Sulaymān al-‘Arīshī (f. 6b)

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: ff. 1b–5b: table of contents by original scribe. Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 7a: contains a waqf with the date Ṭūt, AM 1276 [= 1559 CE]. The MS is endowed to the Monastery of the Virgin of St. Bishoi, and there is a note that it belonged to “the patriarchal cell of Gabriel” (al-qallayah al-batriyarkiyyah al-ghubriyāliyyah). The blessing at the top of the page is probably written in the hand of the patriarch Gabriel IV himself. The writer records the date as 30 Barāmūdah, AH 1202 [= 1486 CE]. f. 99b: contains a written statement by the monk and priest Yūḥannā ibn Abū-l-Faraj from “the Scetis of St. Macarius” indicating that he bought this MS from the monk and priest Ya‘qūb for the priest Barsūm al-Tillāwī from the Monastery of St. Samuel al-Qalamūn. On the same page, a statement by the seller indicates that he received the price from the above-mentioned buyer on 10 Abīb, AM 1192 AM [July 4, 1476 CE].

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered folia: ff. 1–100 Backmatter: 1 folio (f. 101) The first 6 leaves have been added later. Folia 7–99 have original Coptic cursive page numbers 1 to 93. Folio 100 (a reused Arabic MS functioning as endmatter) has no Coptic cursive number.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 22.5 × 14 cm Area of writing: 18.5 × 11.5 cm 22 lines/page

ARABIC CANONS

Cover, Condition

163

Brown leather cover, very worn at the edges and surface. The manuscript was restored by Sulaymān al-‘Arīshī (f. 6b). It needs new conservation.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folio 100 is a leaf from another MS containing a text from Insertions the Gospel of John. It was used as part of the earlier restoration of the MS. 2. Folio 101a–b contains an Ethiopic text and was used for the restoration of the MS. Part of the page is glued to the back endpaper. Readers’ insertions: 1. f. 6b: contains two readers notes, written in different hands and inks. The first (upper) one is written in blank ink and mentions the restoration (al-tarmīm) of the MS by the writer of the note, Sulaymān al-‘Arīshī. The second (lower) one is a prayer for remembrance written in dark brown ink by a reader named Būlus al-Ṣayḍāwī, who provides the date Rabī‘ al-Thānī, AH 1045 [= 1635 CE]. 2. f. 7a: contains two reader’s notes written in the same hand on the lower half of the page below the waqf-statement. The first is a prayer for remembrance written by Faḍlallāh al-Abyārī which includes the date Ṭūba, AM 1277 [December 1560–January 1561 CE]. The second, written at an angle at the bottom left corner of the page, is another prayer for remembrance by Faḍlallah on behalf of himself, his sons Anṭūniyūs and Ṣalīb, Nūḥ al-Najjār (Noah the carpenter), a man named al-Amārī and his brother, along with their priest (who is unnamed), Naṣrallāh al-Ṭūkhī, and the rest of the people of Abyār.

164

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 6 (= MS 104a) Old number(s): 178 Lāhūt

Contents

The Spiritual Medicine (al-Ṭibb al-Rūḥānī) [by Mikhā’īl of Atrīb], with a Treatise by Elias of Nisibis and Two Disputations. 1. Elias of Nisibis, Help to Cast Out Worry: ff. 1b–18b. Incomplete; text breaks off after the second chapter. ‫كتاب المعونة على دفع الهم ت ٔاليف الشيخ العالم الفاضل ماري ايليا مطران‬ ‫نصيبين‬ 2. [Mikhā’īl, bishop of Atrīb,] The Spiritual Medicine (al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī), from what the fathers collected and arranged: ff. 19b–123a. ‫كتاب الطب الروحاني مما جمع ورتبت الابا‬ 3. Disputation of Abū Qurrah with Some People from [the tribe] Quraysh in the Court of al-Ma’mūn: ff. 137b–162a. ‫مجادلت ابوا قرة مع جماعة من قريش في مجلس الم ٔامون‬ 4. Disputation between the Monk al-Sim‘ānī and Three Muslims: ff. 163–174b. Incomplete. ‫مجادلة ومحاورة جرت بين الراهب السمعاني وبين ثلثة انفار من المسلمين‬

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. The script on folia 1–19 is of medium scale. Originally a clear script, there has since been a lot of ink smudging or bleeding. The script on folia 19–136 is of medium-to-large scale. Clear but not elegant script. The script on folia 137–174 ranges from small to medium scale and is somewhat closely packed. Material: Paper. Folia throughout are of medium-weight European stock and bear the triple crescent moon (Tre Lune) watermark.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: f. iia: modern table of contents in blue ballpoint pen f. 5a: Table of contents for the work, Help to Cast Out Worry, outlining 12 chapters. This table comes at the end of an initial introduction to the work and is followed by the beginning of the first chapter on f. 5b.

ARABIC CANONS

165

Colophons: f. 162a: colophon mentioning neither the copyist nor the patron by name. It only mentions that the MS has been copied from a copy possessed by al-mu‘allim Mishriqī ibn Ẓahrūn. The colophon applies only to the third part of the MS. Endowments (waqf-statements): none Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: ff. i–iv Numbered folia: ff. 1–174 Backmatter: ff. 175–179 Codicologically, the manuscript consists of three parts (ff. 1–19, 19–136, 137–174). Each part is in a different hand. The first and third parts have no Coptic cursive page numbers. The second part (ff. 20–136) has a new page numbering in Coptic cursive (= Copt. 1–120). Folio ii also bears the Arabic number 1. Folio 19 was originally blank. Folio 19a is still blank, but a title page for Kitāb al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī (the second part of the MS) has been added on f. 19b. Folio 136b is blank. Folio 137a is also blank.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 22 × 16 cm Folia 1–19: Area of writing: 15.5 × 10.7 15–16 lines/page Folia 19–136: Area of writing: 16.7 × 12 17 lines/page Folia 137–174: Area of writing: 18 × 12.5 17–18 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather cover, well worn. The manuscript is in a decent condition, with only minimal signs of cracking/separation between the pages and the lower spine. Folio 7 is loose and needs to be bound to the manuscript.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions

166

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 7 (= MS 105) Old number(s): 174 Lāhūt

Contents

Miscellaneous Canons, with Assorted Sayings of the Fathers 1. Theodore the Studite (Tāwadrūs ra’īs Dayr al-Isṭūdiyūn), Sayings for those who confess their hidden sins and for the teachers who receive them in repentance for the sake of Christ: ff. 3a–37b (= Copt.). ‫من قول القديس تاودروس رييس دير الاسطوديون منجل الذين يعترفون‬ ‫بخطاياهم الخفية والسرية ومنجل المعلمين الذين يقبلوهم بالتوبة منجل‬ ‫المسيح‬ 2. The Order of the Church and its liturgies which the holy fathers established: ff. 38a–57a (= Copt.). ‫نبتدي بعون ﷲ تعالى وحسن توفيقه بنسخ ترتيب البيعة وطقوسها مما‬ ‫وضعه الابا القديسين رزقنا ﷲ بركة صلواتهم امين‬ 3. What a priest should do in the beginning of the holy mass from which the pious teachers arranged: ff. 57b–59a (= Copt.). ‫الذي يجب الكاهن ان يعتمده في وقت القداس اول الخدمة مما رتبوه‬ ‫الابا الفضلا المعلمين‬ 4. Untitled text concerning ecclesiastical punishments for sinners: ff. 59b–78a (= Copt.). 5. Athanasius of Alexandria, Treatise concerning the words mentioned in the Law of Moses, If the daughter of a priest commits adultery she should be burnt alive (incomplete): ff. 78b–89b (= Copt.). ‫مقالة قالها القديس اثناسيوس الرسولي من اجل الكلام المكتوب في ناموس‬ ‫موسى ان ابنه الكاهن اذا زنت تحرق وهي حية‬ 6. Canons abridged from what the pure fathers arranged and the holy teachers explained: ff. 91a–139b (no Copt.). ‫هولاي قوانين مختصرة مما رتبوه الابا الاطهار وشرحوه المعلمين القديسين‬ ‫بركات صلواتهم تحفظنا‬

167

ARABIC CANONS

7. Canons abridged from what the pure fathers arranged and the holy teachers explained: ff. 140a–153a (no Copt.). ‫هولاي قوانين مختصرة مما رتبوه الابا الاطهار وشرحوه المعلمين القديسين‬ 8. Sayings of our holy fathers, the teachers of the church: ff. 153a–173b (no Copt.). ‫من اقوال اباينا القديسين معلمي البيعة‬ 9. John Chrysostom, Commentary on the [First] Epistle to Timothy (excerpt): ff. 173b–175b (no Copt.). ‫من تفسير الذهبي الفم للرسالة المنفدة الى طيموتاوس‬ 10. John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Second Epistle to Timothy (introduction): ff. 175b–181a (no Copt.). ‫فاتحة المقالة من تفسير الذهبي الفم للرسالة الثانية الى طيموتاوس‬ 11. John Chrysostom, Commentary on the First Epistle to the Corinthians (excerpt): ff. 181a–181b (no Copt.): ‫وله من تفسيره الرسالة الاولى الى اهل قورنتسيا‬ 12. Anastasius of Sinai, Treatise on the holy assembly (excerpt): ff. 181b–182b (no Copt.). ‫من كلام القديس انسطاسيوس السيناي من مقالته في الاجتماع المقدس‬ 13. Paterikon (al-Bātārīqūn), the Sayings of the Elders (excerpt): ff. 182b–187a (no Copt.). ‫من الباتاريقون اقوال الشيوخ‬ 14. John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Epistle to the Philippians (excerpt): ff. 187a–189b (no Copt.). ‫من تفسير الذهبي فمه لرسالة الرسول الى فيليبيوس‬ 15. Sayings of Barsanuphius (excerpt): ff. 189b–190a (no Copt.). ‫من كلام القديس برصنوفيوس‬ 16. Paterikon (al-Bātārīqūn), the Sayings of the Elders (excerpt): f. 190a (no Copt.). ‫من الباتاريقون اقوال الشيوخ‬

168

S.J. DAVIS

17. Sayings of Basil (incomplete): ff. 190a–190b (no Copt.). ‫من نسكيات باسليوس‬ 18. Liturgical readings from the Catholic Epistles and the Acts: ff. 191a–191b (no Copt.). 19. Psali in Adam, melody for the 29th of every Coptic month and the beginning of a doxology in Batos melody in Coptic: ff. 192a–193b (= Copt. 65–64). Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic, with two pages of Coptic (ff. 192a–193b). In the MS one can distinguish perhaps five different scribal hands in Arabic (not counting replacement pages): ff. 3a–89b (medium scale, relatively clear, heavy strokes), 91a–94b (medium scale, less practiced, heavy strokes), 96a–139b (small-to-medium scale, thinner strokes), 141a–153b (small, scribbly, inconsistent hand), 154a–190b (small-to-medium scale, very inconsistent, unpracticed). Material: Paper. Medium Middle Eastern stock with no watermark visible.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: not identified Patron/owner: al-qummuṣ Maximus (Maksīmus) (f. 37b) Restorer: not identified

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: f. iia: modern table of contents in blue ballpoint ink. Colophons: f. 37b: colophon mentioning the name of the muhtamm as al-qummuṣ Maksīmus. Endowments (waqf-statements): none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: ff. i–ii Numbered folia: ff. 1–192 Backmatter: none Manuscript is composed of many different sections with a variety of hands/scripts. Folia 3–89 have Coptic cursive page numbers, matching the Arabic. Folia 192–193 read left-to-right as ff. 193– 192 (= Copt. 64–65). The rest of the MS does not have Coptic cursive numbering.

ARABIC CANONS

169

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 21 × 15 cm Area of writing: 16.5 × 10.5 cm 14–15 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Brown leather cover. Very worn. Some separation at the top of the spine in front and (especially) in back. Some page edges have been reinforced with strips of paper. Some pages have been stained with signs of water/moisture damage. Folia 80, 95, and 140 are replacement pages. Folia 90 and 151a are blank.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The text breaks off at folio 59a. On the verso side is a Insertions continuation of another text on ecclesiastical punishments for sinners. 2. On folia 150b and 152a–b, the scribe only writes on the lower portion of each page. Readers’ insertions: 1. Folio 148b contains a reader’s note that quotes from John 1:1. 2. Folio 150b contains sets of computations upside down on the page. 3. Folio 151b contains a reader’s note (cut off at the edges), which mentions a certain Amīr Marjān and the year [AM] 1308 (= 1591/92 CE). 4. Folio 152a contains a reader’s note written in a small light script with a Trinitarian blessing. 5. Folio 152b contains a reader’s blessing and sets of computations written upside down on the page.

170 Cat. No. Contents

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Canons 8 (= MS 106) Old number(s): 201 Lāhūt The Spiritual Medicine (Kitāb al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī) [by Bishop Michael of Atrīb] and Some Assorted Canons 1. [Mikhā’īl, bishop of Atrīb,] The Spiritual Medicine (al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī), from which the holy spiritual fathers, the teachers of the orthodox church, have gathered and arranged: ff. 2b–212b. ‫نبتدي بمعونة السيد المسيح بكتب كتاب الطب الروحاني مما جمع ورتبته‬ ‫الابا القديسين الروحانيين معلمي البيعة الأرثذكسية‬ 2. Another abridged explanation from the canons of the fathers, the teachers: ff. 213a–237b. ‫هذا شرح اخر مختصر من قوانين الاباء المعلمين‬ 3. Questions/chapters concerning matters that happen to priests, monks, and Christians, which the masters of the Christian law arranged: ff. 237b–253a. ‫هؤلاي مسايل فصول في امور تحصل للكهنة والرهبان والمسيحيين مما‬ ‫رتبه ايمة الشريعة المسيحية‬ 4. Athanasius, bishop of Qūṣ, 101 Questions on the apostolic canons in the Coptic church: ff. 253b–261b. ‫نبتدي بعون الرب سبحانه بنسخ الماية مسالة ومسالة مما اعتنى بنظم دلك‬ ‫من القوانين الرسولية بالبيعة القبطية الاب الاسقف المكرم العالم الفاضل‬ ‫انبا اثناسيوس اسقف مدينة قوص‬ 5. Twenty-seven Questions of which the church is in need: ff. 262a–277a. ‫نبتدي بعون ﷲ وحسن توفيقه بكتب مسايل تحتاج اليهم البيعة وعدتهم‬ ‫سبعة وعشرين مسالة‬ 6. Stanzas sung in the rite of wedding and also for monks and hermits: f. 278b. ‫هذه الارباع يقالو في تطقيس العرسان وايضا الرهبان والمتوحدين‬ 7. Prayer for the refilling the chalice during the Liturgy: ff. 284a–280a. ‫تعمير الكاس‬ Written in Coptic and Arabic, with page order from left to right.

ARABIC CANONS

Date, Language, Script, Material

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

171

Date: AM 1230 [= 1513 CE] (f. 277b) Language and script: Arabic, with one section in Coptic (ff. 283b–280a). The initial Arabic scribal hand (ff. 2b–151b, 199a–212b, 216b–238a) is written in a large, clear, bold script. The second Arabic scribal hand is written in a medium-sized more refined script with thinner strokes (ff. 152a–198b, 213a–2162b, 238b–277b). The Coptic script is large, with bold strokes that are not particularly refined. Material: Paper. Thick European stock with watermarks showing a human hand under a flower. Other leaves show the top of what looks like the head of a cross or the neck of a vase. No identification of scribe or restorer. Patron/owner: Patriarch John XIII (ff. 69a, 277b) Tables of contents: ff. 1b–11a: table of contents for Kitāb al-Ṭibb al-Rūḥānī (49 chapters). Colophon: f. 277b: colophon providing the date 10 Tūt, AM 1230 [= 7th September 1513 AD]. It also gives an indication of the patron: the MS was a gift from the Patriarch John XIII (1484–1524) to someone who was the (spiritual?) son of the Bishop Abraham of Cyprus ‫وكان الفراغ من نسخ هذا الكتاب المقدس في العشر الاوايل من شهر توت‬ ‫ لسادتنا الشهدا الاطهار والسعدا الابرار رزقنا ﷲ تعالى‬١٢٣٠ ‫المبارك سنة‬ ‫بركاتهم ويرحمنا بقبول طلباتهم على الدوام والاستمرار ما دامت السنين‬ ‫والاعوام والشهور والايام والاعصار امين وهذا الكتاب المقدس وهبه من‬ ‫السيد البطريرك انبا يونس المعروف بابن المصري الرابع والتسعون في عدد‬ [...] ‫الابا البطاركة للتلميذ الذي لا يستحق ان يدعى انسانا لا مسيحيا باسم‬ ‫بقطر ابن الاب الاسقف المكرم انبا ابراام اسقف جزيره قبرص نيح ﷲ نفسه‬ ‫بطلبات من قبلت طلباتهم‬ Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 69a f. 69a: waqf by the Patriarch John (al-ḥaqīr Yūḥannā khādim al-kursī al-Marqusī) but without a date. He is probably the same John (XIII) mentioned in the colophon on folio 277b.

172 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: 1 leaf (f. i) Numbered folia: ff. 2–216, 216bis, 218–284 (= Copt. 2–284) Backmatter: none Original Coptic cursive page numbers and modern Arabic numbers. The Arabic foliation repeats folio number 216 (ff. 216 and 216bis), which causes confusion and then recorrection over the next three folia (they are first numbered ff. 217–219 and then overwritten as ff. 218–220). The final result is that there is no folio number 217. Otherwise the Coptic cursive and Arabic numbering systems match throughout.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 21 × 15 cm Area of writing: 16 × 11 cm 12 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Old brown leather cover. Some leaves show evidence of an old restoration of page edges and spine using strips of paper; other leaves are broken or have gaps in the middle. The manuscript is in a bad condition and needs conservation.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions 1. Folio 1a contains a prayer by the monk Yūḥannā. 2. Folio 278a contains a note mentioning the death of the Patriarch Gabriel VII on 29 Bābah, AM 1285 [= October 26, 1568 AD] in the Monastery of St. Antony al-Suflānī, known as [al-Maymūn]. This patriarch was a monk of the monastery of al-Suryān. ١٢٨٥ ‫لما كان تاريخ يوم الثلثا المبارك تاسع عشرين شهر بابة المبارك سنة‬ ‫للشهدا الاطهار تنيح الاب السيد البطريرك انبا غبريال الخامس والتسعون من‬ ‫عدد ]الا[با البطاركة وكانت نياحته بدير القديس ]ال[عظيم انطونيوس‬ ‫السفلاني المعروف بدير ]الميمو[ن وكان جملة مقامة على الكرسي المرقسي‬ ‫[ سنة وخمسة وعشرين يوما الرب الاله ]يني[ح نفسه في احضان اباينا‬...] ‫[م الشعب المسيحي‬...] ‫القديسين ]ابرا[هيم واسحق ويعقوب في فردوس النعيم‬ ‫بمقبول طلباته ]وال[سبح ﷽ دايما ابدا سرمدا‬ 3. Folio 279a contains a reader’s note gives the date 11 Abīb, AM 1310 [= July 15, 1594 CE]. 4. Folio 279b contains a note giving the date AM 1233 [= 1516/ 1517 CE] and mentions the war between the Mamluks and the Ottomans, the victory of the Ottomans, and the afflictions that happened to the people and the monks during the war.

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 9 (= MS 106a) Old number(s): none

Contents

Miscellaneous Canons and Treatises

173

1. Questions and chapters concerning matters happen to priests, monks, and the nation of the Christians which the masters of the Christian law arranged: ff. 1a–31b. ‫نبتدي بعون ﷲ تعالى وحسن توفيقه بنسخ مسايل وفصول في امور‬ ‫تحصل الكهنة ]للكهنة[ والرهبان وامة المسيحيين مما رتبة ايمة الشريعة‬ ‫المسيحية‬ 2. Canons of the Fathers, the teachers of the Orthodox church: ff. 31b–62a. ٔ ‫من قوانين الابا معلمين البيعة‬ ‫الارثذكسية‬ 3. [Cyril III ibn Laqlaq,] Guide for beginners and instruction of laypeople, collected from the orders of the holy fathers, the pious masters of the Christian law, which the priest uses during the liturgy and prayers: ff. 63a–100a. ‫دلال المبتدين وتهذيب العلمانين )العلمانيين( كما جمع من تراتيب‬ ‫الابا القديسين ايمة الشريعة المسيحية الفضلا مما يعتمده الكاهن وقت‬ ‫القداسات والصلوات‬ 4. Sayings of the fathers, the teachers of the church (concerning various liturgical matters): ff. 100b–133a. ‫من قول الابا معلمين البيعة‬ 5. Beneficial questions/issues from the sayings of our father, the pious lord Lāqīyūmās [to?] our father Rāfaʼīl: ff. 133b–141b ‫وايضا مسايل نافعة من قول ابينا السيد الفاضل لاقيوماس ابينا رافييل‬ ً 6. [Mikhāʼīl,] the Bishop of Malīj, Thirty-seven Questions: ff. 141b–150a. ‫ مسالة‬٣٧ ‫مسايل وجدت بخط الاسقف مليخ ]مليج[ وعدتهم‬ 7. Questions of some teachers of the church and their answers: ff. 150b–159b. ‫مسايل لبعض معلمين البيعة واجوبة عنهم‬

174

S.J. DAVIS

8. Note from the Book of the Order of the Church: ff. 160a–166b. ‫حاشية من كتاب ترتيب البيعة‬ 9. On the teacher, teaching, and its places, and on preaching: ff. 166b–182a. ‫في المعلم والتعليم ومواضعه والوعظ‬ 10. Chapter on the motivation for repentance: ff. 182a–187b. ‫فصل في الحب ]الحث؟[ على المبادرة بالتوبة‬ 11. Chapter on the fact that one should not say, “Now I am a sinner but I will repent later”: ff. 187b–188b. ‫فصل في انه لا يجب للانسان ان يقول انا خاطي الان واتوب فيما بعد‬ 12. On threatening and scolding sinners: ff. 188b–189b. ‫في وعيد الخاطين وتوبيخهم‬ 13. Chapter on the fact that the sin of everyone is related to that person [alone]: ff. 189b–194a. ‫فصل في ان خطية كل انسان معلقة به‬ 14. Chapter on how one should deal with the sinners: ff. 194a–206a. ‫فصل فيما يجب اعتماده مع الخاطين‬ 15. On the one who judges others: ff. 206a–208b. ‫في من يدين غيره‬ 16. On the resurrection: ff. 208b–217b. ‫في القيامة‬ 17. Chapter on the condition of humans in the afterlife: ff. 217b–227a. ‫فصل كون حال انسان في الاخرة‬ 18. On confession (chapter five): ff. 227b–238b. ‫الباب الخامس في الاعتراف‬ 19. Chapter on confession: ff. 238b–261a. ‫فصل في الاعتراف‬

ARABIC CANONS

Date, Language, Script, Material

175

Date: the month of Tūt, AM 1463 [= 1746 CE] (f. 261b) Language and script: Arabic. Medium(-to-large) script. Legible but not polished (somewhat inconsistent in letter forms). Black ink, with titles, headings, and punctuation in red ink. A few Coptic words cited in the text (ff. 116a–119b) are also written in red ink. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock. Watermarks visible in upper inside corners of pages: Tre Lune ([triple] crescent moon, although only one or two visible at a time), and perhaps some kind of elaborate [floral?] crest.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: a monk named Yū’annis al-Ḥabashī (John the Ethiopian) (261b) from the Monastery of St. Antony at Dayr al-‘Arabah bi-Jabal al-Qulzam (f. 62b) Patron/owner: First owner: Yū’annis al-Ḥabashī (John the Ethiopian) from the Monastery of St. Antony at Dayr al-‘Arabah bi-Jabal al-Qulzam (f. 62b) (see above under “Scribe”). Second owner and donator: Hegumen Buṭrus (Peter), the abbot of the monastery of al-Suryān (ff. 261b–262a). Restorer: none identified.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none Colophons: f. 62b: colophon mentions that the scribe is one of the monks of the Monastery of St. Antony without name and date. f. 100a: colophon of the scribe without any specific information. f. 261b: notes that the manuscript was written (and owned) by Yūʼannis al-Ḥabashī (John the Ethiopian) in the month of Tūt, AM 1463 [= 1746 CE]. Endowments (waqf-statements): f. 261b: waqf-statement by the Hegumen Buṭrus, the abbot of Dayr al-Suryān, mentioning that he bought the MS from Yūḥannā al-Ḥabashī (note the different spelling) for two riyāls and that the latter returned to his home country. The waqf dedicates the MS to Dayr al-Suryān. f. 262b: waqf by al-qummuṣ Buṭrus indicating that he donated the MS to Dayr al-Suryān on Sunday, 27 Tūt, AM 1466 [= 1749 CE].

176 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: f. i Numbered folia: ff. 1–266 Backmatter: none The manuscript has no original Coptic cursive foliation except for folio 1. It has modern Arabic foliation throughout.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 16.5 × 11 cm Area of writing: 13 × 8 cm 12 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Old brown leather cover, with a central mandorla surrounded by small cruciform stamps in groups of five, each arranged into the form of a cross. The cover is very worn with the front corner of the spine ripped along its entire length so that the inner lining is visible. The first quire is hanging on by two threads and folio 1 is detached (but still in place). There is evidence of a previous attempt to secure the quire with clear tape (now discolored). The MS is in need of conservation.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 10 (= MS 107) Old number(s): 272 Lāhūt

Contents

Miscellaneous Canons

177

1. Book of the Holy Canons, which the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ wrote down: ff. 2a–14b. ‫كتاب القوانين المقدسة التي وضعها رسل سيدنا يسوع المسيح‬ 2. Book of the Laws of the Pure Apostles: ff. 14b–55a. ‫كتاب سنن الرسل الاطهار‬ 3. Book of the Orders of the Priesthood: ff. 55b–76b. ‫كتاب حدود الكهنوت‬ 4. Canons/Book of the Council of Ancyra (Anqarā) in Galatia: ff. 77b–89b ‫نبتدي بعون ﷲ تعالى وحسن توفيقه بكتابة المجمع الاول من المجامع‬ ‫الصغار هذا المجمع صار بانقرا من بلاد غلاطية‬ 5. Canons of the Council of Carthage: ff. 90a–95b. 6. [Canons of the] Council of Nicaea: ff. 96a–154b. ‫هذا شرح حال المجمع المقدس المسكوني العظيم الثلثمية وثمانية عشر‬ ‫التي اجتمع بنيقية‬ 7. Canons which those pure fathers decreed concerning monasteries and monks (incomplete): ff. 154b–183b. ‫وايضا مما رسمته هولاي الابا الاطاهر من الحكم على اصحاب الديارات‬ ‫والرهبان‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Medium-to-large script, rather unpracticed and inconsistent in form. Black ink, with titles, headings, and occasional underlining in red ink. At the beginning of the MS, punctuation and pointing is done in red as well (2a–14b) Material: Paper. Thick Middle Eastern stock. No watermarks visible.

178

S.J. DAVIS

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: f. iib: table in contents in black ink with Coptic cursive page references. Arabic equivalents have been written later in blue ballpoint pen. Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): Inside front board: waqf to Dayr al-Suryān f. 184b: waqf to Dayr al-Suryān

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 2 leaves (ff. i–ii) Numbered folia: ff. 2–184 (= Copt.) Backmatter: none Arabic and Coptic cursive page numbers.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 18 × 13.5 cm Area of writing: 15.5 × 10.5 cm 13–16 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Old leather brown cover, with some cracks showing in the leather on the outer spine (as well as at the spine inside the cover) and inner board visible at the corners. Some page edges and spines reinforced with strips of paper, some with writing on it. Folio 177 is a blank replacement page.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. Folia i (part of the frontmatter) is a reused leaf with Arabic Insertions writing on it. Readers’ insertions: 1. A note on the outside front cover indicates that this manuscript was borrowed in the month of Hatūr 1618 AM [= 1901 CE]. 2. A note on the inside front board identifies the writer of the previous note as the Hegumen ‘Abd al-Masīḥ al-Mas‘ūdī who borrowed the MS with a permission of the Patriarch Cyril V [fl. 1874–1927 CE]. 3. Folio 77a contains an anonymous prayer for remembrance dated to AM 1[?]72.

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 11 (= MS 109) Old number(s): 271 Lāhūt

Contents

Miscellaneous Canons

179

1. Another abridged explanation from the canons of the fathers, the teachers and pure authorities, the teachers of the orthodox church: ff. 2a–29a (no Copt.). ‫هذا شرح اخر مختصر من قوانين الاباء المعلمين والا ٔىمة الطاهرين‬ ٔ ‫معلمي البيعة‬ ‫الارثذكسية‬ 2. Questions and chapters concerning matters that happen to priests, monks, and Christians, which the authorities of the Christian law arranged: ff. 29b–79b (no Copt.). Incomplete. ‫هولاي مسايل وفصول في امور تحصل للكهنة والرهبان والمسيحيين مما‬ ‫رتبة ا ٔىمة الشريعة المسيحية‬ 3. [Mikhā’īl, bishop of Atrīb], The Spiritual Medicine (Kitāb al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī), from what was collected and arranged by the holy spiritual fathers, the teachers of the orthodox church, in 49 chapters. ff. 80a–87b (= Copt. 1a–8b). ‫كتاب الطب الروحاني مما جمع ورتبته الابا القديسين الروحانيين معلمين‬ ٔ ‫البيعة‬ ‫الارثذكسية‬ 4. Canons abridged from what the pure fathers arranged and the holy teachers explained: ff. 88a–98b (= Copt. 9a–19b). Incomplete. ‫هولاي قوانين مختصرة مما رتبوه الابا الاطهار وشرحوه المعلمين القديسين‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Two hands in evidence. The first scribe (ff. 2a–79b) used a larger script with thick, bold strokes. The second scribe (ff. 80a–98b) wrote in a smaller script, but also used fairly bold strokes. Black ink, with titles, headings, minimal punctuation, and Coptic cursive numerical references in the text are in red ink. The second scribe used red ink more frequently in the table of contents on ff. 80a–87b, in the colophon on f. 87b, and in a brief marginal comment on f. 89a.

180

S.J. DAVIS

Material: Paper. The main folia are medium-stock Middle Eastern paper, with no watermarks visible. The front- and backmatter are bound with more recent paper, bearing Andrea Galvani watermarks and cut smaller in size. Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Inside front board: modern table of contents in blue ballpoint ink. ff. 80a–87b: table of contents for The Spiritual Medicine (with no accompanying text). Colophons: f. 87b: colophon in red ink with a blessing after the table of contents for The Spiritual Medicine. Endowments (waqf-statements): none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: ff. i–v Numbered folia: ff. 1–98 Backmatter: ff. 99–104 The manuscript consists of two parts from two different manuscripts. Part one comprises folia 1–79. Part two comprises folia 80–98. Modern Arabic folio numbers appear throughout. Folia 80–98 have original Coptic cursive folio numbers (= Copt. 1–19).

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 18 × 13 cm Area of writing, ff. 1–79: 14.5 × 9 cm Area of writing, ff. 80–98: 13.5 × 9 cm 10–13 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Modern black fabric cover, with leather corners and spine. The cover is in good shape, but the folia at the beginning of the manuscript sustained significant damage prior to its most recent restoration/binding. The edges of folio v have deteriorated, and the leaf has since been restored with Japanese paper at the top and bottom edges. Most of the lower quarter of folio 2 is gone and text is lost: it also has been restored with Japanese paper.

ARABIC CANONS

181

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions 1. Folio va contains some kind of table with names and information. This format/information continues on the verso (f. vb), which also contains a reader’s note in a different hand, consisting simply of a list of names: Ya‘qūb Yūḥannā Jirjis, Mikhā’īl ‘Abd al-Sayyid, Maryam Yūsif Dāwūd, Sulaymān Sulaymān, Ibrāhīm Sim‘ān, Salāmah (?) Manṣūr. 2. There are blessings/prayers, tables and writing exercises (in both Arabic and Coptic) on both sides of folio 99 (a–b).

182

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 12 (= MS 111a) Old number(s): Musalsal 131; the handbook also has Musalsal 705

Contents

On Personal Matters according to Canonical Restrictions 1. On Personal Matters according to canonical restrictions (al-Aḥwāl al-shakhṣīyah ḥasab al-ḥudūd al-qānūnīyah), in 9 chapters ‫ الحمد ﷽ المبدى المعيد‬:١ ‫ص‬ ‫هذه فصول مرعية ومائل شرعية متعلقة‬ ‫بالأحوال الشخصية حسب الحدود القانونية‬ ‫المعتبرة في الكنيسة القبطية الأرثذوكسية‬ pp. 1–23: Chapter One, On Marriage ‫ في الزواج‬:‫الفصل الأول‬ pp. 23–26: Chapter Two, On Matters Pertaining to Those Whose Lineage Cannot Be Confirmed ‫ فيما يتعلق بالمولودين الغير محقق تسبهم‬:‫الفصل الثاني‬ pp. 26–31: Chapter Three, On Guardianship over the Incapable ‫ في الولاية على القاصر‬:‫الفصل الثالث‬ pp. 32–46: Chapter Four, On the Bequest without Restriction ‫ في الوصية مطلقا‬:‫الفصل الرابع‬ pp. 46–50: Chapter Five, On the Restriction [of One’s Legal Competence] ‫ في الحجر‬:‫الفصل الخامس‬ pp. 50–54: Chapter Six, On the Gift ‫ في الهبة‬:‫الفصل السادس‬ pp. 54–58: Chapter Seven, On the Endowment ‫ في الوقف‬:‫الفصل السابع‬ pp. 59–76: Chapter Eight, On Inheritances ‫ في مواريث‬:‫الفصل الثامن‬ pp. 77–78: Chapter Nine, On the Bequest and Inheritance of the Cleric and the Monk in Particular ‫ في وصية وميراث الاكليروس والرهبان خاصة‬:‫الفصل التاسع‬ pp. 78–79: Conclusion to the Chapters ‫خاتمة الفصول‬

ARABIC CANONS

Date, Language, Script, Material

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments Pages, Numbering

183

Date: none indicated. According to Father Bigoul, this manuscript originally was accompanied by a loose paper with the date 1887 CE written on it. Language and script: Arabic. Small-scale, fluid, careful script in black ink. Material: Paper. European stock with Andrea Galvani Pordenone watermarks. The front- and backmatter also contain recent paper with no watermarks. No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of contents: none Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none Frontmatter: pp. i–ix (4 folia plus the front side of p. 1) Numbered folia: pp. 1–79 Backmatter: pp. 80–84 (the back side of p. 79 plus two folia)

No Coptic cursive numbering system. Dimensions, Dimensions: 21.8 × 16.5 cm Layout Area of writing: 17 × 10–10.5 cm 15–16 lines/page Cover, Textured tan cloth cover with a deep red/burgundy cloth spine. Condition The binding is in excellent condition. Manuscript pages have sustained damage by a bookworm, but this damage was contained and the pages/holes have been reinforced by thin Japanese paper. Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions p. 80: fulān (“anonymous”) is written in black ink sideways on the page.

184

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 13 (= MS 692) Old number(s): none

Contents

The Canon Collection of al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl (al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī) 1. Canons [al-Ṣafī] Ibn al-‘Assāl (al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī): Copt. [one unnumbered fragmentary folio], 74a–77b, 84a–b, 93a–111b, 113a–122b, 124a–129b, 131a–b, 133a–b, 138a–139b, 142a–148b, 150a–152b, 154a–157b, 159a–b, 161a–179b, 183a–190b, 192a–b, 194a–197b, 214a–218b. Part One: [one unnumbered fragmentary folio], 74a–77b, 84a–b, 93a–111b, 113a–122b, 124a–125a. There is an unnumbered fragmentary folio with the subheading “Chapter 11” (al-bāb al-ḥādī ‘ashar). The next extant subheading is “Chapter 15” (al-bāb al-khāmis ‘ashar) (Copt. 96b). The final subheading is for Chapter 22 (Copt. 122b). Part Two: 125b–129b, 131a–b, 133a–b, 138a–139b, 142a–148b, 150a–152b, 154a–157b, 159a–b, 161a–179b, 183a–190b, 192a–b, 194a–197b, 214a–218b. ‫ الجزء الثاني في الامور السياسية الشخصية والنوعية والمنزلية‬:‫ب‬١٢٥ ‫ف‬ ‫والمدنية‬ The first subheading is for Chapter 23 (Copt. 125b).

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated, but it must have been copied before 2 Baramūdah, AM 1250 [= 1534 CE] (Copt. 125a). The MS was endowed to Dayr al-Suryān on that date; therefore, its original production must have been earlier. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink, with red headings and dots/ punctuation. Large, well-practiced hand (up to 12mm in height), with clearly executed rounded letters. Material: Paper. Medium-to-heavy weight Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

ARABIC CANONS

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

185

Tables of contents: none Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): Copt. 125a: waqf-statement endowing the MS to Dayr al-Suryān, with threats against violation of it invoking the fate of Judas Iscariot, dated to 2 Baramūdah, AM 1250 (= 1534 CE). A later reader’s hand interprets the Coptic cursive date as 1209, but this person misread the 50 as a 9. The writer of the waqf also includes a note that the MS was kept in the monastic cell of Gabriel the Patriarch (fl. 1525–1570).

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered folia: Copt. [one unnumbered fragmentary folio], 74–77, 84, 93–111. 113–122, 124–129, 131, 133, 138–139, 142– 148, 150–152, 154–157, 159, 161–179, 183–190, 192, 194–197, 214–218, [five unnumbered folia] Backmatter: none The first unnumbered folio can be placed before Copt. 74 because it contains an earlier chapter number (11). The placement of the five unnumbered folia at the end of the manuscript is uncertain, as some of them only survive in fragmentary form. One of those fragments contains a chapter number beginning with “thirty,” but the single digit does not survive. Therefore, it was originally a leaf falling within the numbered extant folia, but it is not possible to determine its exact placement.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 26 × 17.5 cm Area of writing: 20.5 × 13 cm 16 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No cover. Loose folia. Variable condition. Some of the leaves show heavy wear at the edges and/or are ripped and only survive in fragmentary form. In other cases, the edges of pages have been cut down and are therefore in better shape.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions

186

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 14 (= MS 710) Old number(s): none

Contents

Collection of Canons of the Holy Apostles and Councils, with Other Miscellaneous Canons and Teachings 1. Collection of Canons of the Holy Apostles and Councils: pp. 1–149. a. Introduction: pp. 1–3 …‫ كتاب مجموع قوانين الرسل القديسين وقوانين المجامع‬:١ ‫ص‬ ‫المسكونية‬ b. Canons of the Holy Apostles (85 canons): pp. 4–13 ‫ قوانين الرسل القديسين‬:٤ ‫ص‬ c. Canons of the Major Ecumenical Councils: pp. 14–81 pp. 14–21: Canons of the First Council, at Nicaea pp. 22–30: Canons of the Second Council, at Constantinople (7 canons) pp. 31–37: Canons of the Third Council, at Ephesus pp. 37–44: Canons of the Fourth Council, at Chalcedon pp. 44–45: A Word on the Fifth Council p. 45: A Word on the Sixth Council pp. 45–74: A Word on the Council also called the Sixth, i.e. the Penthekte pp. 74–81: Canons of the Seventh Council d. Canons of the Minor Local Councils: pp. 82–149. pp. 82–85: Council of Ancyra pp. 85–87: Council of Caesarea pp. 87–89: Council of Gangra pp. 89–93: Council of Antioch pp. 94–98: Council of Laodicea pp. 98–104: Council of Sardica pp. 104–149: Council of Carthage (136 canons with 4 letters) 2. Miscellaneous Canons and Teachings a. Canons of Dionysius of Alexandria: p. 150. b. Canons of Peter the Martyr: pp. 151–156. c. Canonical Letter of Gregory the Wonderworker of Caesarea: pp. 156–159. d. Canonical Letters of Athanasius of Alexandria: pp. 159–163.

ARABIC CANONS

187

e. Canonical Letter of Basil the Great: pp. 163–185. f. Canons of Gregory of Nyssa: pp. 185–191. g. Canonical Answers by Timothy of Alexandria: pp. 191– 193. h. Sayings of Theophilus: pp. 193–195. i. Canonical Letter of Cyril of Alexandria: pp. 195–197. j. Saying of Gregory the Theologian: p. 197. k. Saying of Amphilocius: p. 198. l. Letter of Gennadius: pp. 198–200. m. Letter of Tarasius, Bishop of Constantinople: pp. 200– 204. n. Matthew Blastares, Collections of Issues and Judgments with Divine Canons: pp. 204–217. o. Introduction to the Discourse on the Orthodox Creed: pp. 218–219. p. Beneficial Interpretation on the Chapter on the Regulations of Marriage: pp. 219–231. q. Questions/ Issues of those Renowned for Orthodoxy (al-Mulūk): pp. 232–246. r. The Most Sublime Law (al-nāmūs al-sharīf): pp. 248– [295]. Consists of an introduction and 40 chapters (tiṭlus/tiṭlusāt). Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: 12 Abīb AM 1613 (= 10 July 1897 CE (p. [310]). Language and script: Arabic. Blue ink, with red notes and corrections. Very small, careful hand (4mm high). Material: Paper. Thin, modern European stock, with ruler lines and no watermarks visible.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: Jirjis Filūthāwus (p. [310]

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents:

No identification of patron/owner or restorer.

p. 247: table of contents for The Most Sublime Law (al-namūs al-sharīf) pp. [296]: table of contents for the manuscript as a whole pp. [297–310]: table of contents for the canonical collection (fihris al-qawānīn al-muqaddasah al-mudawwanah)

188

S.J. DAVIS

Colophons: p. [310]: the scribe Jirjis Filūthāwus signs his name and provides the date of completion as 12 Abīb AM 1613; = 10 July 1897 CE. Endowments (waqf-statements): none, apart from the Dayr al-Suryān library stamp. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 1 folio (pp. i–ii) Numbered folia: pp. 1–294, [295–310] Backmatter: none

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 31 × 20 cm Area of writing: 28.5 × 10.5 cm 34 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No cover. The pages at the beginning and end are very brittle with edges partially eaten away from use. The folia in the middle of the manuscript are better preserved.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. At various points throughout the manuscript, the scribe Jirjis Insertions Filūthāwus signed his name in the upper outside corner of pages and provided a running account of dates. He began on 3 Ba’ūnah, AM 1613 [= June 9, 1897 CE] (p. 1) and then recorded each day he worked until his completion of the manuscript on 12 Abīb, AM 1613 [July 10, 1897 CE]. It therefore took him just over a month to complete the MS. Readers’ insertions:

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 15 (= MS 711) Old number(s): Musalsal 778

Contents

Didaskalia

189

1. The Book of the Didaskalia (Kitāb al-dusquliyyah): Copt. 2a–4b, 10a–177b, 179a–194b. Introduction/Table of Contents (fihris): Copt. 2a–4a Beginning of the writing (Badu’ al-masṭūr): Copt. 4b, 10a–b Chapter 1: Copt. 10b–14b. Chapter 2: Copt. 14b–18b. Chapter 3: Copt. 18b–35a. Chapter 4: Copt. 35a–47b. Chapter 5: Copt. 47b–58b. Chapter 6: Copt. 58b–64b. Chapter 7: Copt. 65a–70b. Chapter 8: Copt. 70b–88b. Chapter 9: Copt. 88b–89b. Chapter 10: Copt. 89b–103b. Chapter 11: Copt. 103b–106a. Chapter 12: Copt. 106a–b. Chapter 13: Copt. 106b–108b. Chapter 14: Copt. 109a–111b. Chapter 15: Copt. 111b–113a. Chapter 16: Copt. 113b–114a. Chapter 17: Copt. 114a–[?]. Chapter 18 [no heading]: Copt. [?]–131a. Chapter 19: Copt. 131a–136a. Chapter 20: Copt. 136a–b. Chapter 21: Copt. 136b–137a. Chapter 22: Copt. 137a–138b. Chapter 23: Copt. 138b–140a. Chapter 24: Copt. 140a–141a. Chapter 25: Copt. 141a–142a. Chapter 26: Copt. 142a–143a. Chapter 27: Copt. 143a–150b. Chapter 28: Copt. 150b–151b. Chapter 29: Copt. 151b–152a. Chapter 30: Copt. 152a–154b. Chapter 31: Copt. 154b–162b.

190

S.J. DAVIS

Chapter 32: Copt. 162bb–169a. Chapter 33: Copt. 169a–170b. Chapter 34: Copt. 170b–179a. Chapter 35: Copt. 179a–181a. Chapter 36: Copt. 181a–185a. Includes a prayer for/over the bishop. Chapter 37: Copt. 185a–186a. Chapter 38: Copt. 186a–189a. Chapter 39: Copt. 189a–194b. Incomplete. Ending missing. Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings. Large-scale script (11 mm in height). Clear, legible hand consistently rendered throughout the MS. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock with the triple man-in-the moon watermark. On one page there is a large crescent watermark, with points that nearly close, encircling what looks like a trident or an axe-head.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Copt. 2a–4a: table of contents (fihris) for the Kitāb al-dusquliyyah Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered folia: Copt. 2–4, 10–177, 179–194 (= ff. 1–186) (= pp. [three unpaginated folia] 10–216, [217–376]) Backmatter: none The Coptic cursive foliation continues throughout the MS. It was written posterior to the scribe’s work. In the latter part of the MS, the order of the Coptic cursive numbers are variable, with the single digit sometimes being written second in order. A system of Arabic foliation has been written for the MS in its current state in the lower right corner of each verso, without a

ARABIC CANONS

191

break from folio 1 to folio 186. There is also a system of Arabic pagination that goes from page 10 (= Copt. 10a) to page 216 (= Copt. 113a). After this it breaks off. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 20.5 × 15 cm Area of writing: 16 × 10 cm 13 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Black leather cover in very bad shape. Cracked with the inner lining exposed. The folia are barely attached and only to the back cover. There has been an (unsuccessful) attempt to reinforce/ restore the spine using strips of paper.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions

192

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 16 (= MS 842) Old number(s): Musalsal 966

Contents

Historical Account from the Beginning of Creation to the Coming of Jesus Christ according to the Coptic Bible ‫جدول تاريخ حسب التوراه القبطي من ابتدى الخليقة الى مجي سيدنا‬ ‫المسيح له المجد‬ 1. Historical Account from the Beginning of Creation to the Coming of Jesus Christ according to the Coptic Bible: ff. 3–11.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Small-to-medium script in black ink (not bold, almost gray in tone). Material: Paper. Probably modern European paper. No watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

No table of contents

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 2 leaves (ff. i–ii) Numbered folia: ff. 3–11 (‫)ك–ج‬ Backmatter: none

No colophon (the MS simply concludes with a short blessing). No endowments or waqf-statements)

Folia are numbered with Arabic letters jīm through kāf (~ 3–11). Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 21 × 16.5 cm Area of writing: 17.5 × 14 cm 17 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Not bound. No cover. Consists of two quires of five and six folia each. The first consists of ff. i–ii and 3–5. The second consists of ff. 6–11.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. The scribe uses multiple tables to record (in columns) the total Insertions in years (al-jumlah [bi-]sinīn), the number of years that have passed (mudad a‘mār), and the names of patriarchs (asmā’).

ARABIC CANONS

193

2. Scribe uses English loan words in Arabic, such as al-birīyūdis (“periods”), which is used as a synonym for the term, al-zamān or al-azminah (“time” or “times”). Readers’ insertions:

194

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 17 (= MS 850) Old number(s): Musalsal 966

Contents

Canons of the Church Organized in the Form of Questions and Answers 1. Answers on the Consecration of Baptism: pp. 4–11. ‫أجوبة في تكريز المعمودية‬ 2. Canon Collection of Athanasius, Bishop of Qūṣ: pp. 12–24. ‫أرجوزة جمعها الاب انبا أثناسيوس أسقف مدينة قوص من القوانين المقدسة‬ 3. Twenty-seven Questions and Answers on the Coptic Church: pp. 25–49. ‫مسألة أيضا لما يحتاج إلى البيعة القبطية وقت الضرورة وأجوبة وعدتهم‬ ‫سبعة وعشرون مسألة‬ The final Q-and-A (pp. 47–49) belongs to the “Book of the Teacher and the Disciple” ‫المسألة من القانون المقدس وحده من كتاب المعلم والتلميذ‬ 4. A Beneficial Question and Its Answer: pp. 49–54. ‫مسألة نافعة وأجوابها‬ 5. Questions and Answers from Patriarch Cyril [III] (AM 956 = 1239/40 CE): pp. 54–61. ‫ وهي عشرة‬...٩٥٦ ‫مسائل وأجوبة من قول الانبا البطريرك انبا كيرلص ش‬ 6. Questions and Answers from al-shaykh Maximus: pp. 61–76. ‫مسائل وأجوبة أ ًيا بأجمعهم الشيخ الفاضل مكسيموس‬ 7. Questions and Answers on Possessions, Marriage, and Inheritance: pp. 77–95. ‫مسائل وأجوبة في الأملاك والزواج والميراس ]الميراث[ من قول القديسين‬ ‫معلمي البيعة‬ 8. Questions on Marrying and Inheritance: pp. 95–107. [‫مسائل أيضا في التزويج والميراه ]الميراث‬ 9. 100 Questions and Answers from Athanasius, Bishop of Qūṣ, most of which are from the Coptic Apostolic Canons: pp. 108–120.

ARABIC CANONS

195

‫ ]من[ الاب الفاضل الأسقف المكرم أبينا انبا‬...‫الماءة مسألة وأجوبة‬ ‫أثناسيوس أسقف مدينة قوص وإخراجهم من القوانين الرسولية القبطية‬ 10. Orders of the Coptic Church for those who want to convert from other Christian denominations: pp. 121–127: ‫نسخة من تراتيب الطيفة القبطية لمن أراد الأسغال من أي الطوائف‬ ‫النصرانية إلى الطيفة اليعقوبية‬ 11. Canon Collection on the Anointments (Signs of the Cross) of Baptism: pp. 127–130. ‫أرجوزة لرشومات المعمودية‬ 12. Question on Baptism: pp. 131–135. ‫مسألة في العماد الوصية بذلك‬ 13. Abridged Canon Collection on Inheritances of Christians according to the orders of al-As‘ad ibn al-‘Assāl: pp. 136– 148. ‫أرجوزة مختصرة بموارث النصارة نصم ]نزم[ الأسعد ابن العسال‬ 14. On the Apportionment of Inheritance: pp. 149–160, ff. 162a–164b. ‫قسمة الميراث ألفها بعد الأباء الأساقفة‬ 15. On Forbidden Marriages from the Canons of Ibn al-‘Assāl: ff. 164b–168b. ‫ من القوانين لابن العسال‬... ‫في الزيجات المحرمات‬ 16. The Thirty-Seventh Chapter on Inheritance by Ibn al-‘Assāl in six sections: ff. 168b–174a. ‫ وهو ستة فصول قول ابن العسال‬...‫الباب السابع والثلاثون في الميراث‬ 17. On the Meaning of the Patriarchal Rulers and Bishops from the sayings of some fathers: ff. 174a–176b. ‫قال بعد الأباء في معاني الرؤساء البطاركة والأساقفة‬ 18. [On] Forbidden Marriage Partners: ff. 176b–178a. ‫الزوج المحدود عنهما‬ 19. Anonymous Questions and Answers: ff. 178a–180a. ‫ذكر ما وجد ولم يعرف واضعه‬

196

S.J. DAVIS

20. Canons of the Prophets and Pure Apostles (excerpt): ff. 180a–181a. ‫من قوانين الأنبياء الرسل الأثار‬ 21. Collection (Majmū‘) of Ibn al-‘Assāl (excerpt): ff. 181a–183a. ‫من مجموع ابن العسال‬ 22. Questions from Mikhā’īl, bishop of Malīj (37 questions): ff. 183a–187b. ‫ مسألة‬٣٧ ‫مسألة وجدت بخط الأسقف انبا مخائيل أسقف مليج وعدتهم‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: 18 Kiyakh, AM 1297 (= 1580 CE) (f. 189a). Language and script: Arabic. There is evidence of two scribes. The first scribe is responsible for pp. 3–114. His script is small and carefully written in black ink with red headings and references. The second scribe is responsible for p. 110 and following. His script is larger, less careful, and more variable in size and style, with headings and references in red ink, and with more of a tendency to add four-dotted crosses in red. Material: Paper. Medium-stock Middle Eastern paper with no watermarks. The first and last folia are manila pages functioning as flyleaves.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

Scribe: al-qiss Buṭrus ibn Būlus ibn al-qummuṣ Darīyās al-Ṣāwī from Naqādah (ff. 187b and 189a).

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none

No identification of a patron/owner or restorer. Colophon: ff. 187b and 189a: scribe refers to himself twice as al-qiss Buṭrus ibn Būlus ibn al-qummuṣ Darīyās al-Ṣāwī from Naqādah. On folio 187b he also refers to himself in Coptic as “the presbyter Peter” (ⲡⲓⲡⲣⲉⲥⲃⲩⲧⲁⲣⲟⲥ ⲡⲁⲧⲣⲟⲥ) and as “the son of Paul” (ⲡϣⲏⲣⲓ ⲙⲡⲁⲩⲗⲟⲥ), and in Arabic as “the servant of the great Church of the Angel Michael at the rock (?) of Naqādah (khādim bī‘at al-jalīl al-malāk Mikhā’īl bi-Ḥājir Naqādah). On folio 189a, he again refers to himself as “the servant of the angel Michael” (khādim al-malāk Mikhā’īl) and provides the date as 18 Kīhak, AM 1297 [= 1580 CE].

ARABIC CANONS

197

Endowments (waqf-statements): none that survive, although the bottom of folio 189a is torn away. This text came to Dayr al-Suryān from Naqādah and it is possible that this page contained the waqf-statement connected with its original provenance. Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 2 leaves (pp. i–iv) Numbered pages: pp. 3–160, [no f. 161], ff. 162–187, [no f. 188], 189 Backmatter: 2 leaves (ff. 190–191) The manuscript starts with a pagination system and then switches to a foliation system, skipping number 161 and then starting with folio 162. Folio 188 is also omitted.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 25 × 17 cm Area of writing: 17.5 × 14 cm 17 lines/page

Cover, Condition

Red leather cover with a cruciform arrangement of floral mandorlas in the center, colored green and gold. The central mandorla is oval-shaped, and it is surrounded by four lotus-shaped smaller mandorlas. The front cover has a flap with a small green oval mandorla (the gold seems to have worn away). The cover is in decent shape, but there is some wear at the edges. However, it is completely detached from the spine and pages. The front- and backmatter (the first two and last two folia: pp. i–iv, 190–191) are detached from the rest of the pages. Folia 186–187 and 189 are halfway detached, held on loosely by the binding string. Just less than half of folio 189 has survived: the bottom of the page has been ripped away.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. On folio 190b, there is a scribal note to anyone who would Insertions bind the book to be careful not to allow any pages to be omitted. 2. The manuscript includes the following illuminations: p. 3: an image of two men. The upper one takes up two-thirds of the page: he is wearing a hat and is shown with hair at the back of his head. He wears a striped robe (brown and orange), with a similarly striped thick fringe at the bottom, and he wears heeled shoes on his feet (which are shown in

198

S.J. DAVIS

miniature). He is shown in profile facing left, with a basket or bucket featuring the same stripes (again in brown and orange) and with a stick coming out of the top. In his hands he holds a long horn, which he seems prepared to blow. There is a christological monogram in Coptic on either side of his head, which reads “Jesus Christ” (ⲒⲎⲤ ⲠⲬⲤ). His body is flanked on either side by the name “Jesus Christ” in Arabic (yasū‘ al-masīḥ). Below his feet (on either side of the head of the smaller human figure below him) is the Coptic monogram for “Son of God” (ⲨⲤ ⲐⲤ). The smaller figure below him also faces left and is rendered in a similar way, with a hat (but with no hair), a striped robe in the same colors, and heeled shoes on his small feet. In his hands he holds a staff with two circular knobs near the top. On either side are depicted large winged birds with bent legs and orange bodies, holding strings of large beads (pearls or grapes?) in their mouths. p. 4: Across the top of the page there is a decorative motif in brown and orange that looks like a string of beads with crosses (like a rosary). pp. 12, 25, 49, and 108: These pages feature rectangular borders with geometric designs marking the beginning of sections of text. p. 130: This page features an image of four birds. The largest takes up the bottom two-thirds of the page. It is portrayed in profile, facing right. Its body is orange: its two wings, tail feather, and talons are accentuated. It has a white band around its neck, and in its beak it holds a tall cross made up of a chain of teardrop-shaped links. The teardrop links continue out from the top of the cross to the left. A second small bird stands sideways on the large bird’s neck and holds one of the teardrop links in its beak. A third bird, slightly larger, is in the air to the left and hold the end of the chain in its beak. Finally, a fourth bird, even larger with tail feathers visible, is in the air further to the left. All the birds face rightward.

ARABIC CANONS

199

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 18 (= MS 908) Old number(s): none

Contents

Miscellaneous Liturgical, Canonical, and Hagiographical Texts 1. On the necessary preparation for the prayers and liturgies spoken on the six days [of creation] and their feasts: Copt. 25a–41b. ‫نبتدى بما يجب اعتماده في الصلوات والقداسات التي ذكر في ايام الستة‬ … ‫واعيادها‬ 2. On the necessary preparation on the Friday of Holy Week: Copt. 41b–49a. ... ‫يبتدي بما يجب اعتماده في جمعة البصخة المقدسة‬ 3. The Feast of Pentecost: Copt. 49a–51a. ‫عيد البنطيقستي ويعني بالعبراني العنصرة‬ 4. Order of Readings from the Fathers, the Teachers of the Church: Copt. 51a–[53b]. ‫ترتيب ما نعتمده الابا معلمي البيعة … ما يعتمده الكاهن في وقت خدمة‬ ‫القداس والصلوات‬ 5. Order of the Evening Prayer (Vespers): Copt. [53b]–55a. ‫ترتيب صلاة عشية يكشف القس رأسه ويضرب المطانوة إلى الهيكل‬ 6. Beneficial Questions [and Answers] from the Sayings of the Holy Fathers: Copt. 55a–69b. … ‫مسائل نافعة من قول ابائنا القديسين معلمي البيعة‬ 7. Beneficial Questions [and Answers] from the Sayings of our Father, the Hegumen Rafā’īl: Copt. 69b–76b. ... ‫مسائل نافعة من قول ابينا السيد الفاضل الايغومنس انبا رافائيل‬ 8. Chapter 7 of the Order of the Censer, with which the priest censes at the times of the prayers and the liturgies, according to what Father John the Seventy-Seventh [sic] Patriarch explained: Copt. 76b–78a. ‫الباب السابع في ترتيب المجمرة التي يبخر بها الكاهن في اوقات‬ ‫الصلوات والقداسات على ما شرحه الاب البطريرك انبا يونس السابع والسبعين‬

200

S.J. DAVIS

9. Life of Archelides: Copt. 79a–84a. ‫سيرة الطوباني ارشليدس‬ 10. Sayings and Sermon of Saint Basil of Caesarea: Copt. 84b–107a. ‫من قول القديس باسيليوس اسقف قيسارية من اجل سرعة زوال الدنيا‬ ‫ووعظ وتحذير لمن يريد خلاص نفسه‬ 11. Saying(s) of Mar Isaac [the Syrian] on Repentance and Renunciation: Copt. 107b–123a. ... ‫ميمر من قول مارى اسحق قاله على التوبة والزهد‬ 12. Disputation that took place at the consecration of Cyril [III] Ibn Laqlaq as the Seventy-fifth Patriarch: Copt. 123b–128b. ‫نسخة للمناظرة الذي جرت عند تقدمة الاب البطريرك انبا كيلس الخامس‬ ‫والسبعين في عدد البطاركة بمدينة الاسكندرية عرف بابن لقلق‬ 13. Teachings of Father Antony, in 20 chapters: Copt. 129a–[141b]. ‫تعاليم الاب انطونيوس مرتبة عشرون بابا‬ Incomplete. The text ends in the third line of chapter 16. Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Rather rushed, smudgy hand, with medium-to-large letters (10–12 mm in height) written at a slant. The hand is quite variable in sections, becoming rather smaller and cramped in execution (e.g., see Copt. 52b). Material: Paper. Medium-weight Middle Eastern stock, with no watermarks in evidence.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none

Patron/owner: the Metropolitan Sāwīrus (Copt. 78b).

Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): Copt. 78b: waqf-statement endowing the MS to Dayr al-Suryān, written with the permission of “our Father the Metropolitan Sāwīrus.”

ARABIC CANONS

Pages, Numbering

201

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: Copt. 25–51, [52–55], 56–72, [missing folio 73], 74–102, [missing folia 103–104], 105–133, [missing folia 134–135], 136–138, [139–141] Backmatter: none The Coptic cursive foliation is mostly consistent and visible throughout the manuscript, except for places where it has been obscured by smudging or wear at the corner of the page. An Arabic numbering covering ff. 47–51 is supplied on five folia where the Coptic cursive is not visible.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 15.5 × 12 cm Area of writing: 14 × 10.5 cm 11–12 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. The pages are barely held together by the original stitching at the spine. The edges of the pages are ragged from use. The final quire shows signs of water damage.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions

202

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 19 (= MS 909) Old number(s): none

Contents

Unidentified Canon Collection 1. Unidentified Canon Collection (fragmentary) The manuscript lacks titles identifying the canonical works contained therein. It consists of 80 loose folia with intermittent Coptic cursive foliation. The following selected pages/headings are in evidence. Copt. 133a–136b: beginning with the last part of chapter (faṣl) 10 and ending with the first part of chapter 12: Copt. 194a–198b: beginning with the end of chapter (bāb) 23 and ending with the first part of chapter 24. Copt. 223a–226b: beginning with the last part of chapter 24 and ending with first part of chapter 27. Copt. 233a–237b: beginning with the last part of chapter 27 and ending with the first part of chapter 31 Copt. 253a–257b: beginning with the last part of chapter 34 and ending with the first part of chapter 36 Copt. 2[7]3a–2[7]7b: beginning with the last part of chapter 40 and ending with the first part of chapter 41 Copt. 283a–286b: beginning with the last part of chapter 44 and ending with the first part of chapter 45

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings and dots/punctuation. Fairly small hand (most letters under 7mm high). Script tends to become cramped in spacing at the end of lines. Material: Paper. Medium-weight Middle Eastern stock, with no watermarks in evidence.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

ARABIC CANONS

Pages, Numbering

203

No frontmatter Numbered pages: 80 folia in total, including Copt. 133–136, 194– 198, 223–226, 233–237, 253–257, 2[7]3–2[7]7, and 283–286. No backmatter There is Coptic cursive foliation intermittently visible on throughout the loose folia. It is apparent that this manuscript was disordered at some time in the past and requires collation, a step that will be hindered by the poor preservation of many of its corner sections.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 15 × 11.5 cm Area of writing: 12.5 × 9 cm 14–16 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. Page edges and corners have become frayed and eaten away so that the folio numbers are not always preserved. Some leaves have stains, rips, and/or holes.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions

204

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 20 (= MS 910) Old number(s): none

Contents

Collection of Conciliar Canons 1. Canons of the Community (read: Council) of Antioch: Copt. 151a–156b, 159a–161a. ‫ قوانين جماعة ]مجمع[ انطاكية‬:‫أ‬١٦١ ‫ف‬ Includes Canons 10 (ending) through 19 (beginning), and Canons 23 (ending) through Canon 25. 2. Canons of the Sixth Council [Council of Laodicea] (59 in total): Copt. 161b–188b. ‫ حدود وقوانين المجمع السادس‬:‫ب‬١٦١ ‫ف‬ ‫ جماعة اللادقية‬:‫ب‬١٨٨ ‫ف‬ 3. Synods and Great Councils, the first council of which is the Council of Nicaea: Copt. 189a–213a. … ‫ السنودسات والمجامع الكبار وهو مجمع نيقية‬:‫أ‬١٨٩ ‫ف‬ ‫ خبر قسطنطين الكبير‬:‫أ‬٢١٣ ‫ف‬ 4. The Proclamations of the Great First Council, i.e. the Council of Nicaea: Copt. 213b–216a. ‫ خبر المجمع الكبير الأول اعنى مجمع نيقية‬:‫ب‬٢١٣ ‫ف‬ 5. Interpretation of the Statutes of the Council of Nicaea: Copt. 216b–217a. ‫تفسير الحدود التي وضعها الابا الابرار اعنى مجمع نيقية المقدس‬ 6. Canons of Nicaea (20 in total): Copt. 217b–235b. 7. 84 Canons (incomplete): Copt. 236a–b, [237 missing], 238a–264b. The manuscript breaks off during Canon 46, after six lines of text.

Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings and dots/punctuation. Fairly small hand (most letters under 7 or 8mm high). Headings are medium in scale (approx. 10mm in height).

ARABIC CANONS

205

The script is occasionally cramped in spacing, especially at the end of lines. Material: Paper. Light-to-medium weight Middle Eastern stock, with no watermarks in evidence. Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: Copt. 162a–165b: scribal table of contents for the Canons of the Sixth Council (59 in total) Copt. 217b–218b: scribal table of contents for the Canons of Nicaea (20 in total) Copt. 236a–b, [237 missing], 238a–240a: scribal table of contents for the 84 Canons (one page missing) Colophons: none, apart from conventional blessings at the end of the major sections. Endowments (waqf-statements): none

Pages, Numbering

No frontmatter Numbered pages: Copt. 151–264 No backmatter There is Coptic cursive foliation visible throughout. The quires are also marked in the upper left corner of rectos: the surviving manuscript begins with the final part of quire 16 and continues through the first part of quire 27.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 16 × 12.5 cm Area of writing: 10 × 8 cm 8–10 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. The surviving leaves have frayed edges with occasional rips and signs of insect damage.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Insertions Readers’ insertions:

206

S.J. DAVIS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 21 (= MS 935) Old number(s): none

Contents

Unidentified Canon Collection The manuscript starts in the midst of Chapter 13. Headings in evidence: f. [2]b: Chapter 14, on prayer (al-bāb al-rābi‘ ‘ashar fī al-ṣalāh). f. [5]a: Chapter 15, on fasting (fī al-ṣawm). f. [7]b: Chapter 16, on alms (fī al-ṣadaqah). f. [9]b: Chapter 21, on the sick (li-ajl al-marḍā) f. [10]a: Chapter 22, on the dead (fī al-amwāt) f. [11]b: Chapter 23, on food and clothing (fī al-ma’ākil wa al-malābis) f. [14]a: Chapter 24, on betrothals, dowries, and marriage (fī al-khiṭbah wa al-imlāk wa al-zījah) f. [17]b: Chapter 38, on lending (fī al-qarḍ) f. [18]a: Chapter 39, on settlements/confessions (fī al-iqrār) f. [19]a: Chapter 40 (fī mā yūjad ḍā’i‘) f. [20]b: Chapter 41 (fī al-waḍḍah [?] bi-l-māl) f. [28]a: Chapter 25, on concubinage (fī taḥrīm al-tasarrī) f. [28]a: Chapter 26, on gifts… from the Book of Chapters/Litanies (fī al-hibbah… min kitāb al-taṭlisāt). f. [29]b: Chapter 27, on loans, mortgages/pawning, guarantees, and securities/pledges/deposits (fī al-qarḍ wa al-rahn wa al-ḍamān wa al-kafālah) f. [32]b: Chapter 28, on lending agreements (fī al-‘āriyah) f. [32]b: Chapter 29, on desposits (fī al-wadī‘ah) f. [34]a: Chapter 30, on power of attorney (fī al-wakālah) f. [34]b: Chapter 31, on freedom, slavery, and emancipation (fī al-ḥuriyyah wa al-‘abūdiyyah wa al-‘itq) f. [56]b: Chapter 11, on commandments for the laity (fī adāb waṣāyā al-‘almāniyyīūn…) Folio [59b] is blank. f. [69]a: Chapter 34, on fellowship (fī-l-sharikah … min al-tiṭlus al-tāsi‘ ‘ashar wa al-‘ishrūn) f. [70]a: Chapter 35, on hatred and anger (fī al-ikrāh wa al-ghaḍab) f. [71]a: Chapter 36, on rental agreements (fī al-ijārāt wa al-ḥukūr min al-tiṭlus al-sābi‘ wa al-khāmis ‘ashar) f. [73]a: Chapter 41, on inheritances (fī al-mawārith)

ARABIC CANONS

207

f. [76]b: Chapter 37, on ways and roads (fī al-ṭuruq wa al-shawāri‘) f. [78]a: Chapter 6, on priests (fī al-qusūs wa al-naṭrifīyah [?]) f. [80]b: Chapter 7, on deacons (fī al-shamāmisah) f. [82]a: Chapter 46, on the punishments for disbelief in God (fī ‘uqūbāt al-kufr bi-l-ilāh) f. [85]b: Chapter 20, on martyrs and confessors (li-ajl al-shuhadā’ wa al-mu‘tarifīn) f. [92]a: Chapter 48, on exposing adultery (fī fuḍāḍ al-zinā’) f. [103]b: Chapter 17, on the person entrusted with the money for alms and the money for the church (fī mutawallī amwāl al-ṣadaqāt wa amwāl al-kanāi’s) f. [105]a: Chapter 18, in 10 sections f. [108]b: Chapter 19, on Sunday, Saturday, and the Divine Feastdays (fī yawm al-aḥad wa al-sabt wa al-a‘yād al-ilāhīyah) f. [111]a: Chapter 33, on transactions (fī al-mubāya‘āt … min al-tiṭlus al-rābi‘ ‘ashar) f. [113]b: Chapter 13, on the offerings (fi al-qarābīn) f. [114]b: Chapter 44, on boredom (fī al-mulūl) f. [119]a: Chapter 47, on killing/murder and its punishment (fī al-qatl wa quṣāsihi) f. [120]a: Chapter 32, on interdiction (fī al-ḥajr… min tiṭlus al-waṣāyā) Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with no red headings and dots/punctuation. Small-to-medium scale hand (7–8mm high). Lines of the script are written in bold, dark ink. Fairly consistent throughout the MS: notable absence of letter dotting. Material: Paper. Medium-weight Middle Eastern stock, with no watermarks in evidence.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of contents: none Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

208 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

No frontmatter Numbered pages: 120 folia in total No backmatter There is no foliation numbering in the MS. The folia number 120 in total. It is clear that they are out of order and need collation. Folio [8]a is blank. Folio [28]a is marked as the beginning of quire 10. Folio [43]a is marked as the beginning of quire 9. Folio [59]b is blank. Folia [73]b and [74]b are marked as the beginning of quires 13 and 8, respectively (they are clearly inserted backward and out of place in the MS). Folio 115 is marked as the beginning of quire 15. Folia [118]a is marked as the beginning of quire 12.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 25.5 × 18 cm Area of writing: 22 × 13 cm 26 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. Loose folia. The surviving leaves have edges that are frayed with signs of water damage on the lower edge of the pages. The first 26 folia were stitched together by a thread (perhaps ex post facto). Folia [102]–[108] were also stitched together.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 22 (= MS 966) Old number(s): none

Contents

Conciliar Canons

209

1. Conciliar Canons: Copt. 4a–7b, 12a–14b, 17a–19b Incomplete. Beginning and end missing. Major headings: Copt. 7b: Introduction Indicating the Names of Those Who Established/Published the Ecclesiastical Councils ‫ المقدمة الدالة على اسما واضعي القوانين البيعية‬:‫ب‬٧ ‫ف‬ Copt. 14a: The Eleven Canons of the Sixth Council, which is the Fifth of the Minor Councils,… and This Council Met in the City of Laodicea ‫ الحادى عشر قوانين المجمع السادس وهو الخامس من المجامع‬:‫أ‬١٤ ‫ف‬ ‫ وهذا المجمع قد اجمع بمدينة اللادقية‬...‫الصغار‬ In this section, there is a subheading for “The Ninth Council,” which is identified as “The Third Great Council,” which met in the City of Ephesus ‫ والمجمع التاسع وهو الثالت من المجامع الكبار اجمع بمدينة‬:‫ب‬١٤ ‫ف‬ ‫افسس‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings and punctuation dots (growing less frequent as the text goes on). The hand exhibits a large script (exceeding 10mm in places), rendered with bold, horizontally-oriented strokes. The scribe sometimes shows a lack of planning as evidenced by squeezed letters, cramped spacing and mistakes at the end of lines. Material: Paper. Heavy/thick European stock with laid lines. Possible traces of watermarks are not discernible.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

210 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: Copt. 4–7, 12–14, 17–19 Backmatter: none The original Coptic cursive folio numbers are mirrored by Arabic numbers written in ballpoint pen.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 26.2 × 18.3 cm Area of writing: 20 × 14 cm 16–17 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. The manuscript survives in loose folia grouped in two partially preserved quires. The first quire has discoloration due to water damage. The second quire also shows some stains.

Notes on Scribal practice: Scribal Practice Readers’ insertions: and Readers’ Insertions

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 23 (= MS 967) Old number(s): none

Contents

Canons on Church Order

211

1. Miscellaneous Canons on Church Order: Copt. 23–28 Incomplete. Beginning and end missing. The surviving text starts in the middle of Canon 49 (the heading is lost). The rest of the folia contain Canons 50–70, with the final canon breaking off after two lines. The canons pertain to the various aspects of church life and worship, including rules for priests. Heading for Canon 50 (Copt. 23a): On whoever brings the priests to the church and brings them out and returns ‫فيمن يحضر الكهنة الى البيعة ويخرج ويعود‬ Heading for Canon 70 (Copt. 28b): On whoever among the priests is wealthy and what they need to do with respect to philanthropy ‫منجل من يكون من الكهنة غني وما يلزمه ان يفعله من الرحمة‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings. Medium-scale script, rendered in a skilled hand with fluid, rounded letter forms. Material: Paper. Thick Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: Copt. 23–28 Backmatter: none

Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

The original Coptic cursive foliation is mirrored by Arabic folio numbers written in ballpoint pen. On Copt. 23, the number 3 is

212

S.J. DAVIS

written in red, while on the rest of the folia the numbers are all in black ink. However, on Copt. 24–25, someone has written 4 and 5 above the folia numbers in red ink. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 26.3 × 17.8 cm Area of writing: 19 × 12.5 cm 16–17 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. Loose folia comprising part of only one quire survive. The first two of these folia have a significant stain or discoloration in the middle of the page toward the spine. The page edges are discolored from use.

Notes on Scribal practice: Scribal Practice Readers’ insertions: and Readers’ 1. On the recto of the first folio (Copt. 23a), someone has Insertions written al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī (The Spiritual Physician) in pencil in an attempt to identify the work. This identification requires further confirmation. 2. Next to some of the canon headings, someone has written two parallel lines in an informal hand at a diagonal angle.

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 24 (= MS 968) Old number(s): none

Contents

Miscellaneous Canons

213

1. Collection of Canons: Copt. 128–130, 137–149, 159–167 Incomplete. Beginning and ending missing. Attested headings: Copt. 128a: On the Definition of Fasting ‫ في حدود الصوم‬:‫أ‬١٢٨ ‫ف‬ Copt. 129a: On the Prohibition of What Must Be Prohibited during the Fast ‫ في تحريم ما يجب حرمة في الصوم‬:‫أ‬١٢٩ ‫ف‬ Copt. 129b: On the Order of Divorce and Separation from Women ‫ في ترتيب الطلاق والفرقة من النساء‬:‫ب‬١٢٩ ‫ف‬ Copt. 143a: The Consecration of the Altars; On the Oil of the Myron and Its Virtues ‫ تقديس الهياكل‬:‫أ‬١٤٣ ‫ف‬ ‫ في دهن الميرون وفضايله‬:‫أ‬١٤٣ ‫ف‬ Copt. 143b–149b: Commandments 1–18 ‫ الوصية الأولى‬:‫ب‬١٤٣ ‫ف‬ ... ‫الخ‬ Copt. 159a–167b: Commandments [29]–46. Before the text breaks off, the final commandment (number 46) includes the following subheading: “On Marrying One’s Brother” ‫ عن زوجة الاخ‬:‫ب‬١٦٧ ‫ف‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red heading but no punctuation dots. Medium-scale script (6–10mm) with some variability in size. The hand is inconsistent and sometimes a little slurred. Material: Paper. Medium-weight Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks.

214

S.J. DAVIS

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: Copt. 128–130, 137–149, 159–167 Backmatter: none

Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

The (original) Coptic cursive and (later) Arabic folio numbers match throughout. The latter is written in ballpoint pen. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 26 × 17.5 cm Area of writing: 18.5 × 12.5 cm 17 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. The manuscript survives in loose folia and partial quires. Some of the edges show rips, tears, and folds. The pages are discolored in places with small wax drippings and other stains.

Notes on Scribal practice: Scribal Practice 1. The scribe occasionally writes short marginal notations. and Readers’ Readers’ insertions: Insertions

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 25 (= MS 969) Old number(s): none

Contents

Miscellaneous Canons

215

1. Miscellaneous Canons: ff. [1]–[5] Incomplete. Beginning and ending missing. There is a textual lacuna between ff. [4] and [5]. The text is organized around “types” (anwā‘) of doctrines of faith related to the life of the church. Headings: ‫ النوع الثاني اعتقاد امانته في الانسان كله يصدق ان‬:‫[ب‬١] ‫ف‬ ‫المؤمنين كلهم قد لبسوا ]ا[لمسيح له المجد بالمعموديه‬ ‫ النوع الثالث اعتقاد الامانه في الاستعمال الا غديه ولا شربه‬:‫[أ‬٢] ‫ف‬ ‫والملابس وساير القنيات‬ ‫ النوع الرابع اعتقاد امانته في افتعال الوصايا المدعوه اليه لعمل‬:‫[أ‬٢] ‫ف‬ ‫القلب كالصوم والصلاه والخدمه السهر والطاعه السكوت ونظايرها‬ ‫ النوع الخامس اعتقاد امانته في طلباته التي تبغها من ﷲ اما‬:‫[ب‬٢] ‫ف‬ ‫اغتفار خطاياه او تحويل مواهب‬ ‫ النوع السادس معتقد امانته في مفاجاه المحن الاضطرار به‬:‫[أ‬٣] ‫ف‬ ‫كالفقر والسب والامراض ونظايرها الشبه ذلك‬ ‫ لان الرسول بولس يقول‬:‫[ب‬٤] ‫ف‬ ‫ شرح ذلك في نوع الامانه‬:‫[ب‬٤] ‫ف‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings. The letters are small (typically less than 5mm high) and written in a bold but closely packed hand. Material: Paper. Medium-weight Middle Eastern stock with no watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

216 Pages, Numbering

S.J. DAVIS

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: ff. [1–5] Backmatter: none There are no folio numbers. The ones I have provided in square brackets are for reference only. The first four of the five folia belong to the same quire. The fifth folio is detached and not sequential in relation to the first four.

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 21 × 15.7 cm Area of writing: 14.5 × 11–11.5 cm 16 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. The first four folia are in reasonable shape, although f. [1]a has glue and/or dirt attached in one place, obscuring parts of words. Folio [5] is ripped almost completely through about two-thirds of the way up the page.

Notes on Scribal practice: Scribal Practice Readers’ insertions: and Readers’ Insertions

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 26 (= MS 970) Old number(s): none

Contents

Miscellaneous Canons

217

1. Miscellaneous Canons: ff. [1]–[19]. Incomplete. Beginning and end missing. The text consists of a canonical work organized by chapters. It begins in the middle of chapter 24 (the heading of which is lost) and continues through chapter 36 (the ending of which is lost). The headings for chapters 25–36 are preserved. First extant chapter heading on f. [1]b: Chapter 25 ... ‫ الباب الخامس والعشرون في تحريم التسري وحال السرية‬:‫[ب‬١] ‫ف‬ Final extant chapter heading on f. [18]a: Chapter 36 ‫ الباب السادس والثلثون في الاجارات والجلود من التطلس‬:‫[أ‬١٨] ‫ف‬ ...‫السابع والخامس عشر‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: none Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings. The script is extremely variable in size, sometimes quite small, sometimes medium-to-large in scale. The folia with smaller letter forms seem to be written with more care than those featuring larger ones, where the writer has often created smudges and mistakes. This variation may indicate more than one hand at work, but there is also the possibility of a highly inconsistent single hand. Material: Paper. Medium-weight European stock, with laid lines but no watermarks detectable.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of a scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: none

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: none Numbered pages: ff. [1–19] Backmatter: none

Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none

218

S.J. DAVIS

Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 30.6 × 20.5 cm Area of writing: 22.5–24 × 13.5–15.5 cm 18–24 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No binding. The surviving folia are held together with stitching, which is probably secondary, perhaps executed by a later restorer. The pages at the front and back are tattered along the edges and there are discolorations and stains at various places.

Notes on Scribal practice: Scribal Practice Readers’ insertions: and Readers’ Insertions

219

ARABIC CANONS

Cat. No.

DS Arabic Canons 27 (= MS 108) Old number(s): none

Contents

[al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, Nomocanon (al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī)] 1. [al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, Nomocanon (al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī)]: ff. 1a–70b. Incomplete. Beginning and ending missing. a. [Part One]: ff. 1a–58a [‫]الجزء الاول‬ Introduction: ff. 1a–3b The beginning of this section is missing and it lacks a title. On f. 1a, the first surviving line begins as follows: ‫ نطوبا للرووسا تشهيدها وتشديدها بحسب ما يرونه‬:‫أ‬١ ‫ف‬ ‫باختلاف الاحوال الاصل المعتمد عليه في جملة هذا المعنى هو‬ ... ‫قول ربنا له المجد لتلاميذه‬ On f. 3b, the scribe identifies the section as an “introduction” (muqaddimah). Book 1, On the church and what relates to it: f. 4a–b ‫الباب الأول في الكنيسة وما يتعلق بها‬ Book 2, On the divine books that are commanded to be accepted in the church: f. 5a ‫الباب الثاني في الكتب الالهية المأمور بقبولها في البيعة‬ Book 3, On baptism and those who enter into the faith: f. 5a–6a ‫الباب الثالث في التلميذ والذين يدخلون الى الايمان‬ Book 4, On the patriarchs: ff. 6a–9a ‫الباب الرابع في البطاركة‬ Book 5, On the bishops: ff. 9b–19b ‫الباب الخامس في الاساقفة‬ Book 6, On the priests (al-qusūs): ff. 19b–21b ‫]الباب[ السادسة في القسوس‬ Book 7, On the deacons, in five sections: ff. 22a–23b ‫الباب السابع الشمامسة‬ Book 8, On the subdeacon (al-abūdiyāqun), reader (al-aghnīstīs), and chanter (al-abṣaldus): ff. 23b–24b ‫الباب الثامن في الابودياقن والاغنيستيس والابصلدس‬

220

S.J. DAVIS

Book 9, On the priests (al-kahinah): ff. 24b–29b ‫الباب التاسع في الكهنة‬ Book 10, On male and female monastics, in eight sections: ff. 29b–33b. Ending missing. ‫الباب العاشر في الرهبان والرهبانات‬ [Book 11, On laypersons], in three sections: ff. 34a–35b. Beginning and title heading missing. [‫]الباب الحادي عشر في اداب ووصايا العلمانيين وجماعة المؤمنين‬ Book 12, On the Eucharistic liturgy: ff. 35b–37a ‫الباب الثاني عشر في القداس‬ Book 13, On the Eucharistic offering: ff. 37a–38b ‫الباب الثالث عشر في القربان‬ Book 14, On prayer: ff. 38b–41a ‫الباب الرابع عشر في الصلاة‬ Book 15, On fasting: ff. 41a–43b ‫الباب الخامس عشر في الصوم‬ Book 16, On almsgiving: ff. 43b–47b ‫الباب السادس عشر في الصدقة‬ Book 17, On the superintendent of alms, the money of churches, and its offerings: ff. 47b–49a ‫الباب السابع عشر في المتولي اموال الصدقات واموال الكنايس‬ ‫وقرابينها‬ Book 18, On the tithes, first fruits, and votive offerings: ff. 49a–52b ‫الباب الثامن عشر قسمان في بقية الكلام في العشور والبكور والثاني‬ ‫في النذور‬ Book 19, On Sunday, Saturday, and dominical feasts, or pilgrimage: ff. 52b–54b ‫الباب تاسع عشر في يوم الاحد والسبت والاعياد السيدية او الحج‬ Book 20, On martyrs, confessors, and apostates: ff. 54b–56b ‫الباب العشرون في الشهدا والمعترفين والجاحدين‬

ARABIC CANONS

221

Book 21, On the sick: ff. 56b–57a ‫الباب الحادي والعشرون في المرضى‬ Book 22, On the dead: ff. 57a–58a ‫الباب الثاني العشرون في الاموات‬ b. Part Two ‫الجزؤ الثاني في الامور السياسية الشخصية والنوعية والمنزلية والمدنية‬ Book 23, On foods, clothes, residences, and crafts appropriate for Christians: ff. 58b–60b ‫الباب الثالث العشرون في المااكل والملابس والمساكن والصنايع اللايقة‬ ‫بالمسيحيين‬ Book 24, On engagement, betrothal, and marriage: ff. 60b–70b. Incomplete. Ending missing ‫الباب الرابع العشرون في الخطبة والاملاك والزيجة‬ Date, Language, Script, Material

Date: not indicated. Language and script: Arabic. Black ink with red headings and dots. The scribal hand is small-to-medium in scale with rather closely spaced lettering. The script is larger (medium in scale) on folio 68, but it is the work of the same scribe. Material: Paper. Medium-weight Middle Eastern stock with laid lines but no watermarks.

Scribe, Patron/Owner, Restorer

No identification of scribe, patron/owner, or restorer.

Tables of Contents, Colophons, Endowments

Tables of Contents: ff. 3b–4a: the scribal table of contents at the end of the Introduction. Colophons: none Endowments (waqf-statements): none, apart from the purple waqf stamp of the Dayr al-Suryān library.

Pages, Numbering

Frontmatter: 0 leaves Numbered folia: ff. 1–70 Backmatter: 0 leaves

222

S.J. DAVIS

The Arabic foliation is written in pencil in the upper left corner of each recto. There is a folio (or more than one folio?) missing between ff. 33 and 34. Dimensions, Layout

Dimensions: 30.5 × 19.5 cm Area of writing: 23.5 × 14 cm 22 lines/page

Cover, Condition

No cover. The unbound page edges are tattered, especially at the beginning and end. There are signs of water/moisture damage in places with the ink of the text blurred.

Scribal Practice Scribal practice: and Readers’ 1. On f. 10b, the scribe has written a marginal note related to Insertions the prayer of ordination. 2. On f. 21a, the scribe has crossed out a phrase with a horizontal line of red ink. Readers’ insertions: 1. On ff. 11b, 14a, and 19a, anonymous readers have written marginal comments on the text.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

LIST OF FIGURES COMMENTARIES DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS

Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic

Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary

1, f. 352b–353b 2, f. 13b 3, f. 39b 4, ff. 1b–2a 6, f. 3a 8, f .291b 9, f. 302a 10, f. 130b 12, f. 245b 13, f. 1a 14, f. 268b 15, f. 178a 16, p. 637 17, f. 2a 18, f. 293b 19, ff. 4b–5a 21, f. 1a 22, ff. 287b–288a 23, ff. 2b–3a 24, ff. 40b–41a 24, ff. 167b-168a 26, f. 261a 27, ff. 3b–4a 28, f. 3a 29, f. 1b 30, f. 2a 32, f. 7b 33, ff. 169b–170a 34, f. 256b 35, f. 2a 36, ff. 205b–206a 38, f. 1a 39, ff. 80b–81a 40, f. 63b 41, f. 225b 42, ff. 85b–86a 43, ff. 199b–200a

226

S.J. DAVIS

CANONS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS

Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic

Canons Canons Canons Canons Canons Canons Canons Canons Canons Canons Canons

1, f. 42a 2, ff. 268b–269a 3, f. 17a 4, ff. 338b–339a 5, ff. 99b–100a 6, f. 137b 8, ff. 278b–279a 9, ff. 62b–63a 10, ff. 76b–77a 17, ff. 188b–189a 18, ff. 78b–79a

DS Arabic Commentary 1, ff. 352b–353a Colophon after the Commentary on Genesis, followed by a waqf-statement indicating that the treatise was copied with the permission of the Metropolitan Sāwīrus, head of Dayr al-Suryān.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

227

228

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 2, f. 13b Incipit for the section of the Six Days of Creation concerning the vision of Gregory Nazianzus about the trial and fall of Satan.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

DS Arabic Commentary 3, f. 39b Incipit for John Chrysostom’s On the Six Days of Creation.

229

DS Arabic Commentary 4, ff. 1b–2a Colophon identifying the scribe and restorer as Ḥannā, a priest and monk of the Monastery of Barāmūs and indicating that he repaired the manuscript in AM 1575 [= 1858/59 CE], followed by the incipit for the Commentary on Genesis.

230 S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 6, f. 3a Incipit for the Commentary on Genesis, with the front flap of the volume visible.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

231

232

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 8, f. 220a Incipit for the Commentary on the Third Book of Torah (Leviticus).

ALBUM OF FIGURES

233

DS Arabic Commentary 8, f. 291b Cross with christological monogram, accompanied by a reader’s prayer for remembrance.

234

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 9, f. 302a Incipit for the Commentary on Numbers.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

DS Arabic Commentary 10, f. 130b Incipit for the Wisdom of Joshua, son of Sirach.

235

236

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 12, f. 245b Incipit for the Commentary on Deuteronomy, with a scribal correction.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

DS Arabic Commentary 13, f. 1a Incipit for the Commentary on Genesis.

237

238

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 14, f. 268b End of the colophon after the second Commentary on Leviticus, providing the date, Wednesday, 13 Kihyak, AM 1549 [= 1832 CE].

ALBUM OF FIGURES

DS Arabic Commentary 15, f. 178a Incipit for the Commentary on Daniel.

239

240

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 16, p. 637 Waqf-statement including threats against those who would violate the endowment, comparing their fate to that of Simon Magus, Diocletian, and Judas Iscariot.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

DS Arabic Commentary 17, f. 2a Incipit to the Introduction to the Commentary on the Gospel of John.

241

242

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 18, f. 293b Waqf-statement endowing the manuscript to Dayr al-Suryān, followed by a colophon identifying the patron as the monk ‘Abd al-Quddūs and comparing him to Antony, Pachomius, and Athanasius.

DS Arabic Commentary 19, ff. 4b–5a Frontispiece with an ornamental brocaded cross and the title heading and incipit for John Chrysostom’s Commentary on the Gospel of John.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

243

244

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 21, ff. ib–1a Incipit for Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq’s On the Knowledge of the Truth of Religion, with evidence for later attempts at restoration of the text through the application of strips of paper to folio edges.

DS Arabic Commentary 22, ff. 287b–288a Waqf-statement written by Buṭrus, the Metropolitan of Darjā, dated AM 1478 [= 1761/62 CE], followed by a reader’s note recording the introductory lines before the reading of the Pauline Epistle in the ordinary of the liturgy.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

245

DS Arabic Commentary 23, ff. 2b–3a Waqf-statement after the Introduction to the Commentary on Matthew endowing the manuscript to Dayr al-Suryān by Father Maqārī Yūnus and naming the patron responsible for the restoration of the text as Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī. This is followed by the beginning of the table of contents for the commentary.

246 S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 24, ff. 40b–41a Colophon after the Commentary on the Gospel of Mark, followed by a prayer for remembrance by a certain ‘Abd al-Sayyid Shinūdah, who identifies himself as “a Georgian boy.”

ALBUM OF FIGURES

247

DS Arabic Commentary 24, ff. 167b–168a Colophon at the end of the Commentary on the Gospel of Luke, followed by the table of contents for the Commentary on the Gospel of John.

248 S.J. DAVIS

ALBUM OF FIGURES

DS Arabic Commentary 24, f. 294b. Colophon at the end of the Commentary on the Gospel of John, commenting on its author and translator.

249

250

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 26, f. 261a Incipit for the Commentary on 1 Thessalonians.

DS Arabic Commentary 27, ff. 3b–4a Incipit and beginning of the Introduction to the Pauline Epistles.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

251

252

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 28, f. 3a Example of where the scribe has crossed out a section of text repeated in error in the Commentary on Revelation.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

DS Arabic Commentary 29, f. 1b Incipit for the Wisdom of Jesus, son of Sirach.

253

254

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 30, f. 2a Incipit for the Commentary on Revelation.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

DS Arabic Commentary 32, f. 7b A Coptic section of the Cup of Adjudication (Ka’s al-mubāhatah).

255

256

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 33, ff. 169b Colophon after the Commentaries on the Pauline and Catholic Epistles containing a waqf-statement naming the patron and scribe of the text as Jirjis al-mutanayyih al-mu‘allim Mikhā’īl, who paid for it with his own money and then endowed it to Dayr al-Suryān.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

DS Arabic Commentary 34, f. 256b Cryptic invocation entitled “Magical charm for the scorpion and the serpent” (Ḥawāyah li-l-‘aqrab wa-l-thu‘bān).

257

258

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 35, f. 2a Incipit for the Commentaries on the Gospels and the Epistles attributed to John Chrysostom.

DS Arabic Commentary 36, ff. 205b–206a Colophon dating the manuscript to Wednesday, 13 Kiyahk, AM 1055 [= 1338 CE], equivalent to 26 Jumādā al-Awwal, AH 739. On the facing page is a reader’s note stating that the text was read by a monk named Yūḥannā in AM 1228 [= 1511/12 CE].

ALBUM OF FIGURES

259

DS Arabic Commentary 38, f. 1a Incipit for the Commentary on the Gospel, with the inside of the back cover flap visible.

260 S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 39, ff. 80b–81a Colophon identifying the scribe as the priest Bishārah and containing a waqf-statement endowing the manuscript to Dayr al-Suryān. On the facing page is the incipit for a Coptic prayer for mercy from the Office of Vespers and Matins along with a Coptic prayer of dismissal.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

261

262

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 40, f. 63b Incipit and beginning of the Commentary on the Story of Aphikia (Afiqiyā).

ALBUM OF FIGURES

263

DS Arabic Commentary 41, f. 225b Colophon after the Commentary on the Gospel of John including a prayer for the preservation of the text and for the scribe (al-nāsikh), copyist or translator (al-nāqil), and reader (al-qāri’), followed by a reader’s prayer for remembrance written by Mikhā’īl al-Bannā ibn Sulaymān ibn Ibrahīm ibn al-qummuṣ Zikrī ibn al-qissīs Gubrīyāl ibn Tādrus.

264

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Commentary 42, ff. 85b Page showing a reader’s gloss on the Commentary on Philippians written in the outer margin.

DS Arabic Commentary 43, ff. 198b–199a Introduction and table of contents for the Commentary on the Gospel of John.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

265

266

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Canons 1, f. 42a Title heading and incipit for the Didaskalia (al-Dusquliyyah).

DS Arabic Canons 2, ff. 268b–269a Colophon after the Canons of the 150 Bishops providing the name of the original scribe, Yūḥannā ibn Fakhr, followed by a waqf-statement written by the restorer, Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī, endowing the manuscript to Dayr al-Suryān.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

267

268

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Canons 3, f. 17a Incipit for the Canons of the Disciples attributed to Clement of Rome.

DS Arabic Canons 4, ff. 338b–339a Colophon after the Thirty-seven Questions by Mikhā’īl, bishop of Malīj, containing a prayer for mercy on behalf of the scribe, followed on the facing page by the incipit for al-As‘ad ibn al-‘Assāl’s Poem (Urjūzah) on the Inheritance of Christians.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

269

270

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Canons 5, ff. 99b–100a A written statement by the monk and priest Yūḥannā from “the Scetis of St. Macarius” indicating that he bought the manuscript from the monk and priest Ya‘qūb for the priest Barsūm al-Tillāwī from the Monastery of St. Samuel al-Qalamūn. On the same page, a statement by the seller indicates that he received the price from the above-mentioned buyer on 10 Abīb, AM 1192 AM [July 4, 1476 CE].

ALBUM OF FIGURES

271

DS Arabic Canons 6, f. 137b Incipit for the Disputation of Abū Qurrah with Some People from [the tribe] Quraysh in the Court of al-Ma’mūn.

272

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Canons 8, ff. 278b–279a Stanzas sung in the wedding rite and also for monks and hermits, followed by a reader’s note on the facing page giving the date 11 Abīb, AM 1310 [= July 15, 1594 CE].

DS Arabic Canons 9, ff. 62b–63a Colophon mentioning that the scribe is one of the monks from the Monastery of St. Antony. The facing page has the incipit for Cyril III ibn Laqlaq’s Guide for Beginners and Instruction of Laypeople.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

273

274

S.J. DAVIS

DS Arabic Canons 10, f. 77a Anonymous prayer for remembrance with the (incomplete) date, AM 1[?]72.

ALBUM OF FIGURES

275

DS Arabic Canons 17, ff. 189a Colophon in which the scribe refers to himself as al-qiss Buṭrus ibn Būlus ibn al-qummuṣ Darīyās al-Ṣāwī from Naqādah and provides the date as 18 Kīhak, AM 1297 [= 1580 CE]. The bottom of the folio is torn away and it is possible that it originally contained a waqf-statement connected with its original provenance before it came to Dayr al-Suryān.

DS Arabic Canons 18, ff. 78b–79a Waqf-statement endowing the manuscript to Dayr al-Suryān, written with the permission of “our Father the Metropolitan Sāwīrus.” On the facing page is the incipit for the Life of Archelides.

276 S.J. DAVIS

APPENDIX A

MANUSCRIPTS, NUMBERING SYSTEMS, AND CONTENTS KEY TO ARABIC TERMS Lāhūt Muqaddasah Musalsal Mutanawwi‘āt Silsilah Ṭaqs

= = = = = =

Theology Holy [Bible] Continuous Numbering Miscellaneous Series Liturgy DS ARABIC COMMENTARIES

DS Cat. No.

Current Reg.

Old Reg.

Date

Contents

DS Arabic Commentary 1

MS 62

6 Lāhūt 52/6-κε

John Chrysostom, Commentary on Genesis and On Job the Righteous

DS Arabic Commentary 2

MS 63

55 Lāhūt 52/12-ⲕⲇ

Before Ps.-Epiphanius of Cyprus, 1835/36 CE On the Six Days of Creation; Mayāmir on the Visions of St. Gregory

DS Arabic Commentary 3

MS 64

112 Lāhūt 137/15-ⲕⲇ

1358 CE

DS Arabic Commentary 4

MS 65

10 Lāhūt 60/7-ⲕⲉ

Before Commentary on Genesis 1858/59 CE

DS Arabic Commentary 5

MS 65a

Silsilah 686

DS Arabic Commentary 6

MS 66

12 Lāhūt 192/15-ⲕⲉ

1770 CE

Commentary on Genesis

DS Arabic Commentary 7

MS 67

4/16-ⲕⲉ

1859 CE

Commentary on Genesis

DS Arabic Commentary 8

MS 68

18 Lāhūt 18/18-ⲕⲉ

1855/56 CE Commentaries on Genesis and Leviticus

Miscellaneous Works of Biblical Interpretation, including Commentaries on the Six Days of Creation by Sāwmīryānūs of Ghā’ilā and John Chrysostom

Commentary on Genesis

278 DS Cat. No.

S.J. DAVIS

Old Reg.

Date

13 Lāhūt 130/12- ⲕⲉ

1883 CE

Commentary on the Pentateuch, with a second Commentary on Leviticus

DS Arabic MS 70 Commentary 10

11 Lāhūt 159/14-κε

1862 CE

Commentary on Levitius, with two works related to Joshua, son of Sirach

DS Arabic MS 71 Commentary 11

314(?) 11-ⲕⲉ

1841 CE

Būlus al-Būshī, Book of the Precious Pearl, with a Commentary on Leviticus

DS Arabic MS 72 Commentary 12

3 Lāhūt 32/2-κε

1673 CE

Commentary on the Pentateuch, with a second Commentary on Leviticus

DS Arabic MS 73 Commentary 13

55/5-ⲕⲉ

DS Arabic MS 74 Commentary 14

9 Lāhūt 61/10-ⲕⲉ

DS Arabic MS 75 Commentary 15

5 Lāhūt 41/3-ⲕⲉ

DS Arabic MS 76 Commentary 16

1 Lāhūt

1848 CE

Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew

DS Arabic MS 77 Commentary 17

21 Lāhūt 25/22-ⲕⲉ

1854 CE

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of John (Part One)

DS Arabic MS 78 Commentary 18

22 Lāhūt 221 Lāhūt

DS Arabic Commentary 9

Current Reg. MS 69

Contents

Commentary on the Pentateuch (incomplete) 1832 CE

Commentary on the Pentateuch, with a second Commentary on Leviticus Commentary on the Prophets

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of John (Part Two)

27/1-κε DS Arabic MS 79 Commentary 19

20 Lāhūt 20/21-ⲕⲉ

1844 CE

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Gospel of John (Part Two)

DS Arabic MS 80 Commentary 20

19 Lāhūt 194 Lāhūt

1822 CE

Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew

5/20-ⲕⲉ DS Arabic MS 81 Commentary 21

122 Lahūt 235/17-ⲕⲉ

1336/37 CE Ḥunayn ibn Isḥaq, On the Knowledge of the Truth of Religion, with a Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew

279

APPENDIX

DS Cat. No.

Current Reg.

Old Reg.

Date

Contents

DS Arabic MS 82 Commentary 22

7 Lāhūt 60/7-ⲕⲉ

1234/35 CE Abū-l-Faraj ibn al-Ṭayyib, Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew

DS Arabic MS 83 Commentary 23

2 Lāhūt

1237 CE

Abū-l-Faraj ibn al-Ṭayyib, Commentaries on the Gospels of Matthew and Mark

DS Arabic MS 84 Commentary 24

8 Lāhūt 81 Lāhūt 62/9-ⲕⲉ

1[578] CE

Abū-l-Faraj ibn al-Ṭayyib, Commentaries on the Gospels of Mark, Luke, and John

DS Arabic MS 85 Commentary 25

14 Lāhūt 188/13-ⲕⲉ 141 Lāhūt

DS Arabic MS 86B Commentary 26

9 Lāhūt Silsilah 762

1740 CE

Commentaries on the Pauline and Catholic Epistles

DS Arabic MS 87 Commentary 27

6 Lāhūt 6/19-ⲕⲉ

1821 CE

Ps.-Dionysius the Areopagite, Ps.-Clement of Rome, and Commentaries on the Pauline Epistles, the Catholic Epistles, and Acts

DS Arabic MS 88 Commentary 28

250 Ṭaqs 1 Lāhūt 153/11-κε

[Būlus al-Būshī], Commentary on Revelation, with Miscellaneous Theological Works

DS Arabic MS 89 Commentary 29

8 Muqaddasah 1433/ 1659 CE

The Wisdom of Jesus son of Sirach; with a Commentary on Revelation

DS Arabic MS 90 Commentary 30

15 Lāhūt 207/18-ⲕⲉ

Before 1730 CE

Commentaries on Revelation and Commentary on the Nicene Creed

DS Arabic MS 91 Commentary 31

16 Lāhūt 135 Ṭaqs 41 Ṭaqs

1255 CE

Lectionary with Commentaries on Readings from the Pauline Epistles, Acts, and the Catholic Epistles, along with the Biblical Texts

DS Arabic MS 92 Commentary 32

41 Ṭaqs 135 Ṭaqs

DS Arabic MS 93 Commentary 33

135 Ṭaqs

Commentaries on the Pauline Epistles and the Acts of the Apostles

The Cup of Adjudication, and Lectionaries with Commentaries on the Biblical Texts to be Read in Sunday Liturgies 1825 CE

Commentary on the Gospels and the Pauline and Catholic Epistles, Part Two

280 DS Cat. No.

S.J. DAVIS

Current Reg.

Old Reg.

Date

DS Arabic MS 94 Commentary 34

Contents Commentaries on the Gospels and the Epistles to be Read in Sunday Liturgies

DS Arabic MS 95 Commentary 35

72 Ṭaqs 471 Ṭaqs

1608 CE

Commentaries on the Gospels and the Epistles, attributed to John Chrysostom

DS Arabic MS 96 Commentary 36

274 Ṭaqs 342 Ṭaqs

1338 CE

Commentaries on the Gospels and the Pauline Epistles to be Read on the Sundays of Lent and Holy Week

DS Arabic MS 97 Commentary 37

164 Ṭaqs 255 Ṭaqs

1795 CE

Commentaries on Hebrews and the Gospels for Palm Sunday and during Holy Week

DS Arabic MS 97a Commentary 38

Silsilah 766

1863 CE

Commentaries on the Gospels to be read during Holy Week

DS Arabic MS 98 Commentary 39

259 Ṭaqs

1837 CE

Liturgical Commentaries on the Prophecies [of Daniel] and the Hymns [of the Three Young Men] to be Read on Holy Saturday; The Story of Susanna; and Commentaries on Prophetic Books to be Read during Holy Week

DS Arabic MS 720 Commentary 40

787 Musalsal Ṭaqs

Commentary on the Wisdom of Solomon

DS Arabic MS 789 Commentary 41

Commentaries on the Gospels of Matthew and John

DS Arabic MS 790 Commentary 42

Commentaries on the Pauline Epistles

DS Arabic MS 832 Commentary 43

Commentaries on the Gospels of Mark, Luke, and John

DS Arabic MS 961 Commentary 44

Commentary on the “Books of Deuteronomy”

DS Arabic MS 962 Commentary 45

Commentary on the Gospel of Luke (?)

DS Arabic MS 963 Commentary 46

Commentary on the Pauline Epistles

DS Arabic MS 964 Commentary 47

Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew

281

APPENDIX

DS Cat. No.

Current Reg.

Old Reg.

Date

DS Arabic MS 965 Commentary 48

Contents Commentary on Jonah

DS ARABIC CANONS DS Cat. No.

Current Reg.

Old Reg.

Date

Contents

DS Arabic Canons 1

MS 100

132 Lāhūt

Acts and Teachings of the Apostles, and Canons of Biblical Books, Councils, and Patriarchs

DS Arabic Canons 2

MS 101

30 Lāhūt

Canons of the Apostles, Basil the Great, and the Council of Constantinople

DS Arabic Canons 3

MS 102

234 Lāhūt

DS Arabic Canons 4

MS 103

66 Lāhūt

1362 CE

The Canon Collection of al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl (al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī) and Other Canonical Works

DS Arabic Canons 5

MS 104

104 Lāhūt

1476 CE

Michael of Atrīb, The Spiritual Medicine (al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī) and Selected Monastic Works

DS Arabic Canons 6

MS 104a 178 Lāhūt

[Michael of Atrīb], The Spiritual Medicine (al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī) with a Treatise by Elias of Nisibis and Two Disputations

DS Arabic Canons 7

MS 105

174 Lāhūt

Miscellaneous Canons, with Assorted Sayings of the Fathers

DS Arabic Canons 8

MS 106

201 Lāhūt

DS Arabic Canons 9

MS 106a

DS Arabic Canons 10

MS 107

272 Lāhūt

1343 CE

Canons of the Disciples, Apostles, and Councils

1513 CE

Michael of Atrīb, The Spiritual Medicine (Kitāb al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī) and Some Assorted Canons

1746 CE

Miscellaneous Canons and Treatises Miscellaneous Canons

282 DS Cat. No.

S.J. DAVIS

Current Reg.

Old Reg.

Date

271 Lāhūt

Contents

DS Arabic Canons 11

MS 109

Miscellaneous Canons

DS Arabic Canons 12

MS 111a Musalsal 131 Musalsal 705

DS Arabic Canons 13

MS 692

DS Arabic Canons 14

MS 710

DS Arabic Canons 15

MS 711

Musalsal 778

Didaskalia

DS Arabic Canons 16

MS 842

Musalsal 966

Historical Account from the Beginning of Creation to the Coming of Jesus Christ according to the Coptic Bible

DS Arabic Canons 17

MS 850

Musalsal 966

DS Arabic Canons 18

MS 908

Miscellaneous Liturgical, Canonical, and Hagiographical Texts

DS Arabic Canons 19

MS 909

Unidentified Canon Collection

DS Arabic Canons 20

MS 910

Collection of Conciliar Canons

DS Arabic Canons 21

MS 935

Unidentified Canon Collection

DS Arabic Canons 22

MS 966

Conciliar Canons

DS Arabic Canons 23

MS 967

Canons on Church Order

DS Arabic Canons 24

MS 968

Miscellaneous Canons

DS Arabic Canons 25

MS 969

Miscellaneous Canons

DS Arabic Canons 26

MS 970

Miscellaneous Canons

On Personal Matters according to Canonical Restrictions Before 1534 CE

The Canon Collection of al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl (al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī) Collection of Apostolic and Conciliar Canons, with Other Miscellaneous Canons and Teachings

1580 CE

Canons of the Church Organized in the Form of Questions and Answers

APPENDIX B

TEXTUAL ATTESTATIONS, WITH SELECT BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Biblical Books (as freestanding texts) Biblical Books (as subjects of commentary) Commentaries (on biblical books and other texts) Canons Mayāmir (saints’ lives and sermons) Liturgical Texts Other Works ABBREVIATIONS

BHO

Paul Peeters, Bibliotheca Hagiographica Orientalis (Subsidia Hagiographica 10; Brussels; Société des Bollandistes, 1910). CMR-BH David Thomas et al., Christian-Muslim Relations: A Bibliographical History, Volumes 1–6 (History of Christian-Muslim Relations 11, 14, 15, 17, 20, and 22; Leiden: Brill, 2009–2014). CPG Mauritius Geerard, Clavis Patrum Graecorum, Volumes 1–6 (Turnhout: Brepols, 1974–1998). GCAL Georg Graf, Geschichte der christlichen arabischen Literatur, Volumes 1–5 (Studi e Testi 118, 133, 146, 147, 172; Vatican City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, 1944–1953). GCS Die griechischen christlichen Schriftsteller der ersten drei Jahrhunderte. Leipzig: J. C. Hinrichs; Berlin: Akademie, 1897– . MṬK Athanāsiyūs al-Maqārī, Maṣādir ṭuqūs al-kanīsah [Sources for the Liturgies of the Churches], Volumes 1.1–14 (Cairo: Dār Nūbār, 2000–2010). 1. BIBLICAL BOOKS (AS

FREESTANDING TEXTS)

Deuterocanonical Books Wisdom of Joshua/Jesus son of Sirach: DS Arabic Commentary 10, 29 GCAL 1, 114, 127–131; R. M. Frank, The Wisdom of Jesus Ben Sirach (Sinai ar. 155, IXth/Xth cent.) (CSCO 357–358; Louvain: Secrétariat du CorpusSCO, 1974).

The Story of Susanna: DS Arabic Commentary 39 GCAL 1, 215.

New Testament Acts of the Apostles: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Romans: DS Arabic Commentary 31 1 Corinthians: DS Arabic Commentary 31

284

S.J. DAVIS

2 Corinthians: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Galatians: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Ephesians: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Philippians: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Colossians: DS Arabic Commentary 31 1 Thessalonians: DS Arabic Commentary 31 2 Thessalonians: DS Arabic Commentary 31 1 Timothy: DS Arabic Commentary 31 2 Timothy: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Titus: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Philemon: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Hebrews: DS Arabic Commentary 31 James: DS Arabic Commentary 31 1 Peter: DS Arabic Commentary 31 2 Peter: DS Arabic Commentary 31 2 John: DS Arabic Commentary 31 3 John: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Jude: DS Arabic Commentary 31 On the Acts of the Apostles, the Pauline Epistles, and the Catholic Epistles in Arabic: GCAL 1, 170–181; M. D. Gibson, An Arabic Version of the Acts of the Apostles and the Seven Catholic Epistles (Studia Sinaitica 7; London: C. J. Clay and Sons, 1899); H. Staal, Mt. Sinai Arabic Codex 151, 4 vols. (CSCO 452–453, 462–463; Louvain: Peeters, 1983–1984); S. H. Griffith, The Bible in Arabic, 133– 135; V. Zaki, “Bibliography of The Arabic Bible: Pauline Epistles,” at https://biblia-arabica.com/ bibl/index.html.

2. BIBLICAL BOOKS (AS SUBJECTS OF COMMENTARY) Hebrew Bible/Old Testament Genesis: DS Arabic Commentary 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14 Exodus: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12, 13, 14 Leviticus: DS Arabic Commentary 8, 9 (two), 10, 11, 12 (two), 13, 14 (two) Numbers: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12, 13, 14 Deuteronomy: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12, 14, 44 (?) On the Pentateuch in Arabic: GCAL 1, 101–137; S. H. Griffith, The Bible in Arabic: The Scriptures of the “People of the Book” in the Language of Islam (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2013), 129–132, 147–148; R. Vollandt, Arabic Versions of the Pentateuch: A Comparative Study of Jewish, Christian, and Muslim Sources (Biblica Arabica 2; Leiden: Brill, 2015); R. Vollandt, “2.4.9. Arabic Translations,” in Textual History of the Bible, ed. A. Lange, consulted online 13 August 2018 [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1163/2452-4107_thb_COM_0002040900]; R. Vollandt, “2.5.8. Arabic Translations,” in Textual History of the Bible, ed. A. Lange, consulted online 13 August 2018 [http://dx.doi. org/10.1163/2452-4107_thb_COM_0002050]. For the authorial attestation of the commentary on the Pentateuch to Hippolytus, see GCS 1, 85–119.

2 Samuel: DS Arabic Commentary 44 2 Kings: DS Arabic Commentary 44 Isaiah: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Jeremiah: DS Arabic Commentary 15 R. M. Frank, “The Jeremias of Pethion ibn Ayyūb al-Sahhār,” The Catholic Biblical Quarterly 21 (1959), 136–170.

Lamentations: DS Arabic Commentary 15

APPENDIX

285

Prophets: DS Arabic Commentary 39 Ezekiel: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Daniel: DS Arabic Commentary 15, 39 H. S. Gehman, “The ‘Polyglot’ Arabic Text of Daniel and Its Affinities,” JBL 44 (1925), 327–352; M. L. Hjälm, “18.3.7. Arabic Translations,” in Textual History of the Bible, ed. A. Lange, consulted online 13 August 2018 [http://dx.doi.org/10.1163/2452-4107_thb_COM_0018030700]; M. L. Hjälm, “18.4.8. Arabic Translations,” in Textual History of the Bible, ed. A. Lange, consulted online 13 August 2018 [http://dx.doi.org/10.1163/2452-4107_thb_COM_0018040700].

Hosea: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Joel: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Amos: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Obadiah: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Jonah: DS Arabic Commentary 15, 48 Micah: DS Arabic Commentary 15 V. Ryssel, “Die arabische Uebersetzung des Micha in der Pariser und Londoner Polyglotte, Zeitschrift für die alttestamentliche Wissenschaft 5 (1885), 102–138.

Nahum: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Habakkuk: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Deuterocanonical Books Wisdom of Solomon: DS Arabic Commentary 40 GCAL 1, 114, 127–131.

Hymn of the Three Young Men: DS Arabic Commentary 39 Story of Aphikia (Afīqiyā), wife of Joshua son of Sirach: DS Arabic Commentary 10, 40 GCAL 1, 211–212; M. D. Gibson, Apocrypha Arabica (Studia Sinaitica 8; London: C. J. Clay and Sons, 1901), 59–63.

New Testament Gospels: DS Arabic Commentary 32, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38 Matthew: DS Arabic Commentary 16, 20, 21, 22, 23, 41, 47 Mark: DS Arabic Commentary 23, 24, 43 Luke: DS Arabic Commentary 24, 43, 45 (?) John: DS Arabic Commentary 17, 18, 19, 24, 41, 43 On the NT Gospels in Arabic: GCAL 1, 142–170; H. Kashouh, The Arabic Versions of the Gospels: The Manuscripts and Their Families (Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 2012); S. H. Griffith, The Bible in Arabic, 114–120, 132–133; S. Moawad, ed., al-Anājīl al-arba‘ah tarjamat al-As‘ad Abī al-Faraj Hibatallah Ibn al-‘Assāl (Cairo: Madrasat al-Iskandariyyah/Alexandrian School, 2014; R. Turnbull and V. Zaki, “Bibliography of the Arabic Bible: Gospels,” at https://biblia-arabica.com/bibl/index. html.

Acts of the Apostles: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31 Pauline Epistles: DS Arabic Commentary 31, 32, 33, 35, 36 Romans: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 27, 31, 42 1 Corinthians: DS Arabic Commentary 25 (?), 26, 27, 31, 42 2 Corinthians: DS Arabic Commentary 25 (?), 26, 27, 31, 42, 46 Galatians: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31, 42 Ephesians: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31, 42 Philippians: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31, 42 Colossians: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31, 42

286

S.J. DAVIS

1 Thessalonians: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31, 42 2 Thessalonians: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31, 42 1 Timothy: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31, 42 2 Timothy: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31, 42, 46 Titus: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31, 46 Philemon: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31, 46 Hebrews: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 31, 37, 42 Catholic Epistles: DS Arabic Commentary 31, 32, 33, 35, 36 James: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31 1 Peter: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31 2 Peter: DS Arabic Commentary 31 1 John: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27 2 John: DS Arabic Commentary 31 3 John: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Jude: DS Arabic Commentary 31 On the Acts of the Apostles, the Pauline Epistles, and the Catholic Epistles in Arabic: GCAL 1, 170– 181; M. D. Gibson, An Arabic Version of the Acts of the Apostles and the Seven Catholic Epistles (Studia Sinaitica 7; London: C. J. Clay and Sons, 1899); H. Staal, Mt. Sinai Arabic Codex 151, 4 vols. (CSCO 452–453, 462–463; Louvain: Peeters, 1983–1984); S. H. Griffith, The Bible in Arabic, 133– 135; V. Zaki, “Bibliography of the Arabic Bible: Pauline Epistles,” at https://biblia-arabica.com/bibl/ index.html.

Revelation: DS Arabic Commentary 28, 29, 30 GCAL 1, 182–184.

3. COMMENTARIES (ON BIBLICAL AND

NON-BIBLICAL LITERATURE)

Commentaries on Biblical Books by Named or Identified Authors Abū-l-Faraj [‘Abdallāh] ibn al-Ṭayyib, Commentary on the Gospels: DS Arabic Commentary 22, 23, 24 GCAL 2, 166–169; Julian Faultless, “Ibn al-Ṭayyib,” CMR-BH 2, 667–697, at 676–680.

Commentary on Matthew: DS Arabic Commentary 22, 23 Commentary on Mark: DS Arabic Commentary 23, 24 Commentary on Luke: DS Arabic Commentary 23, 24 Commentary on John: DS Arabic Commentary 24 [Būlus al-Būshī,] Commentary on Revelation: DS Arabic Commentary 28 GCAL 2, 358–359; MṬK 1.8, 377–380.

John Chrysostom, Commentary on Genesis: DS Arabic Commentary 1 Cf. Chrysostom’s homilies on Genesis: CPG 2, 4409–4410 (genuine), 4561–4562 (spurious); GCAL 1, 339–340.

John Chrysostom, Commentary on John (Part One): DS Arabic Commentary 17 Cf. Chrysostom’s homilies on the Gospel of John: CPG 2, 4425; GCAL 1, 339–340.

John Chrysostom, Commentary on John (Part Two): DS Arabic Commentary 18, 19 Cf. Chrysostom’s homilies on the Gospel of John: CPG 2, 4425; GCAL 1, 339–340.

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the First Epistle to the Corinthians: DS Arabic Canons 7 Cf. Chrysostom’s homilies on the 1 Corinthians: CPG 2, 4428; GCAL 1, 339–340 (?).

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Epistle to the Philippians: DS Arabic Canons 7 Cf. Chrysostom’s homilies on Philippians: CPG 2, 4432; GCAL 1, 339–340 (?).

APPENDIX

287

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the [First] Epistle to Timothy: DS Arabic Canons 7 Cf. Chrysostom’s homilies on 1 Timothy: CPG 2, 4436; GCAL 1, 339–340 (?).

John Chrysostom, Commentary on the Second Epistle to Timothy (Introduction): DS Arabic Canons 7 Cf. Chrysostom’s homilies on 2 Timothy: CPG 2, 4437; GCAL 1, 339–340 (?).

John Chrysostom, On the Six Days of Creation (Hexaemeron): DS Arabic Commentary 3 Cf. the unedited treatise attributed to Chrysostom, entitled On the Creation of the World (De creatione mundi): CPG 2, 4911.

Ps.-Epiphanius of Cyprus, On the Six Days of Creation (Hexaemeron): DS Arabic Commentary 2 GCAL 1, 356–358, at 358.

Sāwmīryānūs of Ghā’ilā, Agreement of Moses the Prophet and John the Evangelist on the Six Days of Creation: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Commentaries on Biblical or Deuterocanonical Books without Attribution or Attributed to Multiple Authors Commentary on the “Books of Deuteronomy”: DS Arabic Commentary 44 Commentary on the Books of the Pentateuch: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12, 13, 14 Commentary on Genesis: DS Arabic Commentary 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14 Commentary on Exodus: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12, 13, 14 Commentary on Leviticus (1): DS Arabic Commentary 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14 Commentary on Leviticus (2): DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12, 13, 14 Commentary on Numbers: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12, 13, 14 On anonymous commentaries on Exodus, Leviticus, and Numbers in Arabic from an Egyptian provenance, see GCAL 2, 458.

Commentary on Deuteronomy: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12, 14 On anonymous commentaries on the Pentateuch in Arabic from a Syrian provenance, see GCAL 2, 284–289.

Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary

on on on on on on on on on on on on on

Isaiah: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Jeremiah: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Lamentations: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Ezekiel: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Daniel: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Hosea: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Joel: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Amos: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Obadiah: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Jonah: DS Arabic Commentary 15, 48 Micah: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Nahum: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Habakkuk: DS Arabic Commentary 15

On anonymous commentaries on the Prophets in Arabic, see GCAL 2, 458.

Commentary on the Wisdom of Solomon: DS Arabic Commentary 40 Commentary on the Story of Aphikia (Afīqiyā), wife of Joshua ibn Sirach: DS Arabic Commentary 40 On the Story of Aphikia, see GCAL 1, 211–212; M. D. Gibson, Apocrypha Arabica (Studia Sinaitica 8; London: C. J. Clay and Sons, 1901), 59–63.

Commentary on Matthew: DS Arabic Commentary 16, 20, 21, 22, 23, 41, 47; see also under Abū al-Faraj Ibn al-Ṭayyib

288

S.J. DAVIS

Commentary on Mark: DS Arabic Commentary 23, 24, 43; see also under Abū al-Faraj Ibn al-Ṭayyib Commentary on Luke: DS Arabic Commentary 24, 43, 45 (?); see also under Abū al-Faraj Ibn al-Ṭayyib Commentary on John: DS Arabic Commentary 17, 18, 19, 24, 41, 43; see also under John Chrysostom and Abū al-Faraj Ibn al-Ṭayyib On an anonymous commentary on the Gospels in Arabic, see GCAL 2, 462.

Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary Commentary

on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on on

the Acts of the Apostles: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27 Romans: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 27, 31, 42 [1 and 2 Corinthians?]: DS Arabic Commentary 25 (?) 1 Corinthians: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27 (two), 31, 42 2 Corinthians: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31, 42, 46 Galatians: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31, 42 Ephesians: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31, 42 Colossians: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26, 27, 31, 42 [1 and 2] Thessalonians: DS Arabic Commentary 25 1 Thessalonians: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31, 42 2 Thessalonians: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31, 42 [1 and 2] Timothy: DS Arabic Commentary 25 1 Timothy: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31, 42 2 Timothy: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31, 42, 46 Titus: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27 46 Philemon: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 46 Hebrews: DS Arabic Commentary 25, 26 the Catholic Epistles: DS Arabic Commentary 26 James: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31 1 Peter: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27, 31 2 Peter: DS Arabic Commentary 31 1 John: DS Arabic Commentary 26, 27 2 John: DS Arabic Commentary 31 3 John: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Jude: DS Arabic Commentary 31

On anonymous commentaries on the Pauline and Catholic Epistles in Arabic, see GCAL 2, 461.

Commentary on Revelation: DS Arabic Commentary 28, 29, 30; see also under Būlus al-Būshī GCAL 2, 463–464.

Introductions to Biblical Books and/or their Commentaries Introduction to the Four Gospels: DS Arabic Commentary 20 Introduction to the Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew, by Abū-l-Faraj ibn al-Ṭayyib: DS Arabic Commentary 22 Introduction to the Commentary on the Gospels of Matthew and Mark: DS Arabic Commentary 23 Introduction to the Gospel on John, by John Chrysostom: DS Arabic Commentary 17 On an anonymous introduction to the Gospels in Arabic, see GCAL 2, 461.

Introduction to the Pauline Epistles: DS Arabic Commentary 27 Introduction to the Pauline Epistles, Acts, and the Epistle of Ps.-Dionysius: DS Arabic Commentary 27

APPENDIX

Introduction Introduction Introduction Introduction Introduction Introduction Introduction Introduction Introduction Introduction

to to to to to to to to to to

289

Romans: DS Arabic Commentary 27 1 Corinthians: DS Arabic Commentary 27 2 Corinthians: DS Arabic Commentary 27 Galatians: DS Arabic Commentary 27 Ephesians: DS Arabic Commentary 27 1 and 2 Thessalonians: DS Arabic Commentary 27 1 Timothy: DS Arabic Commentary 27 2 Timothy: DS Arabic Commentary 27 Titus: DS Arabic Commentary 27 Hebrews: DS Arabic Commentary 27

On anonymous introductions to the Pauline Epistles in Arabic, see GCAL 2, 462–463.

Commentaries on Liturgical Readings Commentaries [on the Biblical Readings] for the Sundays of Kiyakh, Ṭūba, Amshīr and High Sunday [Shrovetide?]: DS Arabic Commentary 32 Commentaries on the [Biblical] Readings from the Beginning of Kiyakh to the End of Amshīr: DS Arabic Commentary 34 Commentaries on the Gospels and the Epistles, attributed to John Chrysostom, to be read during Kiyakh and the Great Fast: DS Arabic Commentary 35 Commentaries on the Gospels and Epistles to be Read on Sundays of the Holy Fast and Shrovetide: DS Arabic Commentary 32 Commentaries on the Gospels and the Pauline and Catholic Epistles, Part Two: DS Arabic Commentary 33 Commentaries on the Gospels and the Pauline Epistles to be Read on the Sundays of Lent and Holy Week: DS Arabic Commentary 36 Commentary on the Gospels to be Read during Holy Week: DS Arabic Commentary 37, 38 Commentary on Hebrews to be Read on Palm Sunday: DS Arabic Commentary 37 Commentary on the Prophecies [of Daniel] and the Hymns [of the Three Young Men] to be Read on Holy Saturday [and through Holy Week]: DS Arabic Commentary 39 Commentaries on the Prophetic Books to be Read during Holy Week: DS Arabic Commentary 39 Lectionary with Commentary on the [Pauline] Epistles, Acts, and the Catholic Epistles in celebrations of the Eucharistic Liturgy during the Fifty Days [between Easter and Whitsuntide], on Sundays, Saturdays and Holidays, and throughout the year: DS Arabic Commentary 31 On anonymous commentaries on the liturgical readings from the Gospels and Epistles in Arabic, see GCAL 2, 464–465.

Commentaries on Other Texts Commentary on the Cup of Adjudication: DS Arabic Commentary 32 Commentary on the Nicene Creed: DS Arabic Commentary 30; see also under Canons of the Council of Nicaea

4. CANONS 84 Canons: DS Arabic Canons 20; see also under the Canons of the Council of Nicaea GCAL 1, 591–592.

290

S.J. DAVIS

101 [or 100] Questions on the Apostolic Canons in the Coptic Church, attributed to Athanasius, Bishop of Qūṣ: DS Arabic Canons 8, 17; see also under Athanasius, Bishop of Qūṣ On the writings of Athanasius of Qūṣ, see GCAL 2, 445–447; MṬK 1.9, 759–769.

Abridged Canon Collection on Inheritances of Christians according to the orders of al-As‘ad ibn al-‘Assāl: see under al-As‘ad ibn al-‘Assāl, Abridged Canon Collection on Inheritances of Christians Anonymous Canons: DS Arabic Canons 1, 2 Anonymous Questions and Answers: DS Arabic Canons 17 Another Abridged Explanation from the Canons of the Fathers: DS Arabic Canons 8, 11; see also under Canons of the Fathers Answers on the Consecration of Baptism: DS Arabic Canons 17 Athanasius, Bishop of Qūṣ, 101 [or 100] Questions on the Apostolic Canons in the Coptic Church: DS Arabic Canons 8, 17 On the writings of Athanasius of Qūṣ, see GCAL 2, 445–447; MṬK 1.9, 759–769.

Athanasius, Bishop of Qūṣ, Canon Collection: DS Arabic Canons 17 On the writings of Athanasius of Qūṣ, see GCAL 2, 445–447; MṬK 1.9, 759–769.

al-As‘ad ibn al-‘Assāl, Abridged Canon Collection on Inheritances of Christians: DS Arabic Canons 17 GCAL 2, 405; MṬK 1.8, 540–542.

Beneficial Interpretation on the Chapter on the Regulations of Marriage: DS Arabic Canons 14 Beneficial Question and Its Answer: DS Arabic Canons 17 Beneficial Questions [and Answers] from the Sayings of the Holy Fathers: DS Arabic Canons 18 Beneficial Questions [and Answers] from the Sayings of our Father the Hegumen Rafā’īl: DS Arabic Canons 18 Book of Chapters/Litanies (Kitāb al-taṭlisāt): DS Arabic Canons 21 Graf, Verzeichnis arabischer kirchlicher Termini (CSCO 147, Subsidia 8; Louvain: Imprimerie orientaliste, 1954), 30.

Book of Clement: see under Didaskalia (al-Dusquliyyah) (2) Book of the Councils and their Canons: DS Arabic Canons 3 GCAL 1, 586–602; MṬK 1.5.

Book of the Holy Canons which the Apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ wrote down: DS Arabic Canons 10 The Book of the Laws of the Pure Apostles: DS Arabic Canons 10 The Book of the Orders of the Priesthood: DS Arabic Canons 10 Book of the Six Tables/Hexapla (Maṣḥaf al-Iksiṭāyalus): see under Books of the Old Testament Books of the New Testament: DS Arabic Canons 1 Books of the Old Testament, called the Book of the Six Tables/Hexapla (Maṣḥaf al-Iksiṭāyalus): DS Arabic Canons 1 Canon Collection of Athanasius, Bishop of Qūṣ: DS Arabic Canons 17; see also under Athanasius, Bishop of Qūṣ Canon Collection of al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl: see al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī Canon Collection on the Anointments (Signs of the Cross) of Baptism: DS Arabic Canons 17 Canon of Macarius (Maqāra) the 69th Patriarch: DS Arabic Canons 1 GCAL 2, 324.

Canonical Answers by Timothy of Alexandria: DS Arabic Canons 14 CPG 2520; GCAL 1, 464–465; MṬK 1.6, 300–301.

Canonical Letter of Basil the Great: DS Arabic Canons 14 On writings attributed to Basil of Caesarea in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 319–330.

APPENDIX

291

Canonical Letter of Cyril of Alexandria: DS Arabic Canons 14 CPG 5378; GCAL 1, 358–365, at 361–362; MṬK 1.6, 554.

Canonical Letter of Gregory the Wonderworker of Caesarea: DS Arabic Canons 14 GCAL 1, 308–309.

Canonical Letters of Athanasius of Alexandria: DS Arabic Canons 14 CPG 2106 and 2017; GCAL 1, 311–312; MṬK 1.6, 228–229.

Canons abridged from what the pure fathers arranged and the holy teachers explained (1): DS Arabic Canons 7, 11 Canons abridged from what the pure fathers arranged and the holy teachers explained (2): DS Arabic Canons 7 Canons attributed to the Teachers of the Holy Catholic Church: DS Arabic Canons 1 Canons for Priests: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Canons from the Old Testament (Book 3): DS Arabic Canons 1 Canons (Acts) of the Apostles (Qawānīn/A‘māl al-rusul), Book 1 (71 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1, 2 GCAL 1, 572–577; MṬK 1.4.

Canons (Acts) of the Apostles (Qawānīn/A‘māl al-rusul), Book 2 (56 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1, 2, 14 GCAL 1, 572–577; MṬK 1.4

Canons of the Apostles (Qawānīn al-rusul al-qiddīsīn) (85 or 87 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1, 14; see also under Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome (Book 8) Canons of the Apostles (Qawānīn al-salīḥiyyīn) (6 chapters): DS Arabic Canons 3; see also Canons of Simon the Canaanite (?) Canons of [Ps.-]Athanasius of Alexandria: DS Arabic Canons 1 CPG 2302; GCAL 1, 605–606; MṬK 1.7, 124–125 and 1.10 (passim). For an edition of this text in Coptic and Arabic, see Wilhelm Riedel and W. E. Crum, The Canons of Athanasius of Alexandria (Text and Translation Society; London and Oxford: Williams and Norgate, 1904).

Canons of [Ps.-]Basil the Great, Bishop of Caesarea: DS Arabic Canons 1, 2 MṬK 1.12.

Canon[s] of Christodoulos, the 66th Patriarch: DS Arabic Canons 1 GCAL 2, 321; MṬK 1.8, 204–209, at 205–208; MṬK 1.14, 27–42.

Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome, Books 2–8: DS Arabic Canons 1, 2 (?) GCAL 1, 580–581.

Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome, Book 2: DS Arabic Canons 1; see also Canons of the Twelve Apostles Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome, Book 3: DS Arabic Canons 1; see also Index of Canons on account of [Spiritual] Gifts Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome, Book 4: DS Arabic Canons 1; see also Ecclesiastical Canons on account of [Spiritual) Gifts and the Laying On of Hands Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome, Book 5: DS Arabic Canons 1; see also Order of the Apostles on account of the Laying on of Hands Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome, Book 6: DS Arabic Canons 1; see also Canons of Simon the Canaanite Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome, Book 7: DS Arabic Canons 1; see also Ecclesiastical Canons [called] the Order of Paul the Apostle Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome, Book 8: DS Arabic Canons 1; see also Canons of the Holy Apostles MṬK 1.3 (?).

292

S.J. DAVIS

Canons of the Council of Ancyra: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 10, 14 GCAL 1, 593–595; MṬK 1.5, 244–252.

Canons of the Council of Antioch: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 14, 20 GCAL 1, 594, 596; MṬK 1.5, 265–272

Canons of the Council of Caesarea: DS Arabic Canons 14 GCAL 1, 594, 595; MṬK 1.5, 253–258.

Canons of the Council of Carthage (15 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 10 GCAL 1, 594, 595; MṬK 1.5, 299–330.

Canons of the Council of Carthage (123 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1 Canons of the Council of Carthage (136 canons with 4 letters): DS Arabic Canons 14 GCAL 1, 594, 597; MṬK 1.5, 299–330.

Canons of the Council of Chalcedon: DS Arabic Canons 14 GCAL 1, 598, 600; MṬK 1.5, 121–146.

Canons of the [First] Council of Constantinople (23 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1, 2 GCAL 1, 597–599; MṬK 1.5, 81–103.

Canons of the [Second] Council of Constantinople (7 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1, 14 GCAL 1, 598, 600; MṬK 1.5, 81–103.

Canons of the Council of Ephesus: DS Arabic Canons 14, 22 GCAL 1, 598, 599–600; MṬK 1.5, 105–119.

Canons of the Council of Gangra: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 14 GCAL 1, 594, 595; MṬK 1.5, 259–264.

Canons of the Council of Laodicea: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 14, 20, 22 GCAL 1, 594, 596; MṬK 1.5, 281–298.

Canons of the Council of Nicaea: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 10, 14, 20 GCAL 1, 586–593; MṬK 1.5, 25–80.

Canons of the Council of Sardica: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3 GCAL 1, 594, 596–597; MṬK 1.5, 273–280.

Canons of Cyril III [ibn Laqlaq], the 75th Patriarch: DS Arabic Canons 1 GCAL 2, 360–367, at 360–361; MṬK 1.8, 386–388(also 389–391); MṬK 1.14, 287–352.

Canons of Dionysius of the Alexandria: DS Arabic Canons 14

On Dionysius of Alexandria in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 309; see also MṬK 1.6, 139–173. Canons of the Disciples (81 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1, 3 GCAL 1, 572–577.

Canons Canons Canons Canons

of of of of

the Emperors (Books 1–4): DS Arabic Canons 1 the Fathers, the teachers of the Orthodox church: DS Arabic Canons 9 the Fathers, the teachers of the Orthodox church Gabriel (Ghubriyāl) II ibn Turayk the 70th Patriarch: DS Arabic Canons 1

GCAL 2, 324–327; MṬK 1.8, 228–229; MṬK 1.14, 65–286.

Canons of [Ps.-]Gregory of Nyssa: DS Arabic Canons 14 GCAL 1, 608–609.

Canons of Hippolytus (Abūlīdus): DS Arabic Canons 1 GCAL 1, 602–605; see also MṬK 1.2 and 1.11.

Canons of the Holy Apostles: see under Canons of the Apostles (85 or 87 canons), and Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome (Book 8) Canons of John Chrysostom: DS Arabic Canons 1 GCAL 1, 609.

Canons of Peter the Martyr: DS Arabic Canons 14; see also Canonical Answers by Timothy of Alexandria (?)

APPENDIX

293

GCAL 1, 309; René-Georges Coquin, “Le corpus canonum copte. Un nouveau complement: le ms. I.F.A.O., Copte 6,” Orientalia, n.s. 50.1 (1981), 40–86, at 43–44 and note 18. On the writings of Peter the Martyr, see MṬK 1.6, 176–186; and 1.7, 76–83.

Canons of the Prophets and Pure Apostles: DS Arabic Canons 17 Canons of the Seventh Council: DS Arabic Canons 14 Canons of Simon the Canaanite (Book 6 in the Canons of Clement): DS Arabic Canons 1; see also under the Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome, and under Canons of the Apostles (6 chapters) (?). Canons of Some Synods: DS Arabic Canons 1 Canons of the Twelve Apostles, Book One (Book 2 in the Canons of Clement): DS Arabic Canons 1; see also under Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome Canons which those pure fathers decreed concerning monasteries and monks: DS Arabic Canons 10 [Cyril III ibn Laqlaq], Guide for beginners and instruction of laypeople, collected from the orders of the holy fathers, the pious masters of the Christian law, which the priest uses during the Mass and prayers: DS Arabic Canons 9 GCAL 2, 364–365; Georg Graf, “Liturgical Anweisungen des koptischen Patriarchen Kyrillos ibn Laklak aus dem Arabischen übersetzt,” Jahrbuch für Liturgiewissenschaft 4 (1924), 119–134; Mīṣā’īl al-Baramūsī, Dallāl al-mubtadi’īn wa tahdhīb al-‘almāniyyīn: aqdam dallāl ṭaqsī li-lkanīsah al-qibṭiyyah 24.1 (2018), 117–169; and 24.2 (2018), 115–157.

Didaskalia (al-Dusquliyyah) (1), Teachings of the Apostles (39 canons/chapters): DS Arabic Canons 1, 2, 15 GCAL 1, 564–569; see also MṬK 1.1, esp. 42–43.

Didaskalia (al-Dusqaliyyah) (2) (Book of Clement, 63 canons): DS Arabic Canons 1 GCAL 1, 580–581.

Ecclesiastical Canons [called] the Order of Paul the Apostle (Book 7 in the Canon[s] of Clement): DS Arabic Canons 1; see also under Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome Ecclesiastical Canons on account of [Spiritual) Gifts and the Laying On of Hands (Book 4 in the Canon[s] of Clement): DS Arabic Canons 1; see also under the Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome Eusebius of Caesarea, Ten Canons on the Gospels: DS Arabic Commentary 20; DS Arabic Canons 1; see also under Ten Canons on the Gospels GCAL 1, 318.

Index (Fihrist) of Canons on account of [Spiritual] Gifts (Book 3 in the Canons of Clement): DS Arabic Canons 1; see also under Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome Interpretation of the Statutes of the Council of Nicaea: DS Arabic Canons 20; see also Canons of the Council of Nicaea GCAL 1, 586–593; MṬK 1.5, 25–80.

Introduction to the Discourse on the Orthodox Creed: DS Arabic Canons 14; see also Canons of the Council of Nicaea GCAL 1, 586–593; MṬK 1.5, 25–80.

Letter of Gennadius: DS Arabic Canons 14 GCAL 1, 367.

Letter of Tarasius, Bishop of Constantinople: DS Arabic Canons 14 GCAL 1, 369.

Letter of Peter to his disciple Clement of Rome (40 sentences): DS Arabic Canons 1; see also Canon[s]/Books of Clement GCAL 1, 580–581.

294

S.J. DAVIS

al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī: see al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī Maṣḥaf al-Iksiṭāyalus: see under Books of the Old Testament Matthew Blastares, Collections of Issues and Judgments with Divine Canons: DS Arabic Canons 14 Michael (Mikhā’īl) of Atrīb [and Malīj], The Spiritual Medicine (al-Ṭibb al-rūḥānī): DS Arabic Canons 5, 6, 8, 11 GCAL 2, 414–427, esp. 426–427; MṬK 1.8, 604–618.

Michael (Mikhā’īl) [of Atrīb and] Malīj, Thirty-seven Questions: DS Arabic Canons 4, 9, 17 GCAL 2, 414–427, esp. 420–426; MṬK 1.8, 618–619.

Miscellaneous Canons: DS Arabic Canons 23, 24, 25, 26 The Most Sublime Law (al-nāmūs al-sharīf): DS Arabic Canons 14 Names of the Bishops at the Council of Laodicea: DS Arabic Canons 1; see also under Canons of the Council of Laodicea GCAL 1, 594, 596; MṬK 1.5, 281–298.

Note from the Book of the Order of the Church: DS Arabic Canons 9 On the Apportionment of Inheritance: DS Arabic Canons 17 [On] Forbidden Marriage Partners: DS Arabic Canons 17 On Forbidden Marriages from the Canons of Ibn al-‘Assāl: DS Arabic Canons 17; see also al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī (abridged) GCAL 2, 398–403; MṬK 1.8, 511–533.

On the Meaning of the Patriarchal Rulers and Bishops from the sayings of some fathers: DS Arabic Canons 17 On Personal Matters according to canonical restrictions: DS Arabic Canons 12 Order of the Apostles on account of the Laying on of Hands (Book 5 in the Canon[s] of Clement): DS Arabic Canons 1; see also under the Canons of Clement (Iqlīmus) of Rome Order of the Censer, Chapter 7, according to the Patriarch John: DS Arabic Canons 18 Order of the Church and its liturgies which the holy fathers established: DS Arabic Canons 7 Orders of the Coptic Church for those who want to convert from other Christian denominations: DS Arabic Canons 17 Proclamations of the Great First Council, i.e. the Council of Nicaea: DS Arabic Canons 20; see also Canons of the Council of Nicaea GCAL 1, 586–593; MṬK 1.5, 25–80.

Question on Baptism: DS Arabic Canons 17 Questions and Answers from Cyril [III ibn Laqlaq]: DS Arabic Canons 17 GCAL 1, 363 (?).

Questions and Answers from al-shaykh Maximus [the Confessor?]: DS Arabic Canons 17 On writings attributed to Maximus the Confessor in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 372.

Questions and Answers on Possessions, Marriage, and Inheritance: DS Arabic Canons 17 Questions and Chapters concerning matters that happen to priests, monks, and Christians: DS Arabic Canons 5, 8, 11 Questions of those Renowned for Orthodoxy: DS Arabic Canons 14 Questions on Marrying and Inheritance: DS Arabic Canons 17 Reports of the Apostles (Akhbār al-rusul) (30 canons): DS Arabic Canons 3 [al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl,] Chapter on Inheritance: DS Arabic Canons 4; see also Thirty-Seventh Chapter on Inheritance by Ibn al-‘Assāl; and al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī GCAL 2, 398–403; MṬK 1.8, 511–533.

APPENDIX

295

[al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl,] Explanation of the Meaning of the 51 Chapters [in al-Majmū’ al-Ṣafawī]: DS Arabic Canons 4 GCAL 2, 398–403, at 400–402; see also MṬK 1.8, 511–533.

al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī: DS Arabic Canons 1, 4, 17 GCAL 2, 398–403; MṬK 1.8, 511–533. For an Arabic edition of the text, see Jirjis Fīlūthā’us ‘Awwaḍ, ed., al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī, 2 volumes (Cairo: Mu’assasat Mīnā li-l-Ṭibā‘ah, 1991).

al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī (abridged): DS Arabic Canons 17; see also under al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl, al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī GCAL 2, 398–403; MṬK 1.8, 511–533.

Saying of Amphilocius [of Iconium]: DS Arabic Canons 14 On writings attributed to Amphilocius in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 329–330.

Saying of Gregory [Nazianzen] the Theologian: DS Arabic Canons 14 On writings attributed to Gregory Nazianzen in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 330–332.

Sayings of Theophilus [of Alexandria]: DS Arabic Canons 14 On writings attributed to Theophilus in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 316–318; see also MṬK 1.6, 396–429 and 1.7, 182–190.

Synods and Great Councils, the first council of which is the Council of Nicaea: DS Arabic Canons 20; see also Canons of the Council of Nicaea GCAL 1, 586–593; MṬK 1.5, 25–80.

Ten Canons on the Gospels (by Eusebius and Ammonius): DS Arabic Commentary 20; DS Arabic Canons 1; see also Eusebius of Caesarea, Ten Canons on the Gospels GCAL 1, 318.

Theodore the Studite (Anbā Tāwadūrūs ra’īs Dayr al-Isṭūdiyūn), Sayings/Chapter for those who confess their hidden sins and for the teachers who receive them: DS Arabic Canons 5, 6 GCAL 1, 611–612.

Thirty-Seventh Chapter on Inheritance by Ibn al-‘Assāl, in six sections: DS Arabic Canons 17; see also [al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl], al-Majmū‘ al-Ṣafawī (abridged) GCAL 2, 398–403; MṬK 1.8, 511–533.

Twenty-seven Questions and Answers on the Coptic Church: DS Arabic Canons 17 Unidentified Canon Collection: DS Arabic Canons 19 Untitled text concerning ecclesiastical punishments for sinners: DS Arabic Canons 7 What a priest should do in the beginning of the holy mass: DS Arabic Canons 7 A Word on the Council also called the Sixth: DS Arabic Canons 14 A Word on the Fifth Council: DS Arabic Canons 14 A Word on the Sixth Council: DS Arabic Canons 14; see also A Word on the Council also called the Sixth

5. MAYĀMIR: MONASTIC SAYINGS,

SAINTS’ LIVES, AND SERMONS

Antony, Teachings (20 chapters): DS Arabic Canons 18 On writings associated with Antony in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 456–459. See also MṬK 1.6, 328–340 and 1.7, 127–130.

Barsanuphius, Sayings: DS Arabic Canons 7 GCAL 1, 406.

Basil of Caesarea, Sayings [and Sermons]: DS Arabic Canons 5, 7, 18 On the writings of Basil of Caesarea in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 319–329.

296

S.J. DAVIS

Cyril of Jerusalem, On the Glory of the Holy Cross: DS Arabic Commentary 3 On the homilies of Cyril of Jerusalem in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 335–337.

Isaac the Syrian, Saying(s) on Repentance and Renunciation: DS Arabic Canons 18 On the writings of Mar Isaac the Syrian, including his homilies and teachings, see GCAL 1, 436–442.

Jacob of Sarug, On the Feast of the Ascension of Jesus Christ: DS Arabic Commentary 3 On the homilies of Jacob of Sarug in Arabic, including on the Ascension, see GCAL 1, 446–452.

John Chrysostom, On Adam after he left Paradise and the murder of Abel: DS Arabic Commentary 3 On the homilies of John Chrysostom in Arabic, including several on Adam, see GCAL 1, 340–352, esp. 345–346, 349.

John Chrysostom, On Job the Righteous: DS Arabic Commentary 1 On the homilies of John Chrysostom in Arabic, including several on Job, see GCAL 1, 340–352, esp. 345–346.

John Chrysostom, On the Ten Commandments: DS Arabic Commentary 3 On the homilies of John Chrysostom in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 340–352.

Life of Anba Wanqūrīyūs: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Life of Saint Archelides: DS Arabic Commentary 3; DS Arabic Canons 18 GCAL 1, 498–499.

Maymar given by the wise one on the attributes of God: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Maymar on the baptism of the Lord Jesus Christ by John the Baptist: DS Arabic Commentary 3 On the discovery of the wood of the holy cross when Queen Helena brought it out from Jerusalem: DS Arabic Commentary 3 On how Jesus fulfilled the prophecies of the Old Testament: DS Arabic Commentary 3 On the Torah and Joshua’s verification of the mystery of the doctrine of Christianity: DS Arabic Commentary 3 On what believers shall do concerning discipline in the holy church: DS Arabic Commentary 3 On what Pontius Pilate wrote and sent to the city of Rome to the emperor Tiberius about the wonders and signs that our Lord Jesus Christ did on the day of his crucifixion and how Pilate was martyred because of the name of our Lord Jesus Christ and the death of his wife Procla (Abraqlā) on the same day in peace by Nicodemus: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Paterikon (al-Bātārīqūn), The Sayings of the Elders: DS Arabic Canons 7 Ps.-Epiphanius of Cyprus, On the descent of the body of Christ our Lord from the cross, his burial, his descent to Hades, and his [offering of] salvation to Adam and his seed: DS Arabic Commentary 3 GCAL 1, 357.

Sayings of the fathers, the teachers of the church: DS Arabic Canons 7, 9 Sayings of our Holy Fathers, the teachers of the church: DS Arabic Canons 5 Seven Sermons [Commandments by one of the sages for his son]: DS Arabic Commentary 28

6. LITURGICAL TEXTS Coptic Blessing Extolling God’s Salvific Acts and Petitioning for His Blessings: DS Arabic Commentary 39 Feast of Pentecost: DS Arabic Canons 18 Litany to be Read during Holy Week, in Evening Prayers without Performing Metanoia, and in the Days of High Prices, Misfortunes, and Trials: DS Arabic Commentary 39 Liturgical readings from the Catholic Epistles and the Acts: DS Arabic Canons 7

APPENDIX

297

On the necessary preparation for the prayers and liturgies spoken on the six days [of creation] and their feasts: DS Arabic Canons 18 On the necessary preparation on the Friday of Holy Week: DS Arabic Canons 18 Order of the Evening Prayer (Vespers): DS Arabic Canons 18 Order of Readings from the Fathers, the Teachers of the Church: DS Arabic Canons 18 Prayer for the refilling the chalice during the liturgy in Arabic and Coptic: DS Arabic Canons 8 Psali in Adam: DS Arabic Canons 7 Stanzas sung in the rite of wedding and also for monks and hermits: DS Arabic Canons 8

7. OTHER WORKS Anastasius of Sinai, Treatise on the Holy Assembly: DS Arabic Canons 7 On Anastasius of Sinai in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 375–376.

al-As‘ad ibn al-‘Assāl, Poem (Urjūzah) on the Inheritance of Christians: DS Arabic Canons 4 GCAL 2, 405; MṬK 1.8, 540–542.

Athanasius of Alexandria, Treatise concerning the words mentioned in the Law of Moses, If the daughter of a priest commits adultery she should be burnt alive: DS Arabic Canons 7 On works attributed to Athanasius in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 310–316; see also MṬK 1.6, 197–279 and 1.7, 91–126.

The Book of the Prostration of the Monk, Part Three: DS Arabic Commentary 28 The Book of the Rolls: see under Ps.-Clement of Rome, Book 6 Chapter on the condition of humans in the afterlife: DS Arabic Canons 9 Chapter on the confession: DS Arabic Canons 9 Chapter on the fact that one should not say, “Now I am a sinner but I will repent later”: DS Arabic Canons 9 Chapter on the fact that the sin of everyone is related to that person [alone]: DS Arabic Canons 9 Chapter on how one should deal with the sinners: DS Arabic Canons 9 Chapter on the motivation for repentance: DS Arabic Canons 9 Clarification of the Old and New Books which the church has accepted: DS Arabic Commentary 11 The Cup of Adjudication: DS Arabic Commentary 32 Disputation between the Monk al-Sim‘ānī and Three Muslims: DS Arabic Canons 6 On the genre of Christian-Muslim disputations in the court of a Muslim ruler, see Sidney H. Griffith, “The Monk in the Emir’s Majlis: Reflections on a Popular Genre of Christian Literary Apologetics in Arabic in the Early Islamic Period,” in The Majlis: Interreligious Encounters in Medieval Islam, ed. H. Lazarus-Yafeh et al. (Wiesbaden: Harrossowitz, 1999), 13–65; and Stephen J. Davis, Bilal Orfali, and Samuel Noble, A Disputation over a Fragment of the Cross: A Medieval Arabic Text from the History of Christian-Jewish-Muslim Relations in Egypt (Beirut: Dar al-Machreq, 2012), esp. 12–14.

Disputation of Abū Qurra with Some People from (the tribe) Quraysh in the Court of al-Ma’mūn: DS Arabic Canons 6 On the genre of Christian-Muslim disputations in the court of a Muslim ruler, see Griffith, “The Monk in the Emir’s Majlis,” 13–65; and Davis et al., A Disputation over a Fragment of the Cross, esp. 12–14. For examples of disputations involving Theodore Abū Qurra, see John C. Lamoreaux, “Theodore Abū Qurra,” in CMR-BH 1, 439–491.

298

S.J. DAVIS

Disputation that took place at the consecration of Cyril [III] ibn Laqlaq as the Seventy-fifth Patriarch: DS Arabic Canons 18 On writings associated with Cyril III, see GCAL 2, 360–367. On a disputation associated with Cyril III, see GCAL 2, 365; MṬK 1.8, 400; Mark N. Swanson, “Patriarch Cyril III ibn Laqlaq,” in CMR-BH 4, 320–324, at 323–324.

Elias of Nisibis, Help to Cast Out Worry: DS Arabic Canons 6 GCAL 2, 185–186.

Gregory Nazianzen, Vision on the Fall of Satan: DS Arabic Commentary 2 On writings associated with Gregory Nazianzen in Arabic, see GCAL 1, 330–332.

Historical Account from the Beginning of Creation to the Coming of Jesus Christ according to the Coptic Bible: DS Arabic Canons 16 Ḥunayn ibn Isḥaq, On the Knowledge of the Truth of Religion: DS Arabic Commentary 21 GCAL 2, 126–128.

Mourning of the Prophet David, King of Israel, over the Incarnation of the Messiah, his command to Solomon, and the quarrel between the Angel Michael and Satan: DS Arabic Commentary 28 The Names of the Twelve Apostles, Their Genealogy, and Their Lives: DS Arabic Commentary 11 On confession (chapter five): DS Arabic Canons 9 On the one who judges others: DS Arabic Canons 9 On the resurrection: DS Arabic Canons 9 On the teacher, teaching, and its places, and on preaching: DS Arabic Canons 9 On threatening and scolding sinners: DS Arabic Canons 9 Ps.-Clement of Rome, [The Book of the Rolls], Book 6: DS Arabic Commentary 27 Margaret Dunlop Gibson, ed., Apocrypha Arabica (Studia Sinaitica 8; London: C. J. Clay; Cambridge University Press, 1901), 1*–55* (Arabic text), 1–458 (English translation); Alphonse Mingana, “Apocalypse of Peter,” Woodbrooke Studies 3 (1931), 93–449; GCAL 1, 283–292; Emmanouela Grypeou, “Kitāb al-majāll,” CMR-BH 5, 634–639.

Ps.-Dionysius the Areopagite, Epistle to Timothy: DS Arabic Commentary 27 BHO 969; W. Scott Watson, “An Arabic Version of the Epistle of Dionysius the Areopagite to Timothy,” American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literature 16.4 (1900), 225–241; David Eastman, “Epistle of Pseudo-Dionysius the Areopagite to Timothy,” North American Society for the Study of Christian Apocryphal Literature (NASSCAL), https://www.nasscal.com/e-clavis-christianapocrypha/epistle-of-pseudo-dionysius-the-areopagite-to-timothy/. On Pseudo-Dionyius in Arabic, see also GCAL 1, 370–371.

Ps.-Sāwīrus ibn al-Muqaffa‘, Book of the Elucidation (Kitāb al-Īḍāḥ): DS Arabic Commentary 3 Par. ar. 170; Murqus Jirjis, Kitāb al-durr al-thamīn fī īḍāḥ al-dīn (Cairo: al-Maktabah al-jadīdah, 1925); GCAL 2, 309–311; Stephen J. Davis, Coptic Christology in Practice (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008), xiv, 54, 194–196, 201–203, 230–237, 258, 297–298; MṬK 1.8, 154–165.

Questions and Answers: DS Arabic Commentary 11 Questions of some teachers of the church and their answers: DS Arabic Canons 9 The Seven Mysteries/Sacraments: DS Arabic Commentary 11 The Story of Adam and Eve and what happened after they went out from Paradise: DS Arabic Commentary 2 Ten Questions... regarding the explanation of the Trinity and the Unity [of God], the reason that necessitated the Incarnation and Crucifixion of our Savior Jesus Christ, and the good works required of his believers: DS Arabic Commentary 28 Twenty-seven Questions of which the church is in need: DS Arabic Canons 8

APPENDIX C

DATED AND UNDATED MANUSCRIPTS

1. MANUSCRIPTS BY DATE 1234/35 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 22 1237 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 23 1255 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 31 1337 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 21 1338 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 36 1343 CE: DS Arabic Canons 3 1358 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 3 1362 CE: DS Arabic Canons 4 Between 1433 and 1659 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 29 Before 1476 CE: DS Arabic Canons 5 1513 CE: DS Arabic Canons 8 Before 1534 CE: DS Arabic Canons 13 1[578] CE: DS Arabic Commentary 24 1580 CE: DS Arabic Canons 17 1608 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 35 1673 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 12 Before 1730 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 30 1740 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 26 1746 CE: DS Arabic Canons 9 1770 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 6 1795 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 37 1821 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 27 1822 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 20 1825 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 33 1832 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 14 Before 1835/36 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 2 1837 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 39 1841 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 11 1844 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 19 1848 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 16 1854 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 17 1855/56 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 8 Before 1858/59 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 4 1859 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 7 1863 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 38 1864 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 10

300

S.J. DAVIS

1883 CE: DS Arabic Commentary 9 1897 CE: DS Arabic Canons 14

2. UNDATED MANUSCRIPTS DS Arabic Commentary 1, 5, 13, 15, 18, 25, 28, 30, 32, 34, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48 DS Arabic Canons 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26

APPENDIX D

PARCHMENT, PAPER, AND WATERMARKS (WITH DATES) 1. MIDDLE EASTERN PAPER, DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS DS

Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic Arabic

WITHOUT WATERMARKS (MAIN TEXT)

Commentary 1 (undated) Commentary 2 (before 1835/36 CE) Commentary 3 (1358 CE) Commentary 11 (1841 CE) Commentary 12 (1673 CE) Commentary 13 (undated) Commentary 21 (1336/37 CE) Commentary 22 (1234/35 CE) Commentary 23 (1237 CE) Commentary 24 (1[578] CE) Commentary 25 (undated) Commentary 29 (before 1433 CE) Commentary 30 (before 1730 CE) Commentary 31 (1255 CE) Commentary 35 (1606 CE) Commentary 36 (1338 CE) Commentary 40 (undated) Commentary 42 (undated) Commentary 44 (undated) Commentary 47 (undated) Canons 1 (undated) Canons 2 (undated) Canons 3 (1343 CE) Canons 4 (1362 CE) Canons 5 (before 1476 CE) Canons 7 (undated) Canons 10 (undated) Canons 11 (undated) Canons 13 (before 1534 CE) Canons 17 (1580 CE) Canons 18 (undated) Canons 19 (undated) Canons 20 (undated) Canons 23 (undated) Canons 24 (undated) Canons 25 (undated)

302

S.J. DAVIS

2. EUROPEAN PAPER,

WITH WATERMARKS (MAIN TEXT)

DS Arabic Commentary 6: Tre Lune (1770 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 7: Andrea Galvani [Pordenone] (AG); Shield with man-in-the-moon (1859 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 8: Shield with star (1855/56 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 9: Andrea Galvani Pordenone (1883 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 10: Shield with man-in-the-moon (1862 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 14: Tre Lune; VG (1832 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 15: watermarks illegible (undated) DS Arabic Commentary 16: Shield with three stars (1848 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 17: FRATELLI CORTI (1854 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 18: FRATELLI CORTI (undated, but probably in the mid-to-late 1850s) DS Arabic Commentary 19: Tre Lune; GM (1844 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 20: Tre Lune (1822 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 22: Tre Lune (after 1235/36 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 26: Tre Lune (1740 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 27: Tre Lune (1821 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 28: A[ndrea] Galvani Pordenone; Shield with man-in-the-moon (undated) DS Arabic Commentary 32: Crest with letters C and GB DS Arabic Commentary 33: Tre Lune (1825 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 34: Tre Lune (undated) DS Arabic Commentary 37: Tre Lune (1795 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 38: A[ndrea] G[alvani] Pordenone; Shield with man-in-the-moon (1863 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 39: Tre Lune (1837 CE) DS Arabic Commentary 41: watermarks illegible (undated) DS Arabic Commentary 43: Tre Lune (undated) DS Arabic Commentary 45: watermarks indiscernible (undated) DS Arabic Commentary 46: watermarks indiscernible (undated) DS Arabic Commentary 48: watermarks indiscernible (undated) DS Arabic Canons 6: Tre Lune (undated) DS Arabic Canons 8: Hand with flower; Head of a cross or neck of a vase (1513 CE) DS Arabic Canons 9: Tre Lune; crest (1746 CE) DS Arabic Canons 12: Andrea Galvani Pordenone (undated, but perhaps 19th century CE) DS Arabic Canons 14 (no watermarks visible) DS Arabic Canons 15: Triple man-in-the-moon; Crescent (undated) DS Arabic Canons 16: watermarks indiscernible (undated) DS Arabic Canons 22: watermarks indiscernible (undated) DS Arabic Canons 26: watermarks indiscernible (undated)

3. REUSED MIDDLE EASTERN PAPER (FRONT-/BACKMATTER), WITH COPTIC OR ARABIC SCRIPT DS Arabic Commentary 11

APPENDIX

303

4. EUROPEAN PAPER (FRONT-/BACKMATTER AND/OR REPLACEMENT LEAVES), WITH WATERMARKS

DS Arabic Commentary 1: Fleur de lis or crest (?); Tre Lune; RFA DS Arabic Commentary 3: Andrea Galvani Pordenone DS Arabic Commentary 4: indiscernible watermark DS Arabic Commentary 5: indiscernible watermark DS Arabic Commentary 7: VG DS Arabic Commentary 8: Shield with star DS Arabic Commentary 9: Andrea Galvani Pordenone DS Arabic Commentary 10: Andrea Galvani [Pordenone]; Shield with man-in-the-moon DS Arabic Commentary 12: Andrea Galvani Pordenone DS Arabic Commentary 13: Andrea Galvani [Pordenone]; Shield with man-in-the-moon DS Arabic Commentary 15: Tre Lune DS Arabic Commentary 16: VG DS Arabic Commentary 18: Shield with man-in-the-moon DS Arabic Commentary 20: Andrea Galvani Pordenone; Shield with man-in-the-moon DS Arabic Commentary 21: Tre Lune DS Arabic Commentary 23: Tre Lune; FC DS Arabic Commentary 24: Tre Lune; GE DS Arabic Commentary 26: Women in chariot; Pirie DS Arabic Commentary 27: Tre Lune; Medallion crest DS Arabic Commentary 28: AG (= Andrea Galvani [Pordenone]; Shield with man-in-themoon DS Arabic Commentary 29: Shield with man-in-the-moon DS Arabic Commentary 30: Andrea Galvani Pordenone; Shield with man-in-the-moon DS Arabic Commentary 31: Tre Lune DS Arabic Commentary 32: D.I.C. DS Arabic Commentary 33: [Medallion?] crest; Shield with man-in-the-moon (?) DS Arabic Commentary 36: Tre Lune; W DS Arabic Commentary 38: Shield with stars DS Arabic Commentary 39: Andrea Galvani Pordenone (1837 CE) DS Arabic Canons 1: Shield with man-in-the-moon DS Arabic Canons 2: Floral crest; Andrea Galvani Pordenone, Shield with man-in-the-moon DS Arabic Canons 3: Andrea Galvani [Pordenone], Shield with man-in-the-moon DS Arabic Canons 5: G[E?] (1635 CE) DS Arabic Canons 6: Tre Lune DS Arabic Canons 11: Andrea Galvani [Pordenone]

5. WATERMARKS (MAIN TEXT) AG: see Andrea Galvani Pordenone Andrea Galvani Pordenone (= AG): DS Arabic Commentary 7 (1859 CE), 9 (1882 CE), 18 (undated but probably mid-to-late 1850s), 28 (undated), 38 (1863 CE); see also Shield with man-in-the-moon Crescent: DS Arabic Canons 14 (undated)

304

S.J. DAVIS

Crest (elaborate floral or medallion motif): DS Arabic Canons 9 (1746 CE) Crest with letters C / GB: DS Arabic Commentary 32 Hand with flower; Neck of a vase or head of a cross: DS Arabic Canons 8 (1513 CE) Head of a cross or neck of a vase: DS Arabic Canons 8 (1513 CE) GM: DS Arabic Commentary 19 (1844 CE) Shield with man-in-the-moon: DS Arabic Commentary 7 (1859 CE), 10 (1864 CE), 18 (undated but probably mid-to-late 1850s), 28 (undated), 38 (1863 CE); see also Andrea Galvani Pordenone Shield with stars: DS Arabic Commentary 8 (1855/56 CE), 16 (1848 CE) Tre Lune: DS Arabic Commentary 6 (1770 CE), 14 (1832 CE), 19 (1844 CE), 20 (1822 CE), 22 (after 1234/35 CE), 26 (1740 CE), 27 (1821 CE), 33 (1825 CE), 34 (undated), 37 (1795 CE), 39 (1837 CE); DS Arabic Canons 6 (undated) VG: DS Arabic Commentary 14 (1832 CE)

6. WATERMARKS (FRONT-/BACKMATTER

AND/OR REPLACEMENT LEAVES)

AG: see Andrea Galvani Pordenone Andrea Galvani Pordenone: DS Arabic Commentary 3, 4, 10, 12, 13, 18, 20, 28, 30, 38 (1863 CE), 39 (1837 CE); DS Arabic Canons 2, 11; see also Shield with man-in-themoon D.I.C.: DS Arabic Commentary 32 Crest (elaborate floral or medallion motif): DS Arabic Commentary 1 (undated) (?), 27 (1821 CE), 33 (?); DS Arabic Canons 2; see also Tre Lune FC: DS Arabic Commentary 23 GE: DS Arabic Commentary 24; DS Arabic Canons 5 (?) (1635 CE) Pirie: DS Arabic Commentary 26 RFA: DS Arabic Commentary 1 Shield with man-in-the-moon: DS Arabic Commentary 4, 10, 12, 13, 18, 20, 28, 29, 30, 33 (?), 38 (1863 CE); DS Arabic Canons 1, 2; see also Andrea Galvani Pordenone Shield with stars: DS Arabic Commentary 8, 38 (1863 CE) Tre Lune: DS Arabic Commentary 1, 15, 21, 23, 24, 27 (1821 CE), 31, 36; DS Arabic Canons 6 VG: DS Arabic Commentary 7 W: DS Arabic Commentary 36 Woman in chariot: DS Arabic Commentary 26

APPENDIX E

PROSOPOGRAPHY OF SCRIBES, PATRONS/OWNERS, RESTORERS, ILLUSTRATORS, READERS, AND OTHER NAMED FIGURES KEY TO ARABIC TERMS ab arkhan khadim (al-dayr) mu‘allim mutanayyaḥ muṭrān rāhib qiss / qissīs qummuṣ ra’īs shammās shaykh usquf

father (monk) archon, lay notable servant (of the monastery); a term indicating a position of leadership teacher, learned one (honorific term of respect) late, deceased metropolitan, archbishop monk priest abbot or an ordained monk of high status head, leader (honorific term of respect) deacon elder (honorific term of respect) bishop 1. SCRIBES (NUSSĀKH,

KUTTĀB, NUQQĀL)

‘Abd al-Quddūs al-Suryānī, qummuṣ at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 8 (1855/56 CE) (?); 18 (?) Antony (Anṭūnī), monk: DS Arabic Commentary 31 (1255 CE) Barsūm ibn al-mutanayyaḥ al-mu‘allim Mikhā’īl al-Shimā‘, al-mu‘allim: DS Arabic Commentary 12 (1673 CE) Bishārah, priest: DS Arabic Commentary 39 (1837 CE) Bishārah, priest in the desert of Scetis (Mīzān al-qulūb): DS Arabic Canons 2 Bishārah Iqlūdiyūs from Mayr, monk from Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 17 (1854 CE) Būlus ‘Abd al-Masīḥ: DS Arabic Commentary 19 (1844 CE) Būlus Abū Sayyid, priest of the Mār Jirjis Church, al-Abbāsah: DS Arabic Commentary 24 (1[578] CE) Buṭrus ibn Būlus ibn al-qummuṣ Darīyās al-Ṣāwī from Naqādah, qiss: DS Arabic Canons 17 (1580 CE) Ḥannā, monk at the Monastery of Barāmūs: DS Arabic Commentary 4 (1858/59 CE) Jirjis Filūthāwus: DS Arabic Canons 14 (1897 CE) Jirjis ibn Manṣūr from Bilbīs: DS Arabic Commentary 22 (1234/35 CE) Jirjis ibn al-mutanayyih al-mu‘allim Mīkhāʼīl: DS Arabic Commentary 33 (1825 CE) Jirjis al-Suryānī, qiss and qummuṣ at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 11 (1841 CE); 14 (1832 CE)

306

S.J. DAVIS

Manṣūr, priest: DS Arabic Commentary 39 (1837 CE) Mas‘ūd ibn Yūḥannā al-Shaṭabī, servant of the children (khādim al-aṭfāl) in Asyūṭ: DS Arabic Commentary 27 (1821 CE) Rāfā’īl ibn Malaṭī Abū-l-Ru’ūs ibn al-mutanayyaḥ: DS Arabic Commentary 19 (?) (1844 CE), 20 (1822 CE) Rashīd (Copt. Rasheït): DS Arabic Commentary 3 (1358 CE) Shinūdah Abshāy: DS Arabic Commentary 6 (1770 CE) (?) Sim‘ān ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ ibn Qafrī al-Suyūṭī, deacon/shammās: DS Arabic Commentary 23 (1237 CE) Tāwaḍrūs al-Suryānī, qiss/priest at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 7 (1859 CE) (?) Yu’annis/Yūḥannā al-Ḥabashī (John the Ethiopian), monk from the Monastery of St. Antony at Dayr al-‘Arabah bi-Jabal al-Qulzam: DS Arabic Canons 9 (1746 CE) Yūḥannā, a monk from the Monastery of Barāmūs: DS Arabic Commentary 16 (1848 CE) Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī, a priest (qiss) and servant (khādim) at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 37 (1795 CE) Yūḥannā ibn Fakhr: DS Arabic Canons 2 Yūḥannā ibn Mikhā’īl ibn al-Duhayr: DS Arabic Canons 4 (1362 CE) Yūḥannā Matī, servant of the children (khādim al-aṭfāl) in Asyūṭ: DS Arabic Commentary 26 (1740 CE) 2. PATRONS/OWNERS (MUHTAMMŪN) ‘Abd al-Quddūs al-Suryānī, qummuṣ and khādim at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 8 (1855/56 CE), 17 (1854 CE or somewhat later), 18 Barsūm al-Tillāwī, priest from the Monastery of St. Samuel al-Qalamūn: DS Arabic Canons 5 (before 1476 CE) Bashīr ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ ibn Hamīsah: DS Arabic Commentary 3 (1358 CE) Bishārah, qiss, monk at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 2 (1835/36 CE) Būlus ‘Abd al-Masīḥ: DS Arabic Commentary 19 (?) (1844 CE) Buṭrus, hegumen, qummuṣ, abbot/head of Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 30 (1730 CE), DS Arabic Canons 9 (1749 CE) Buṭrus (Petros/Peter the Poor), metropolitan/bishop of Jerje/Jirjā/Darjā (a town on the western bank of the Nile in the Sohag governate): DS Arabic Commentary 12 (1764/65 CE), 22 (1761/62 CE), 24 Buṭrus, monk: DS Arabic Commentary 23 (between 1344 and 1383 CE) Ibn Fīlibbus: DS Arabic Commentary 23 (between 1344 and 1383 CE) Isḥaq ibn Mu‘āfā, qiss/priest: DS Arabic Commentary 23 (1251/52 CE) Jirjis ibn Manṣūr from Bilbīs: DS Arabic Commentary 22 (1234/35 CE) Jirjis ibn al-mutanayyih al-mu‘allim Mīkhāʼīl: DS Arabic Commentary 33 (1825 CE) Jirjis Yūḥannā, al-mu‘allim: DS Arabic Commentary 12 (1673 CE) John (Iōa[nnēs]), Catholicos: DS Arabic Commentary 22 (ca. 1761/2 CE?) John XIII, patriarch: DS Arabic Canons 8 (1513 CE) Maqārī Yūnus of Jabal al-Aṭrūn, monk from the Monastery of St. Bishoi/Bishāy: DS Arabic Commentary 23 Mark IV, patriarch: DS Arabic Canons 4

APPENDIX

307

Maximus (Maksīmūs), a monk from Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 16 (1848 CE) Maximus (Maksīmūs), al-qummuṣ: DS Arabic Canons 7 Murquṣ, Anbā: see under Mark IV Peter the Poor: see Buṭrus (Petros/Peter the Poor) Quzmān Fām Ḥannā, priest: DS Arabic Commentary 23 (1343/44 CE) Rafā’īl Malaṭī Abū-l-Ru’ūs: see below under Rafā’īl ibn Malaṭī Rāfā’īl ibn Malaṭī Abū-l-Ru’ūs ibn al-mutanayyaḥ: DS Arabic Commentary 19 (?) (1844 CE), 20 (1822 CE), 27 (1821 CE) Salīb ibn al-mu‘allim Bishāra al-Ṭūkhī, mu‘allim: DS Arabic Commentary 26 (1740 CE) Sāwīrus, metropolitan (muṭrān) and head of Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 1, 18 Sawīrus ibn Ṣalīb al-Naṭrāwānī, monk and priest: DS Arabic Commentary 23 (1243/44 CE) Sayyid al-Ahlab (?) Ṣadaqah al-Naṣrānī: DS Arabic Commentary 23 (between 1344 and 1383 CE) al-Shams Naṣrallah al-Gharāwī, shaykh: DS Arabic Canons 4 (1362 CE) Shinūdah Abshāy: DS Arabic Commentary 6 (1770 CE) Sulaymān Abū Yūsif from Samālūṭ al-Qāṭin in the area/district of Manshāh: DS Arabic Commentary 38 (1863 CE) Tāwaḍrūs al-Suryānī, qiss/priest at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 7 (1859 CE) Thā’ūfīlūs, Anbā, bishop of Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 5 Ya‘qūb, monk and priest: DS Arabic Canons 5 (before 1476 CE) Yashū‘ (?) al-Abnūbī, monk from the Monastery of the Martyr Victor: DS Arabic Commentary 23 (between 1344 and 1383 CE) Yu’annis/Yūḥannā al-Ḥabashī (John the Ethiopian), monk from the Monastery of St. Antony at Dayr al-‘Arabah bi-Jabal al-Qulzam: DS Arabic Canons 9 (1746 CE) Yūḥannā, priest (qiss) at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 35 (?) Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī, a priest (qiss) and servant (khādim) at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 37 (1795 CE); DS Arabic Canons 2 Yūḥannā al-Ḥawāratī, archdeacon from Upper Egypt: DS Arabic Commentary 39 (1837 CE) Yūḥannā ibn Abū-l-Faraj, monk and priest from the Scetis of St. Macarius: DS Arabic Canons 5 (before 1476 CE) Yūḥannā [ibn Sayyid al-Ahlab (?) Ṣadaqah al-Naṣrānī]: DS Arabic Commentary 23 (between 1344 and 1383 CE) 3. Restorers (MURAMMIMŪN) Bishārah, qiss, monk at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 2 (1835/36 CE) Ḥannā, monk at the Monastery of Barāmūs: DS Arabic Commentary 4 (1858/59 CE) Sulaymān al-‘Arīshī: DS Arabic Canons 5 Yūḥannā al-Fayyūmī al-Suryānī, priest (qiss) and monk at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 6 (1770 CE); 23, 31 (1802/03 CE); DS Arabic Canons 2 4. ILLUMINATORS Bashīr ibn ‘Abd al-Masīḥ ibn Hamīsah: DS Arabic Commentary 3 (1358 CE)

308

S.J. DAVIS

5. READERS ‘Abd al-Masīḥ al-Mas’ūdī, hegumen: DS Arabic Commentary 10 (1901 CE) ‘Abd al-Sayyid Shinūdah: DS Arabic Commentary 24 Būlus al-Ṣayḍāwī: DS Arabic Canons 5 (1635 CE) Faḍlallāh al-Abyārī: DS Arabic Canons 5 (1561 CE) Ibrāhīm al-Jawharī, al-mu‘allim: DS Arabic Commentary 15 Mikhā’īl al-Bannā ibn Sulaymān ibn Ibrahīm ibn al-qummuṣ Zikrī ibn al-qissīs Gubrīyāl ibn Tādrus: DS Arabic Commentary 41 Moses, monk: DS Arabic Commentary 4 (1927 CE) Peter (Petros) the Poor [metropolitan/bishop of Jerje/Jirjā/Darjā]: DS Arabic Commentary 24 Yūḥannā, monk: DS Arabic Commentary 36; DS Arabic Canons 8 Yūḥannā ibn Mawhūb al-Iskandarī: DS Arabic Canons 2 6. OTHER NAMED FIGURES (NOT INCLUDING JESUS AND THE VIRGIN MARY) ‘Abdallah Ibn al-Faḍl al-Anṭākī, translator: DS Arabic Commentary 17 Abī Naṣr ‘Abīdallah ibn Manṣūr al-Shammās al-‘Ibādī: DS Arabic Commentary 22 (1017 CE) ‘Abīdallah Ibn ‘Alī Ibn Abū ‘Īsā al-Shammās al-‘Ibādī: DS Arabic Commentary 22 (1017 CE), 24 Ābīnūlṭūs, interpreter/translator of the Targum: DS Arabic Commentary 9; see also under Hippolytus Ābīṭāniyūs, interpreter/translator of the Targum: DS Arabic Commentary 9 Abraham of Cyprus, bishop: DS Arabic Canons 8 Abū-l-Faraj ‘Abdallah ibn Ṭayyib: DS Arabic Commentary 22, 23, 24, 27 Abū-l-Sayfayn Murqūriyūs: see under Mercurius al-Amārī (along with his brother and their priest): DS Arabic Canons 5 (1561 CE) Amīr Marjān: DS Arabic Canons 7 Ammonius: DS Arabic Canons 1 Antony, saint and monk: DS Arabic Commentary 16, 17, 18 Anṭūniyūs, son of Faḍlallāh al-Abyārī: DS Arabic Canons 5 (1561 CE) Aphikia (Afīqiyā), wife of Joshua son of Sirach: DS Arabic Commentary 10 Aphroditus (Ibāfrūdhīṭus), disciple of Paul: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Archelides, saint: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Athanasius of Alexandria: DS Arabic Commentary 17, 18, 43; DS Arabic Canons 1 Athanasius, bishop of Qūṣ: DS Arabic Canons 8, 17 Basil of Caesarea: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12; DS Arabic Canons 1 Būlus al-Būshī: DS Arabic Commentary 28 Buṭrus, monk, priest, scribe of an Arabic copy of the Epistles: DS Arabic Commentary 23 Christodoulos, 66th Patriarch of Alexandria: DS Arabic Canons 1 Claudius Caesar, emperor: DS Arabic Commentary 23 Clement of Alexandria: DS Arabic Commentary 43 (?) Clement of Rome: DS Arabic Canons 1 Cyriacus, saint and martyr, friend of Diocorus: DS Arabic Commentary 16, 30 Cyril of Alexandria: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 41, 43 (?) Cyril III [of Alexandria], patriarch: DS Arabic Canons 1 Cyril V [of Alexandria], patriarch: DS Arabic Canons 10

APPENDIX

309

Cyril of Jerusalem: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Dawaqwā, father of Matthew: DS Arabic Commentary 23 Dībārtānūs, saint: DS Arabic Commentary 27 Diocletian, emperor: DS Arabic Commentary 2, 16 Dionysus bar Salibi, Metropolitan of Amrān: DS Arabic Commentary 9 Dioscorus, bishop of Alexandria: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Emmanuel, saint: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Ephrem the Syrian: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12 Epiphanius, bishop of Cyprus: DS Arabic Commentary 2, 9, 12, 41 Eusebius of Caesarea: DS Arabic Commentary 41, 43; DS Arabic Canons 1 Eustathius, saint: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Fānūs Abū Ḥannā: DS Arabic Canons 2 Farīj, qummuṣ: DS Arabic Canons 4 Finḥās ibn Alīfāz al-Zamrī: DS Arabic Commentary 12 Fīnūn ibn Ayūb, translator from the Levant: DS Arabic Commentary 10 Fortunatus, disciple of Paul: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Forty Martyrs of Sebaste: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Gabriel VII, patriarch: DS Arabic Canons 8, 13 Gabriel ibn Turayk: DS Arabic Canons 1 George (Jā’urjīyūs), martyr: DS Arabic Commentary 27 Gregory Nazianzen (“the Theologian”): DS Arabic Commentary 2, 12, 41 Gregory of Nyssa: DS Arabic Commentary 9 Helena, queen: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Herod, king: DS Arabic Commentary 2 Hippolytus: DS Arabic Commentary 12, 29, 30; DS Arabic Canons 1; see also under Ābīnūlṭūs Ibrāhīm Sim‘ān: DS Arabic Canons 11 Jacob of Edessa: DS Arabic Commentary 9, 12 Jacob of Sarug: DS Arabic Commentary 3, 9, 12 James, apostle and saint: DS Arabic Commentary 16 James the Persian: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Jirjis, father of the monks in the holy communities and the desert of al-‘Araba (the Eastern Desert): DS Arabic Canons 5 John son of Zebedee, apostle and saint: DS Arabic Commentary 16, 23 John I, Catholicos: DS Arabic Commentary 22 John XIV, Patriarch of Alexandria: DS Arabic Commentary 24 John Chrysostom: DS Arabic Commentary 1, 3, 12, 35, 41, 43; DS Arabic Canons 1 John the Little: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Joseph, bishop of Jerusalem: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Joshua, son of Sirach: DS Arabic Commentary 10 Judas Iscariot: DS Arabic Commentary 1, 2, 11, 16, 17, 18, 20, 38; DS Arabic Canons 15 Julitta, mother of Cyriacus: DS Arabic Commentary 16, 30 Kabkajīj: DS Arabic Commentary 30 Kārūtīyās, mother of Matthew: DS Arabic Commentary 23 Kūshī: DS Arabic Commentary 12 Linus, disciple of Paul: DS Arabic Commentary 46 Luke, disciple of Paul: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Luke, evangelist: DS Arabic Commentary 24

310

S.J. DAVIS

Macarius, 69th Patriarch of Alexandria: DS Arabic Canons 1 Macarius, saint and monk: DS Arabic Commentary 16, 17, 18 Maḥmūd: DS Arabic Canons 2 Mark, saint and evangelist: DS Arabic Commentary 24, 26 Mary Magdalene: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Maryam Yūsif Dāwūd: DS Arabic Canons 11 Mishriqī ibn Ẓahrūq, al-mu‘allum: DS Arabic Canons 6 Matthew, apostle and evangelist: DS Arabic Commentary 23 Mercurius (Abū-l-Sayfayn Murqūriyūs): DS Arabic Commentary 27 Michael, archangel: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Mikhā’īl ‘Abd al-Sayyid: DS Arabic Canons 11 Mishriqī ibn Ẓahrūn, al-mu‘allim: DS Arabic Canons 6 Moses the Black: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Naṣrallāh al-Ṭūkhī: DS Arabic Canons 5 (1561 CE) Nicodemus: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Nūḥ al-Najjār (Noah the carpenter): DS Arabic Canons 5 (1561 CE) Onesimus (Ūnīsīmūs), disciple of Paul: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Pachomius, saint and monk: DS Arabic Commentary 16, 17, 18 Paul, apostle: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Peter, apostle: DS Arabic Canons 1 Phoebe, disciple of Paul: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Pontius Pilate: DS Arabic Commentary 3 al-Ṣafī ibn al-‘Assāl: DS Arabic Canons 1 Salāmah (?) Manṣūr: DS Arabic Canons 11 Ṣalīb, son of Faḍlallāh al-Abyārī: DS Arabic Canons 5 (1561 CE) Sāwīrus, bishop: DS Arabic Commentary 35 Sāwīrus ibn al-Muqaffa‘: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Sāwmīryānūs of Ghā’ilā: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Severus, metropolitan and abbot of Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Canons 3 Severus (Sāwīrus) of Antioch: DS Arabic Commentary 16, 29, 30, 41, 43 Sim‘ān al-Ṣa‘īdī, qiss: DS Arabic Commentary 24 Simon the Canaanite: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3 Simon Magus: DS Arabic Commentary 1, 2, 11, 16, 17, 18, 20, 38 Sīmūn, Anbā: DS Arabic Commentary 41 Solomon, king and son of David: DS Arabic Commentary 10, 44 Stephen, disciple of Paul: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Sulaymān Sulaymān: DS Arabic Canons 11 Theodore (Tādrus), monk and disciple of Pachomius: DS Arabic Commentary 2 Theodore of Mopsuestia (al-Mishriqī), saint: DS Arabic Commentary 16 Theophilus of Alexandria: DS Arabic Commentary 43 Tiberius, emperor: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Timothy, disciple of Paul: DS Arabic Commentary 27, 31 Titus, disciple of Paul: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Titus, interpreter: DS Arabic Commentary 43 Tychicus (Dhashīqūs / Ṭīshīqūs), disciple of Paul: DS Arabic Commentary 31 Wanqūrīyūs, Anbā: DS Arabic Commentary 3 Ya‘qūb Yūḥannā Jirjis: DS Arabic Canons 11

APPENDIX

Yu’ānnis, bishop of Jerusalem and Greater Syria: DS Arabic Commentary 35 Yuḥannā, Mār, patriarch: DS Arabic Commentary 24 Yūḥannā, priest [qiss] and monk at Dayr al-Suryān: DS Arabic Commentary 35 Yūḥannā ibn Mawhūb al-Iskandarī: DS Arabic Canons 2 7. MONASTERIES AND CHURCHES Dayr al-Kaftūn: see under Monastery of the Virgin in Kaftūn Dayr Shahrān: DS Arabic Commentary 21 Maḥallah al-kubrā bi-l-gharbiyyah, town in the Nile Delta: DS Arabic Commentary 12 Mār Jirjis Church (Church of St. George), al-‘Abbāsah: DS Arabic Commentary 24 Monastery of Barāmūs: DS Arabic Commentary 4 Monastery of Mār Ūkīn, Mardin: DS Arabic Canons 1 Monastery of St. Bishoi/Bishāy: DS Arabic Commentary 23 Monastery of the Martyr Victor: DS Arabic Commentary 23 Monastery of the Virgin in Kaftūn: DS Arabic Commentary 31 8. COUNCILS AND SYNODS Council Council Council Council Council Council Council Council Council Council Council

of of of of of of of of of of of

Ancyra: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 10, 14 Antioch: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 13, 20 Caesarea: DS Arabic Canons 14 Carthage: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3 Chalcedon: DS Arabic Canons 14 Constantinople: DS Arabic Canons 1, 2, 14 Ephesus: DS Arabic Canons 14 Gangra: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 14 Laodicea: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 14, 20 Nicaea: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3, 10, 14, 20 Sardica: DS Arabic Canons 1, 3

311

CONTENTS INTRODUCTION .

.

.

V

GUIDE TO DAYR AL-SURYĀN LIBRARY NUMBERS AND CATALOGUE NUMBERS .

.

XXIII

CATALOGUE KEY .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

XXVII

WORKS CITED .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. XXXIII

Arabic Commentaries . Arabic Canons .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. 1 . 139

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. 223

INDEXES: APPENDICES A–E .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. 277

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

MANUSCRIPTS ENTRIES

ALBUM OF FIGURES

.

.

Appendix A: Manuscripts, Numbering Systems, and Contents . . . . . Appendix B: Textual Attestations, with Select Bibliography . . . . . Appendix C: Dated and Undated Manuscripts . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D: Parchment, Paper, and Watermarks (with Dates) . . . . . Appendix E: Prosopography of Scribes, Patrons/Owners, Restorers, Illustrators, Readers, and Other Named Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . .

277 283 299 301 305

PRINTED ON PERMANENT PAPER

• IMPRIME

SUR PAPIER PERMANENT

N.V. PEETERS S.A., WAROTSTRAAT

• GEDRUKT

OP DUURZAAM PAPIER

50, B-3020 HERENT

- ISO 9706